Image not available
Illustrative purposes only
J11
AUXILIARY CONTACT, 1NO + 1NC
⚠️ Reference pricing provided. In case of supply shortages, we will connect you with our trusted procurement partners to ensure your project's continuity.
- Manufacturer: EATON CUTLER HAMMER
- Product type: Relay Sockets
- Product Range: A200 Series
- Voltage Rating: 600V
- Socket Mounting: Panel
- Socket Terminals: Screw
| Delivery and price | |
|---|---|
| Units per pack | 5 |
| Price | 414.0 € |
| Current stock | 10+ |
| Lead time | 7 days |
Datasheet
## NEMA Contactors and Starters
## **NEMA AN16DN0AB NEMA Size 1 Starter**
**NEMA Size 1 Contactor**
**NEMA Space-Savings Size 1C Contactor**
|**2.1**|**Freedom Series**<br>Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-2**|**2**|
|---|---|---|---|
||Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-2**|**2**|
||Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-3**||
||Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-3**|**2**|
||Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Starters—Three-Phase Non-Reversing and Reversing,|**V5-T2-4**|**2**|
||Full Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-10**|**2**|
||Starters—Single-Phase Non-Reversing, Full Voltage,|||
||Bi-Metallic Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-15**|**2**|
||Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-21**||
||Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-30**|**2**|
||Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Relays—Thermal Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-34**<br>**V5-T2-38**|**2**|
||C440/**_XT_**Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-48**|**2**|
|**2.2**|**Space-Savings Series**<br>Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-65**|**2**|
||Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-66**|**2**|
||Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-66**||
||Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-68**|**2**|
||Renewal Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Technical Data and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-72**<br>**V5-T2-73**|**2**|
|**2.3**|**A200 Series**||**2**|
||Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-101**|**2**|
||Starters—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-107**||
||Relays—Thermal and Fast Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-128**|**2**|
||Thermal Type B, Class 20, Manual Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Thermal Type A, Class 20, Auto/Manual Reset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-130**<br>**V5-T2-133**|**2**|
||Type FT Fast Trip, Class 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-136**|**2**|
||Heater Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-139**||
||Relays—Current Sensing Protective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-141**|**2**|
|**2.4**|**Solenoids—Alternating Current**||**2**|
||Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-144**||
||Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-145**|**2**|
||Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-146**|**2**|
|**2.5**|**Shoe Brakes—AC and DC Magnetic**<br>Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-147**|**2**|
||Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-148**|**2**|
||Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-150**||
|**2.6**|**Reference Data**||**2**|
||IEC Utilization Categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-152**|**2**|
||Annex A (informative) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-153**||
||Motor Ratings Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-155**|**2**|
Drawings Online
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-1**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1
Freedom Series
**2**
## **Freedom Series**
## **Product Overview**
Freedom Series starters and contactors feature a compact, space-saving design, using state-of-the-art technology and the latest in high strength, impact and temperature resistant insulating materials.
## **Contents**
**==> picture [243 x 156] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
|||||
|---|---|---|---|
|Description|Page|
|Technical Data and Specifications|
|Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V5-T2-3|
|Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V5-T2-3|
|Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . .|V5-T2-4|
|Starters—Three-Phase Non-Reversing and|
|Reversing, Full Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V5-T2-10|
|Starters—Single-Phase Non-Reversing,|
|Full Voltage, Bi-Metallic Overload . . . . . . . . . .|V5-T2-15|
|Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V5-T2-21|
|Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V5-T2-30|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .|V5-T2-34|
|Relays—Thermal Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V5-T2-38|
|C440/|XT|Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . .|V5-T2-48|
**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **Features, Benefits and Functions**
## **Freedom NEMA**
- Adjustable bimetallic ● Accessible terminals for ambient compensated easy wiring. Optional overload relays with fingerproof shields interchangeable heater available to prevent packs—available in three electrical shock basic sizes, covering ● Top located coil terminals applications up to convenient and readily 900 hp—reducing the accessible. 45 mm number of different contactor magnet coils contactor/overload relay have three terminals, combinations that have to permitting either top or be stocked. Fixed heater diagonal wiring—easy to overloads are optional replace European or U.S.
- ● Electronic overload relay style starters or contactors (C440) available as a standwithout changing wiring alone unit and assembled layout with Freedom Contactor ● Designed to meet or
- ● A full line of snap-on exceed NEMA, UL, CSA, accessories— top and side VDE, BS and other mounted auxiliary contacts, international standards solid-state and pneumatic and listings timers, and so on ● American engineering—
- ● Straight-through wiring— built by Eaton, using the line lugs at top, load lugs latest in statistical process at bottom control methods to
- ● Horizontal or vertical produce high quality, mounting on upright panel reliable products for application freedom ● Sized based on standard
- ● Screw type power NEMA classifications terminals have captive, ● Easy coil change and backed-out self-lifting inspectable/replaceable pressure plates with contacts ± screws—reduced ● Available in open and wiring time NEMA Type 1, 3R, 4/4X and 12 enclosures
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-2**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1
Freedom Series
## **Standards and Certifications**
- Standard: designed to meet or exceed UL, NEMA, IEC, CSA, VDE and BS
- UL listed: UL File #E1491, Guide #NLDX—Open and NEMA 1, 4, 12 Enclosed
- CSA Certified: CSA File #LR353, Class #321104 Open and NEMA 1 Enclosed
## **ISO 9000 Certification**
When you turn to Eaton’s products, you turn to quality. The International Standards Organization (ISO) has established a series of standards acknowledged by 91 industrialized nations to bring harmony to the international quest for quality. The ISO certification process covers 20 quality system elements in design, production and installation that must conform to achieve registration. This commitment to quality will result in increased product reliability and total customer satisfaction.
## **Short Circuit Protection**
## **Fuses** and **Inverse-Time**
**Circuit Breakers** may be selected per Article 430, Part D of the National Electrical Code to protect motor branch circuits from fault conditions. If higher ratings or settings are required to start the motor, do **not** exceed the maximum as listed in Exception No. 2, Article 430-52.
**2**
## **Catalog Number Selection**
## **Freedom Series**
**==> picture [180 x 13] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
A N 1 9 A N 0 A 5E 005<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**==> picture [240 x 262] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Device Type<br>A = Starter Standard<br>C = Contactor E = IEC<br>N = NEMA<br>Device Assembly OLR Type<br>Configuration 5 = Contactor only—no overload relay<br>70 = Multi-speed 6 = Starter w/C306 bi-metal OLR<br>1 = Non-reversing 9 = Starter w/C440 electronic<br>5 = Reversing overload<br>NEMA Enclosure<br>Contactor Frame Size [1] N = Open<br>NEMA Continuous<br>Size Amperes<br>For Starters<br>A = 00 9<br>Starter<br>B = 0 18<br>D = 1 27 Mounting Option<br>G = 2 45 0 = Horizontal<br>K = 3 90 V = Vertical<br>N = 4 135 For Contactors Only<br>S = 5 270 2 = Two-pole<br>T = 6 540 3 = Three-pole<br>U = 7 810 4 = Four-pole<br>V = 8 1215 5 = Five-pole<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**==> picture [232 x 250] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
C440 OLR Designation C440 FLA Range<br>(FVNR and FVR only) (FVNR and FVR only)<br>5E = Standard feature set NEMA Size 00<br>SEL Reset, SEL Class (10A, 10, 20, 30) 1P6 = 0.33–1.65A<br>5G = Ground fault feature set 005 = 1–5A<br>SEL Reset, SEL Class (10, 20) 020 = 4–20A<br>NEMA Size 0<br>1P6 = 0.33–1.65A<br>AC Coil Suffix<br>005 = 1–5A<br>Suffix Coil Volts and Hertz 020 = 4–20A<br>A = 120/60 or 110/50 NEMA Size 1<br>B = 240/60 or 220/50<br>1P6 = 0.33–1.65A<br>C = 480/60 or 440/50<br>005 = 1–5A<br>D = 600/60 or 550/50<br>E = 208/60 020 = 4–20A<br>045 = 9–45A<br>H = 277/60<br>J = 208 – 240/60 [2] NEMA Size 2<br>K = 240/50 005 = 1–5A<br>L = 380 – 415/50 020 = 4–20A<br>N = 550/50 045 = 9–45A<br>T = 24/60, 24/50 [3] NEMA Size 3<br>U = 24/50<br>100 = 20–100A<br>V = 32/50<br>W = 48/60 NEMA Size 4<br>Y = 48/50 140 = 28–140A<br>NEMA Size 5 [4]<br>300 = 60–300A<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## _**Notes**_
- 1 For contactor only orders, add **B** to end of catalog number if NEMA Size 00–2, 6.
- 2 NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only.
- 3 NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 1–8 are 24/60 only.
- 4 NEMA Size 5 requires the use of CTs with 1-5A OL relay.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-3**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1
Freedom Series
**2**
## **Non-Reversing and Reversing Contactors**
## **Contents**
|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing||
|Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-5**|
|Kits and Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-6**|
|Renewal Parts Publication Numbers. . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-6**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-7**|
|Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-8**|
|Starters—Three-Phase Non-Reversing and||
|Reversing, Full Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-10**|
|Starters—Single-Phase Non-Reversing,||
|Full Voltage, Bi-Metallic Overload . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-15**|
|Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-21**|
|Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-30**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-34**|
|Relays—Thermal Overload. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-38**|
## **Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing**
## **Product Description**
## _**Non-Reversing**_
Contactors are most commonly used to switch motor loads in applications where running overcurrent protection is either not required or is provided separately. Contactors consist of a magnetically actuated switch which can be remotely operated by a pushbutton station or pilot device such as a proximity switch, limit switch, float switch, auxiliary contacts, and so on.
## _**Reversing**_
Reversing contactors are used primarily for reversing single- or three-phase motors in applications where running overcurrent protection is either not required or is provided separately. They consist of two contactors mechanically and electrically interlocked to prevent line shorts and energization of both contactors simultaneously.
## **Features, Benefits and Functions**
- Designed specifically for use in applications requiring NEMA ratings. Contactors meet or exceed NEMA standards ICS 2-1993
## _**Non-Reversing**_
- Holding circuit contact(s) supplied as standard:
- Sizes 00–3 have NO auxiliary contact block mounted on right hand side (on Size 00, contact occupies 4th power pole position—no increase in width)
- Long life twin break, silver cadmium oxide contacts—provide excellent conductivity and superior resistance to welding and arc erosion
- Sizes 4–5 have a NO contact block mounted on left side
- Designed to 3,000,000 electrical operations at maximum hp ratings up through 25 hp at 600V
- Sizes 6–7 have a 2NO/2NC contact block on top left
- Steel mounting plate ● Size 8 has a NO/NC standard on all open contact block on top left
- type contactors back and a NO contact block on top right back
## _**Reversing**_
- One NO-NC side mounted interlock supplied as standard on each contactor for Sizes 00–8
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-4**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1
Freedom Series
## **Product Selection**
## _**Three-Pole Contactors**_
**2**
|**NEMA Size 00**|**Type CN15/CN55 NEMA Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing**|**Type CN15/CN55 NEMA Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing**|**Type CN15/CN55 NEMA Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing**|**Type CN15/CN55 NEMA Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing**|**Type CN15/CN55 NEMA Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**CN55AN3AB**|**NEMA**|**Continuous**|**Maximum UL Horsepower**1<br>**Single-Phase**<br>**Three-Phase**|||**Non-Reversing**|**Reversing**|
||**Size**<br>00|**Ampere Rating**<br>9|**115V**<br>**230V**<br>**208V**<br>**240V**<br>1/3<br>1<br>1-1/2<br>1-1/2|**480V**<br>2|**600V**<br>2|**Catalog Number**<br>**CN15AN3_B**|**Catalog Number**<br>**CN55AN3_B**|
||0|18|1<br>2<br>3<br>3|5|5|**CN15BN3_B**|**CN55BN3_B**|
||1|27|2<br>3<br>7-1/2<br>7-1/2|10|10|**CN15DN3_B**|**CN55DN3_B**|
|**NEMA Size 0**<br>**CN15BN3AB**|2|45|3<br>7-1/2<br>10<br>15|25|25|**CN15GN3_B**|**CN55GN3_B**|
||3|90|25<br>30|50|50|**CN15KN3_**|**CN55KN3_**|
|ffi <br>Iypy|4<br>135<br>40<br>50<br>100<br>100<br>**CN15NN3_**<br>**CN55NN3_**<br>5<br>270<br>75<br>100<br>200<br>200<br>**CN15SN3_**<br>**CN55SN3_**<br>6<br>540<br>150<br>200<br>400<br>400<br>**CN15TN3_B**<br>**CN55TN3_B**<br>7<br>810<br>200<br>300<br>600<br>600<br>**CN15UN3_**<br>**CN55UN3_**<br> ~~OT~~<br> ~~a~~|||||||
|**NEMA Size 3**|82|1215|400<br>450|900|900|**CN15VN3_**|**CN55VN3_**|
|**CN15KN3A**||||||||
## _**Magnet Coils—AC and DC**_
Contactor coils listed in this section also have a 50 Hz rating as shown in the adjacent table. Select required contactor by catalog number and replace the magnet coil alpha
designation in the catalog number (_) with the proper code suffix from the table.
For Sizes 00–2, the magnet coil alpha designation will be the next to the last digit of the listed catalog number.
EXAMPLE: For a 380V, 50 Hz For **DC Magnet Coils** , coil, change CN15AN3 **_** B see Accessories, **Pages** to CN15AN3 **L** B. For all **V5-T2-28** and **V5-T2-29** . other sizes, the magnet coil alpha designation will be the last digit of the listed catalog number.
## **AC Suffix**
|**Coil Volts and Hertz**||||**Code Suffix**|**Code Suffix**||||||**Coil Volts and Hertz**|**Code Suffix**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|120/60 or 110/50||||**A**|||||||380–415/50|**L**|
|240/60 or 220/50<br>480/60 or 440/50||||**B**<br>**C**|||||||550/50<br>24/60, 24/504|**N**<br>**T**|
|600/60 or 550/50||||**D**|||||||24/50|**U**|
|208/60||||**E**|||||||32/50|**V**|
|277/60||||**H**|||||||48/60|**W**|
|208–240/603<br>240/50||||**J**<br>**K**|||||||48/50|**Y**|
|**_Notes_**|||||||||||||
|1 Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 380V 50 Hz applications:||||Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 380V 50 Hz applications:||Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 380V 50 Hz applications:|||||||
|**NEMA Size**|**00**|**0**|**1**|**2**|**3**|**4**|**5**|**6**|**7**|**8**|||
|Horsepower|1-1/2|5|10|25|50|75|150|300|600|900|||
- 2 Common control. For separate 120V control, insert letter **D** in 7th position of listed catalog number. Example:CN15VN **D** 3C.
- 3 NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only.
- 4 NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 1–8 are 24/60 only.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-5**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1
Freedom Series
## _**Two-, Four- and Five-Pole Contactors**_
|**2**||**_Two-, Four- and Five-Pole Contactors_**|**_Two-, Four- and Five-Pole Contactors_**|**_Two-, Four- and Five-Pole Contactors_**|**_Two-, Four- and Five-Pole Contactors_**|**_Two-, Four- and Five-Pole Contactors_**|||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**2**||**NEMA Size 2**|||**Type CN15 NEMA Contactors—Non-Reversing**|**Type CN15 NEMA Contactors—Non-Reversing**|**Type CN15 NEMA Contactors—Non-Reversing**||||||||
|**2**||**Five-Pole Contactor**<br>**CN15GN5AB**||||**Continuous**|**Maximum UL Horsepower**|||||**Two-Pole**<br>**Non-Reversing**|**Four-Pole**<br>**Non-Reversing**|**Five-Pole**<br>**Non-Reversing**|
|**2**<br>**2**||tte.<br>L<br>:<br>ins il<br>iI~~ee,~~<br>|<br>fated<br>el|||**NEMA**<br>**Size**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Single-Phase (Two-Pole)**<br>**Three-Phase**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**115V**<br>**230V**<br>**208V**<br>**240V**<br>**480V**<br>**600V**<br>00<br>9<br>1/3<br>1<br>1-1/2<br>1-1/2<br>2<br>2<br>**CN15AN2_B**<br>**CN15AN4_B**<br>**—**<br>0<br>18<br>1<br>2<br>2<br>3<br>5<br>5<br>**CN15BN2_B**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>~~ee,~~||||||||||
|**2**|||||1|27|2<br>3|7-1/2|7-1/2|10|10|**CN15DN2_B**|**CN15DN4_B**|**CN15DN5_B**|
||||||2|45|3<br>7-1/2|10|15|25|25|**CN15GN2_B**|**CN15GN4_B**|**CN15GN5_B**|
|**2**|||||3|90||25|30|50|50|**CN15KN2_**|**—**|**—**|
||||||4|135||40|50|100|100|**CN15NN2_**|**—**|**—**|
|**2**|||||5|270||75|100|200|200|**CN15SN2_**|**—**|**—**|
|**2**|||||6|540||150|200|400|400|**CN15TN2_B**|**—**|**—**|
## _**Magnet Coils—AC and DC**_
Select required starter by catalog number and replace the magnet coil alpha designation in the catalog number (_) with the proper code suffix from the table.
For Sizes 00–2, the magnet coil alpha designation will be the next to the last digit of the listed catalog number. EXAMPLE: For a 380V, 50 Hz coil, change CN15BN3 **_** B
to CN15BN3 **L** B. For all other sizes, the magnet coil alpha designation will be the last digit of the listed catalog number.
For **DC Magnet Coils** , see Accessories, **Pages V5-T2-28** and **V5-T2-29** .
## **AC Suffix**
|**Coil Volts and Hertz**|**Code Suffix**|
|---|---|
|120/60 or 110/50<br>240/60 or 220/50|**A**<br>**B**|
|480/60 or 440/50|**C**|
|600/60 or 550/50|**D**|
|208/60|**E**|
|277/60|**H**|
|208–240/601|**J**|
|240/50|**K**|
|**Coil Volts and Hertz**|**Code Suffix**|
|---|---|
|380–415/50<br>550/50|**L**<br>**N**|
|24/60, 24/502|**T**|
|24/50|**U**|
|32/50|**V**|
|48/60|**W**|
|48/50|**Y**|
## **Kits and Accessories**
- Auxiliary contacts, contactor mounted— **Pages V5-T2-25** to **V5-T2-27**
## _**Publication Numbers**_
- See **Page V5-T2-30**
- Transient suppressor, for magnet coil— **Page V5-T2-24**
- Timers—solid-state and pneumatic, mount on contactor— **Page V5-T2-22**
## _**Renewal Parts**_
## _**Notes**_
- 1 NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only.
> 2 NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 1–8 are 24/60 only.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-6**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1
Freedom Series
## **Technical Data and Specifications**
## **Wire (75°C) Sizes—AWG or kcmil—Open and Enclosed**
**2**
|**NEMA Size**|**Power Terminals Line or Load**|**Control Terminals Cu Only**|
|---|---|---|
|00|12–16 stranded; 12–14 solid Cu|12–16 stranded|
|0|8–16 stranded; 10–14 solid Cu|12–14 solid|
|1|8–14 stranded or solid Cu||
|2|3–14 (upper) and/or 6–14 (lower) stranded or solid1Cu||
|3|1/0–14 Cu/Al||
|4|250 mcm–6||
|5|750 kcmil–2, or (2) 250 kcmil–3/0 Cu/Al||
|6|(2) 750 kcmil–3/0 Cu/Al||
|7|(3) 750 kcmil–3/0 Cu/Al||
|8|(4) 750 kcmil–4/0 Cu/Al||
## **Plugging and Jogging Service Horsepower Ratings**[2]
|**NEMA Size**|**200V**|**230V**|**460V**|**575V**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|00|—|1/2|1/2|1/2|
|0|1-1/2|1-1/2|2|2|
|1|3|3|5|5|
|2|7-1/2|10|15|15|
|3|15|20|30|30|
|4|25|30|60|60|
|5|60|75|150|150|
|6|125|150|300|300|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Two compartment box lug.
- 2 Maximum horsepower where operation is interrupted more than 5 times per minute or more than 10 times in a 10 minute period. NEMA standard ICS 2-1993 table 2-4-3.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-7**
Freedom Series
## 2.1
## NEMA Contactors and Starters
## **Dimensions**
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
**2**
## **Non-Reversing Contactors—Open Type**
**==> picture [494 x 387] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
G A G F G A G F G A G F<br>C C C<br>A Top A Top Side A Top A Top Side A Top A Top Side<br>UX Aux.Mtd. UX E Aux.Mtd. Aux.Mtd. B UX Mtd.Aux. UX E Aux.Mtd. Aux.Mtd. B UX Aux.Mtd. UX E Aux.Mtd. Aux.Mtd. B<br>D AuxiliaryContacts D AuxiliaryContacts D AuxiliaryContacts<br>Mtg. Holes for Mtg. Holes for Mtg. Holes for<br>#10-32 Screws #10-32 Screws #10-32 Screws<br>Sizes 00, Two- to Four-Pole Sizes 0–2, Two- and Three-Pole Sizes 0–2, Two- and Three-Pole<br>G A G F A C A C<br>C<br>UAX Aux.Mtd.Top UAX E Aux.Mtd.Top Mtd.Aux.Side B E Mtd.Side B E B<br>Aux.<br>D Auxiliary<br>Contacts<br>D D<br>Mtg. Holes for Mtg. Holes for (3) Mtg. Holes for<br>#10-32 Screws 1/4-20 Screws (3) Screws<br>Sizes 1–2, Five-Pole Size 3 Sizes 4–5<br>A C<br>Mtg. Holes for (2)<br>5/16-18 Screws<br>E<br>B<br>D<br>Mtg. Slots for (2)<br>5/16-18 Screws<br>Size 6<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **Dimensions and Shipping Weights**
|**NEMA**|**Number**|**Wide**|**High**|**Deep**|**Mounting**|**Mounting**|||**Shipping Weight**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Size**<br>00|**of Poles**<br>2–4|**A**<br>1.75 (44.5)|**B**<br>3.88 (98.6)|**C**<br>3.49 (88.6)|**D**<br>1.50 (38.1)1|**E**<br>3.38 (85.9)|**F**<br>4.62 (117.3)|**G**<br>0.54 (13.7)|**Lbs (kg)**<br>1.7 (0.7)|
|0|2–3|1.75 (44.5)|3.88 (98.6)|3.49 (88.6)|1.50 (38.1)1|3.38 (85.9)|4.62 (117.3)|0.54 (13.7)|1.8 (0.8)|
|1–2|2–3|2.56 (65.0)|5.05 (128.3)|4.44 (112.8)|2.00 (50.8)1|4.50 (114.3)|5.80 (147.3)|0.54 (13.7)|3.1 (1.4)|
|1–2|4|3.44 (87.4)|5.05 (128.3)|4.44 (112.8)|2.00 (50.8)1|4.50 (114.3)|5.80 (147.3)|0.54 (13.7)|3.6 (1.6)|
|1–2<br>3|5<br>2–3|4.32 (109.7)<br>4.08 (103.6)|5.05 (128.3)<br>7.17 (182.1)|4.44 (112.8)<br>5.94 (150.9)|2.00 (50.8)1<br>3.00 (76.2)|4.50 (114.3)<br>6.63 (168.4)|5.80 (147.3)<br>—|0.54 (13.7)<br>—|4.0 (1.8)<br>8.5 (3.9)|
|4|2–3|7.05 (179.1)|9.11 (231.4)|7.25 (184.2)|6.00 (152.4)|8.50 (215.9)|—|—|20.0 (9.1)|
|5|2–3|7.05 (179.1)|13.12 (333.2)|7.78 (197.6)|6.00 (152.4)|12.50 (317.5)|—|—|23.0 (10.4)|
|6|3|8.63 (219.2)|13.54 (343.9)|8.88 (225.6)|4.33 (110.0)|8.63 (219.2)|—|—|35.0 (15.9)|
|7|3|11.02 (279.9)|19.30 (490.2)|11.46 (291.1)|6.89 (175.0)|11.02 (279.9)|—|—|100.0 (45.4)|
|8|3|13.00 (330.2)|24.50 (622.3)|13.63 (346.2)|4.22 (107.2)|14.86 (377.4)|—|—|160.0 (72.6)|
## _**Note**_
> 1 Center mounting slot at bottom supplied only on Size 00 and 0 contactors.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-8**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1
Freedom Series
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
## **Reversing Contactors—Open Type**
**2**
**==> picture [481 x 256] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
G A G F A C<br>C<br>A Top Top A Top Side<br>UX Aux.Mtd. Aux.Mtd. UX E Aux.Mtd. Aux.Mtd. B E B<br>Auxiliary<br>D Contacts<br>Mtg. Holes for (3) D Mtg. Holes for (3)<br>#10-32 Screws 1/4-20 Screws<br>Sizes 00–2 Size 3<br>A C<br>A C<br>E<br>B B<br>E<br>D<br>D D<br>Mtg. for (4) Mtg. Holes for (6)<br>1/4-20 Screws 1/2-13 Screws<br>Sizes 4–5 Open Type—Sizes 7–8 Horizontal<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**==> picture [222 x 131] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
A C<br>B<br>E<br>D Mtg. Holes for (4)<br>3/8-16 Screws<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**==> picture [21 x 7] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Size 6<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
|**Dimensions and Shipping Weights**|**Dimensions and Shipping Weights**|**Dimensions and Shipping Weights**|||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**NEMA**|**Wide**|**High**|**Deep**|**Mounting**|**Mounting**|||**Shipping Weight**|
|**Size**|**A**|**B**|**C**|**D**|**E**|**F**|**G**|**Lbs (kg)**|
|00–0|4.20 (106.7)|4.35 (110.5)|3.52 (89.4)|3.50 (88.9)|3.86 (98.0)|4.90 (124.5)|0.54 (13.7)|3.3 (1.5)|
|1–2|5.71 (145.0)|5.05 (128.3)|4.44 (112.8)|5.25 (133.4)|3.63 (92.2)|5.80 (147.3)|0.54 (13.7)|7.8 (3.5)|
|3|8.70 (221.0)|7.17 (182.1)|5.94 (150.9)|7.00 (177.8)|6.63 (168.4)|—|—|17.0 (7.7)|
|4|14.68 (372.9)|9.11 (231.4)|7.25 (184.2)|13.50 (342.9)|8.50 (215.9)|—|—|47.0 (21.3)|
|5<br>6|14.50 (368.3)<br>19.77 (502.2)|12.25 (311.2)<br>16.61 (421.9)|7.78 (197.6)<br>9.90 (251.5)|13.50 (342.9)<br>18.00 (457.2)|11.50 (292.1)<br>12.00 (304.8)|—<br>—|—<br>—|63.0 (28.6)<br>80.0 (36.3)|
|7|28.00 (711.2)|26.75 (679.5)1|12.75 (323.9)|12.75 (323.9)|11.00 (279.4)|—|—|260.0 (118.0)|
|8|30.13 (765.3)|39.00 (990.6)1|14.69 (373.1)|14.13 (358.9)|15.00 (381.0)|—|—|350.0 (158.9)|
_**Note**_
> 1 Includes cross wiring.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-9**
2.1
## NEMA Contactors and Starters
## Freedom Series
**2**
**==> picture [183 x 8] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Three-Phase Non-Reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage Starters<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **Contents**
|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing. . . . . .<br>Starters—Three-Phase Non-Reversing and<br>Reversing, Full Voltage<br>Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-4**<br>**V5-T2-11**|
|Kits and Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-13**|
|Renewal Parts Publication Numbers. . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-13**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Starters—Single-Phase Non-Reversing,<br>Full Voltage, Bi-Metallic Overload . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-13**<br>**V5-T2-14**<br>**V5-T2-15**<br>**V5-T2-21**|
|Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-30**<br>**V5-T2-34**|
|Relays—Thermal Overload. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>C440/**_XT_**Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-38**<br>**V5-T2-48**|
## **Starters—Three-Phase Non-Reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage**
## **Product Description**
## _**Non-Reversing**_
Three-phase, full voltage magnetic starters are most commonly used to switch AC motor loads. Starters consist of a magnetically actuated switch (contactor) and an overload relay assembled together.
## _**Reversing**_
Three-phase, full voltage magnetic starters are used primarily for reversing of three-phase squirrel cage motors. They consist of two contactors and a single overload relay assembled together. The contactors are mechanically and electrically interlocked to prevent line shorts and energization of both contactors simultaneously.
## **Features, Benefits and Functions**
- The C440 is a selfpowered, robust electronic overload designed for integrated use with Freedom NEMA contactors
> ● Bimetallic ambient compensated overload relays—available in three basic sizes covering applications up to 900 hp— reducing number of different contactor/overload relay combinations that have to be stocked These overload relays feature:
- Tiered feature set to provide coverage specific to your application
- Broad 5: 1 FLA range for maximum flexibility
- Selectable manual or automatic reset operation
- Coverage from 0.05–1500A to meet all your needs
- Interchangeable heater all your needs packs adjustable ±24% ● Long life twin break, to match motor FLA and silver cadmium oxide calibrated for 1.0 and contacts—provide 1.15 service factors. excellent conductivity Heater packs for smaller and superior resistance overload relay will mount to welding and arc erosion. in larger overload relay— Generously sized for low useful in derating resistance and cool applications such as operation jogging
- Designed to 3,000,000 electrical operations at maximum hp ratings up through 25 hp at 600V
- Load lugs built into relay base
- Single-phase protection, Class 20 or Class 10 trip time
- Steel mounting plate standard on all open type starters
- Overload trip indication
## _**Non-Reversing**_
- Holding circuit contact(s) supplied as standard:
- Sizes 00–3 have a NO auxiliary contact block mounted on right-hand side (on Size 00, contact occupies 4th power pole position—no increase in width)
- Sizes 4–5 have a NO contact block mounted on left side
- Sizes 6–7 have a 2NO/2NC contact block on top left
- Size 8 has a NO/NC contact block on top left back and a NO on top right back
## _**Reversing**_
- Each contactor (Size 00–8) supplied with one NO-NC side mounted contact block as standard. NC contacts are wired as electrical interlocks
- Electrically isolated ● Wired for separate or NO-NC contacts (pull common control RESET button to test)
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-10**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1
Freedom Series
## **Product Selection**
## _**When Ordering Supply**_
- Catalog number
**2**
- Heater pack number (see selection table, **Pages V5-T2-40** to **V5-T2-42** ) or full load current
**Type AN16/AN56 NEMA—Manual or Automatic Reset Overload Relay—Non-Reversing and Reversing**[1]
|**Size 0**<br>**Non-Reversing Starter**|**Size 0**<br>**Non-Reversing Starter**|**Type AN16/AN56 NEMA—Manual or Automatic Reset Overload Relay—Non-Reversing and Reversing**|**Type AN16/AN56 NEMA—Manual or Automatic Reset Overload Relay—Non-Reversing and Reversing**|**Type AN16/AN56 NEMA—Manual or Automatic Reset Overload Relay—Non-Reversing and Reversing**|**Type AN16/AN56 NEMA—Manual or Automatic Reset Overload Relay—Non-Reversing and Reversing**<br>**Maximum UL Horsepower**2|**Type AN16/AN56 NEMA—Manual or Automatic Reset Overload Relay—Non-Reversing and Reversing**<br>**Maximum UL Horsepower**2|**Type AN16/AN56 NEMA—Manual or Automatic Reset Overload Relay—Non-Reversing and Reversing**<br>**Maximum UL Horsepower**2|**Type AN16/AN56 NEMA—Manual or Automatic Reset Overload Relay—Non-Reversing and Reversing**|**Type AN16/AN56 NEMA—Manual or Automatic Reset Overload Relay—Non-Reversing and Reversing**|**Type AN16/AN56 NEMA—Manual or Automatic Reset Overload Relay—Non-Reversing and Reversing**<br>**Three-Pole**|**Type AN16/AN56 NEMA—Manual or Automatic Reset Overload Relay—Non-Reversing and Reversing**<br>**Three-Pole**|**Type AN16/AN56 NEMA—Manual or Automatic Reset Overload Relay—Non-Reversing and Reversing**[1]<br>**Vertical**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Als||**NEMA**|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**|**Service-Limit**<br>**Current Rating**|**Single-Phase**||**Three-Phase**|||**Non-Reversing**3<br>**Catalog**|**Reversing**3<br>**Catalog**|**Reversing**3<br>**Catalog**|
|=| Co<br>:||**Size**<br>**Rating**<br>**(Amperes)**4<br>00<br>9<br>11<br>0<br>18<br>21<br>~~**T**TT ~~|||**115V**<br>**230V**<br>**208V**<br>**240V**<br>**480V**<br>**600V**<br>**Number**<br>**Number**<br>**Number**<br>1/3<br>1<br>1-1/2<br>1-1/2<br>2<br>2<br>**AN16AN0_C**<br>**AN56AN0_C**<br>**—**<br>1<br>2<br>3<br>3<br>5<br>5<br>**AN16BN0_C**<br>**AN56BN0_C**<br>**AN56BNV0_**<br> ~~IT~~||||||||
|||1|27|32|2|3|7-1/2<br>7-1/2|10|10|**AN16DN0_B**|**AN56DN0_B**|**AN56DNV0_**|
|||2|45|52|3|7-1/2|10<br>15|25|25|**AN16GN0_B**|**AN56GN0_B**|**AN56GNV0_**|
|**Size 1**<br>**Reversing Starter**||3<br>4|90<br>135|104<br>156|—<br>—|—<br>—|25<br>30<br>40<br>50|50<br>100|50<br>100|**AN16KN0_**<br>**AN16NN0_**|**AN56KN0_**<br>**AN56NN0_**|**AN56KNV0_**<br>**AN56NNV0_**|
|||5<br>6|270<br>540|311<br>621|—<br>—|—<br>—|75<br>100<br>150<br>200|200<br>400|200<br>400|**AN16SN0_B**<br>**AN16TN0_C**|**AN56SN0_B**<br>**AN56TN0_C**|**—**<br>**—**|
|||7|810|932|—|—|200<br>300|600|600|**AN16UN0_B**|**AN56UN0_B**|**—**|
|||85|1215|1400|—|—|400<br>450|900|900|**AN16VN0_B**|**AN56VN0_B**|**—**|
## _**Magnet Coils—AC or DC**_
Starter coils listed in this in the catalog number (_) with EXAMPLE: For a 380V, 50 Hz For **DC Magnet Coils** , section also have a 50 Hz the proper code suffix from coil, change AN16BN0 **_** C see Accessories, **Pages** rating as shown in the the table. to AN16BN0 **L** C. For all **V5-T2-28** and **V5-T2-29** . adjacent table. Select other sizes, the magnet For Sizes 00–2 and 5–8, the required starter by catalog coil alpha designation will magnet coil alpha designation number and replace the be the last digit of the listed will be the next to last digit magnet coil alpha designation catalog number. of the listed catalog number.
## **AC Suffix**
|**AC Suffix**||||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Coil Volts and Hertz**|**Code Suffix**|**Coil Volts and Hertz**|**Code Suffix**|
|120/60 or 110/50|**A**|380–415/50|**L**|
|240/60 or 220/50<br>480/60 or 440/50|**B**<br>**C**|550/50<br>24/60, 24/507|**N**<br>**T**|
|600/60 or 550/50<br>208/60|**D**<br>**E**|24/50<br>32/50|**U**<br>**V**|
|277/60|**H**|48/60|**W**|
|208–240/606|**J**|48/50|**Y**|
|240/50|**K**|48/50|**Y**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Starter catalog numbers do not include heater packs. Select one carton of three heater packs. Heater pack selection, **Pages V5-T2-40** to **V5-T2-42** .
> 2 Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 380V 50 Hz applications:
|**NEMA Size**|**00**|**0**|**1**|**2**|**3**|**4**|**5**|**6**|**7**|**8**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Horsepower|1-1/2|5|10|25|50|75|150|300|600|900|
- 3 Underscore (_) indicates coil suffix required, see AC Suffix table.
> 4 The service-limit current ratings represent the maximum rms current, in amperes, which the controller shall be permitted to carry for protracted periods in normal service. At service-limit current ratings, temperature rises shall be permitted to exceed those obtained by testing the controller at its continuous current rating. The current rating of overload relays or trip current of other motor protective devices used shall not exceed the service-limit current rating of the controller.
> 5 Common control. For separate 120V control, insert letter **D** in 7th position of listed catalog number. Example: AN56VN **D** 0CB.
- 6 NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only.
- 7 NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 1–8 are 24/60 only.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-11**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1
Freedom Series
## _**Two-Speed Selective Control**_
## _**When Ordering Supply**_
- **2** ● Catalog number plus magnet coil code suffix.
- **2** Example: Size 0— AN700BN022 **B**
- Heater pack number or full load current for each speed
For two-speed other than selective control:
- Catalog number plus magnet coil code suffix and option required. Example: AN700BN022B except compelling
- Heater pack number or full load current for each speed
**Note:** Two-speed starters are designed for starting and controlling both separate (two-winding) and reconnectable (one-winding) motors. Separate winding, WYE-WYE motors have a separate winding for each speed. Reconnectable, consequent pole motors use the same winding for both speeds. All standard starters are wired for selective control.
## **Separate Winding**[1]
|**Two-Winding**|**Separate Winding**|**Separate Winding**[1]|||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**AN700DN022**|**Maximum Horsepower—60/50 Hertz**||||||||||
||**Constant or Variable Torque**||||**Constant Horsepower**|**Constant Horsepower**|||**NEMA**|**Open Type**|
||**115V**|**200V**|**230V**|**460V/575V**|**115V**|**200V**|**230V**|**460/575V**|**Size**|**Catalog Number**|
||1-1/2|3|3|5|1|2|2|3|0|**AN700BN022_**|
||3|7-1/2|7-1/2|10|2|5|5|7-1/2|1|**AN700DN022_**|
||—<br>—|10<br>25|15<br>30|25<br>50|—<br>—|7-1/2<br>20|10<br>25|20<br>40|2<br>3|**AN700GN022_**<br>**AN700KN022_**|
||—|40|50|100|—|30|40|75|4|**AN700NN022_**|
||—|75|100|200|—|60|75|150|5|**AN700SN022_**|
**Prices of starters do not include heater packs.** Select two packs (two overload relays, one for each speed). Heater pack selection, **Pages V5-T2-40** to **V5-T2-42** .
## **One-Winding AN700BN0218**
**One-Winding AN700DN0218**
## **Reconnectable Winding**[1]
||**Maximum Horsepower—60/50 Hertz**|||||**Open Type**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|a|**Constant or Variable Torque**|**Constant Horsepower**|||**NEMA**|**Constant or**<br>**Variable Torque**|**Constant**<br>**Horsepower**|
||**115V**<br>**200V**<br>**230V**<br>**460V/575V**|**115V**<br>**200V**|**230V**|**460/575V**|**Size**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|=a||||||||
|=a|1-1/2<br>3<br>3<br>5|1<br>2|2|3|0|**AN700BN0218_**|**AN700BN0219_**|
||3<br>7-1/2<br>7-1/2<br>10<br>—<br>10<br>15<br>25|2<br>5<br>—<br>7-1/2|5<br>10|7-1/2<br>20|1<br>2|**AN700DN0218_**<br>**AN700GN0218_**|**AN700DN0219_**<br>**AN700GN0219_**|
||—<br>25<br>30<br>50|—<br>20|25|40|3|**AN700KN0218_**|**AN700KN0219_**|
|F <br>i|—<br>40<br>50<br>100<br>—<br>30<br>40<br>75<br>4<br>**AN700NN0218_**<br>**AN700NN0219_**<br>**Prices of starters do not include heater packs.**Select two packs (two overload relays, one for each speed). Heater pack selection,**Pages** **V5-T2-40**to**V5-T2-42**.<br> ~~ene~~|||||||
## **Magnetic Coils—AC or DC**
|**Coil Voltage and Hz**|**Code Suffix**|**Coil Voltage and Hz**|**Code Suffix**|**Coil Voltage and Hz**|**Code Suffix**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|120/60 or 110/50|**A**|277/60|**H**|24/60, 24/502|**T**|
|240/60 or 220/50|**B**|208–240/60|**J**|24/50|**U**|
|480/60 or 440/50<br>600/60 or 550/50|**C**<br>**D**|240/50<br>380–415/50|**K**<br>**L**|32/50<br>48/60|**V**<br>**W**|
|208/60|**E**|550/50|**N**|48/50|**Y**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 If branch circuit protective device is 45A or greater, C320FBR1 fuse kit(s) may be required for circuit protection per NEC 530-072.
- 2 NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 1–5 are 24/60 only.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-12**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1
Freedom Series
## **Kits and Accessories**
- Auxiliary contacts, contactor mounted— **Pages V5-T2-25** to **V5-T2-27**
- **Renewal Parts**
- ● Timers—solid-state and **Publication Numbers** pneumatic, mount on ● See **Page V5-T2-30** contactor— **Page V5-T2-22**
- See **Page V5-T2-30**
**2**
- Transient suppressor, for magnet coil— **Page V5-T2-24**
## **Technical Data and Specifications**
## **Wire (75°C) Sizes—AWG or kcmil—NEMA Sizes 00–2—Open and Enclosed**
|**NEMA Size**|**Wire Size**1**Cu Only**|
|---|---|
|**Power Terminals—Line**||
|00|12–16 AWG stranded, 12–14 AWG solid|
|0|8–16 AWG stranded, 10–14 AWG solid|
|1|8–14 AWG stranded or solid|
|2|3–14 AWG (upper) and/or 6–14 AWG (lower) stranded or solid2|
|**Power Terminals—Load—Cu**|**Only (stranded or solid)**|
|00–0|14–6 AWG stranded or solid|
|1–2|14–2 AWG stranded or solid|
|**Control Terminals—Cu Only**||
12–16 AWG stranded, 12–14 AWG solid
## **Wire (75°C) Sizes—AWG or kcmil—NEMA Sizes 3–8—Open and Enclosed**
|**NEMA Size**|**Wire Size**2|
|---|---|
|**Power Terminals—Line and Load**||
|3|1/0–14 AWG Cu/Al|
|4|Open—3/0–8 AWG Cu; Enclosed—250 kcmil—6 AWG Cu/Al|
|5|750 kcmil—2 AWG; or (2) 250 kcmil—3/0 AWG Cu/Al|
|6|(2) 750 kcmil—3/0 AWG Cu/Al|
|7|(3) 750 kcmil—3/0 AWG Cu/Al|
|8|(4) 750 kcmil—1/0 AWG Cu/Al|
## **Control Terminals—Cu Only**
12–16 AWG stranded, 12–14 AWG solid
## **Plugging and Jogging Service Horsepower Ratings**[3]
|**NEMA Size**|**200V**|**230V**|**460V**|**575V**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|00|—|1/2|1/2|1/2|
|0|1-1/2|1-1/2|2|2|
|1|3|3|5|5|
|2|7-1/2|10|15|15|
|3|15|20|30|30|
|4|25|30|60|60|
|5|60|75|150|150|
|6|125|150|300|300|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Minimum per NEC. Maximum wire size: Sizes 00 and 0 to 8 AWG and Sizes 1–2 to 2 AWG.
- 2 Two compartment box lug.
- 3 Maximum horsepower where operation is interrupted more than 5 times per minute, or more than 10 times in a 10 minute period. NEMA Standard ICS2-1993 table 2-4-3.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-13**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
## 2.1
## **Wiring Diagrams**
**2**
## **Three-Phase and Single-Phase Applications**
**==> picture [321 x 287] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
L1 L2 L3 Remote Pilot Devices L1 L2<br>1 A1 A2 2 Two-WireControl 1 3<br>Not for Use with<br>A2 Auto Reset OL Relays<br>Separate Control 3<br>Remove Wire “c” 98 Three-WireControl Start<br>when it is supplied.Connect separatecontrol lines to the “c” 979695 Stop 321 T1 T2<br>No. 1 Terminal on T1 T2 T3<br>the remote pilot T1 T2 T3 When more than Start Start Field Conversion<br>device and Terminal one pushbutton to Single-Phase, Add<br>96 on the overload station is used, 3 Dotted Connections<br>relay. Motor “A” and connectomit Connector Stop Stop 21 T1 T2<br>per sketch.<br>“A”<br>NEMA Size 00 Motor<br>L1 L2 L3 “c” Remote Pilot Devices L1 L2<br>1 A1 A2 Two-WireControl 1 3<br>2 Not for Use with<br>3 Auto Reset OL Relays<br>Separate Control<br>Remove Wire “c” 98 Three-WireControl Start<br>when it is supplied. 97 32<br>Connect separatecontrol lines to theNo. 1 Terminal on T1 T2 T3 9695 Stop 1 T1 T2<br>the remote pilot T1 T2 T3 When more than Start Start Field Conversion<br>device and Terminal one pushbutton to Single-Phase, Add<br>96 on the overload station is used, 3 Dotted Connections<br>relay. Motor “A” and connectomit Connector Stop Stop 21 T1 T2<br>per sketch.<br>“A”<br>NEMA Sizes 0, 1 and 2 Motor<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-14**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1
Freedom Series
## **NEMA Size 1—BN15DN0AB**
## **Contents**
|**Contents**||**2**|
|---|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**||
|Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . .|**V5-T2-4**|**2**|
|Starters—Three-Phase Non-Reversing and<br>Reversing, Full Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-10**|**2**|
|Starters—Single-Phase Non-Reversing,|||
|Full Voltage, Bi-Metallic Overload||**2**|
|Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-16**||
|Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-16**|**2**|
|Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-17**||
|Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-21**|**2**|
|Renewal Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Technical Data and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-30**<br>**V5-T2-34**|**2**|
|Relays—Thermal Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>C440/**_XT_**Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-38**<br>**V5-T2-48**|**2**|
## **Starters—Single-Phase Non-Reversing, Full Voltage, Bi-Metallic Overload**
## **Product Description**
- Single-phase, full voltage ● Three-pole Freedom Series magnetic starters connect overload with poles two the motor directly across the and three wired in series line, allowing it to draw full for motor overload inrush current during start-up. protection. This overload These starters are most is ambient compensated, commonly used for control of selectable manual or self-starting single-phase automatic reset, motors up to 15 hp at 230V. interchangeable Class 10 or They consist of a two-pole 20 heater packs, 1.0 electromagnetic contactor to or 1.15 service factor make and break the motor selectability, overload trip power circuit and an overload indication and electrically relay to provide running isolated NO-NC contacts overload protection. Starters (pull RESET button to test) listed in the table include: ● Holding circuit NO auxiliary ● Two-pole Freedom Series contact supplied as standard. On Size 00, the
- contactor with long life contact occupies the 4th
- twin break, silver cadmium power pole position. Sizes
- oxide contacts. Generously sized for low resistance 0–3 have the NO auxiliary mounted on the right side
- and cool operation. of the contactor
- Designed to 3 million electrical operations ● Steel mounting plate as at maximum hp and standard on all open type 30 million mechanical starters. Wired for separate operations to Size 0, or common control 10 million operations to Size 2 and 6 million operations to Size 3
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-15**
2.1
Freedom Series
## NEMA Contactors and Starters
## **Product Selection**
**2** ~~—~~
## _**When Ordering Specify**_
- Catalog number
- Heater pack number (see selection table, **Pages V5-T2-40** to **V5-T2-42** ) or full load current
## **BN16DM0AB**
## **Type BN16 NEMA—Manual or Automatic Reset Overload Relay**
|**NEMA**<br>**Size**|**Maximum Horsepower**<br>**Motor Voltage**|**Single-Phase**|**Magnet Coil Voltage**<br>**(60 Hz)**|**Open Type Two-Pole**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|00|115|1/3|1201|**BN16AN0AC**|
||230|1|240|**BN16AN0BC**|
|0|115|1|1201|**BN16BN0AC**|
||230|2|240|**BN16BN0BC**|
|1|115|2|1201|**BN16DN0AB**|
|1P|230<br>115|3<br>3|240<br>1201|**BN16DN0BB**<br>**BN16PN0AB**|
||230|5|240|**BN16PN0BB**|
|2|115|3|1201|**BN16GN0AB**|
||230|7-1/2|240|**BN16GN0BB**|
|3|115<br>230|7-1/2<br>15|1201<br>240|**BN16KN0A**<br>**BN16KN0B**|
Starter catalog numbers do not include heater packs. Select one carton of three heater packs. Heater pack selection, **Pages V5-T2-40** to **V5-T2-42** .
## _**Note**_
1 For separate 120V control circuit. For maximum hp at listed motor voltages, use the rating of other starters of same size.
## **Wiring Diagrams**
## **Single-Phase Applications (Factory Wired)**
**==> picture [405 x 159] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
AC Lines<br>1 3 “C”<br>L1 L2<br>T1 T2<br>1<br>A1 A2<br>2/13<br>_ or<br>M Single-Phase Motor<br>3/14<br>Ss O<br>98 3/14 START<br>1 3/14<br>97 2/13<br>OL 96 Not for Use with STOP<br>Reset Auto Reset OL Relays 1<br>2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 95 Two-Wire Control Three-Wire Control<br>T1 T2<br>Separate Control 2 4 When more thanone pushbuttonstation is used, START “A” START 3/14<br>Remove Wire “C” if supplied and connect separate control omit Connector “A” 2/13<br>lines to the Number 1 Terminal on the remote pilot device and connect per STOP STOP<br>and to the Number 96 Terminal on the overload relay. sketch at right. 1<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **Front View of Panel**
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-16**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1
Freedom Series
## **Dimensions**
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
## **Non-Reversing Starters, Bi-Metallic Overload—Open Type**
**2**
**==> picture [421 x 413] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
G A G Top F G A G Top F<br>Mtd. C Mtd. C<br>Aux. Aux.<br>A Top A Side A Top A Side<br>U Mtd. U Mtd. U Mtd. U Mtd.<br>X Aux. X Aux. X Aux. X Aux.<br>B B<br>E E<br>CL Auxiliary 0.13 CL Auxiliary<br>Contacts (3.3) Contacts<br>Mtg. Holes for #10-32 Screws<br>Mtg. Holes for<br>D #10-32 Screws<br>Sizes 1–2<br>A C<br>G C A C<br>Aux.<br>Aux.<br>Cont. E<br>E B B E B<br>D D<br>A Mtg. Holes for (3) Mtg. Holes for<br>1/4-20 Screws 1/4-20 Screws D Mtg. Holes for<br>1/4-20 Screws<br>Size 3 Size 4 Size 5<br>A C<br>A C<br>E B<br>E B<br>D Mtg. Holes for<br>1/2-13 Screws<br>D Mtg. Holes for (4)<br>3/8-16 Screws Sizes 7–8<br>Size 6<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
|**Dimensions and Shipping Weights**|**Dimensions and Shipping Weights**|**Dimensions and Shipping Weights**|||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**NEMA**|**Wide**|**High**|**Deep**|**Mounting**|**Mounting**|||**Shipping Weight**|
|**Size**|**A**|**B**|**C**|**D**|**E**|**F**|**G**|**Lbs (kg)**|
|00–0|1.80 (45.7)|6.60 (167.6)|3.52 (89.4)|—|6.07 (154.2)|4.90 (124.5)|0.54 (13.7)|2.2 (1.0)|
|1–1P|2.56 (65.0)|7.08 (179.8)|4.44 (112.8)|2.00 (50.8)|6.63 (168.4)|5.80 (147.3)|0.54 (13.7)|4.5 (2.0)|
|2<br>3|2.56 (65.0)<br>4.08 (103.6)|8.08 (205.2)<br>11.35 (288.3)|4.44 (112.8)<br>5.94 (150.9)|2.00 (50.8)<br>3.00 (76.2)|7.63 (193.8)<br>10.81 (274.6)|5.80 (147.3)<br>—|0.54 (13.7)<br>—|4.7 (2.1)<br>11.0 (5.0)|
|4|7.05 (179.1)|12.06 (306.3)|7.25 (184.2)|6.00 (152.4)|8.50 (215.9)|—|—|23.0 (10.4)|
|5|7.00 (177.8)|17.77 (451.4)|7.76 (197.1)|6.00 (152.4)|16.00 (406.4)|—|—|36.0 (16.3)|
|6|9.47 (240.5)|21.69 (550.9)|9.90 (251.5)|3.10 (78.7)|18.00 (457.2)|—|—|75.0 (34.1)|
|7|15.13 (384.3)|29.13 (739.9)|12.64 (321.1)|13.25 (336.6)|21.25 (539.8)|—|—|120.0 (54.5)|
|8|15.13 (384.3)|34.50 (876.3)|15.00 (381.0)|13.25 (336.6)|16.75 (425.5)|—|—|210.0 (95.3)|
## _**Note**_
> 1 Holding circuit contact for Size 00 occupies 4th power pole position—no increase in width.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-17**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1
Freedom Series
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
**2**
**Reversing Starters, Bi-Metallic Overload—Open Type**
**==> picture [415 x 402] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
A C<br>CL<br>G A G F<br>C<br>E B<br>UA Mtd.Top CL Mtd.Top UA Mtd.Top Mtd.Side<br>X Aux. Aux. X Aux. Aux.<br>B<br>E<br>Auxiliary D Mtg. Holes for (3)<br>Contacts 1/4-20 Screws<br>b Size 3<br>.13 D Mtg. Holes for (3)<br>(3.3) #10-32 Screws<br>A C<br>Sizes 00 – 2<br>E B<br>A C<br>D<br>D Mtg. Holes for (4)<br>1/4-20 Screws<br>Sizes 4 – 5<br>E<br>E1 B<br>A C<br>E B<br>D1 Mtg. Holes for (6)<br>3/8-16 Screws D D Mtg. Holes for (6)<br>1/2-13 Screws<br>Size 6<br>Open Type — Sizes 7 – 8 Horizontal<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **Dimensions and Shipping Weights**
|**NEMA**<br>**Size**|**Wide**<br>**A**|**High**<br>**B**|**Deep**<br>**C**|**Mounting**<br>**D**|**Mounting**<br>**E**|**D1**|**E1**|**F**|**G**|**Shipping Weight**<br>**Lbs (kg)**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|00–0<br>1|4.20 (106.7)<br>5.71 (145.0)|7.38 (187.5)<br>7.08 (179.8)|3.52 (89.4)<br>4.44 (112.8)|3.50 (88.9)<br>5.25 (133.4)|6.87 (174.5)<br>5.75 (146.1)|—<br>—|—<br>—|4.90 (124.5)<br>5.80 (147.3)|0.54 (13.7<br>0.54 (13.7)|3.6 (1.6)<br>8.3 (3.8)|
|2|5.71 (145.0)|8.08 (205.2)|4.44 (112.8)|5.25 (133.4|6.75 (171.5)|—|—|5.80 (147.3)|0.54 (13.7)|8.5 (3.9)|
|3|8.70 (221.0)|11.35 (288.3)|5.94 (150.9)|7.00 (177.8)|10.81 (274.6)|—|—|—|—|20.0 (9.1)|
|4|14.68 (372.9)|12.06 (306.3)|7.25 (184.2)|13.50 (342.9)|8.50 (215.9)|—|—|—|—|49.0 (22.2)|
|5|14.50 (368.3)|17.77 (451.4)|7.76 (197.1)|13.50 (342.9)|16.00 (406.4)|—|—|—|—|68.0 (30.9)|
|6|19.77 (502.2)|22.63 (574.8)|9.90 (251.5)|18.00 (457.2)|12.00 (304.8)|3.10 (78.7)|18.00 (457.2)|—|—|90.0 (40.9)|
|7<br>8|28.06 (712.7)<br>30.38 (771.7)|32.13 (816.1)1<br>41.50 (1054.1)1|12.70 (322.6)<br>14.70 (373.4)|12.75 (323.9)<br>14.13 (358.9)|21.25 (539.8)<br>16.75 (425.5)|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|175.0 (79.5)<br>430.0 (195.2)|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Includes cross wiring overhang.
> 2 See catalog listings for type and location of auxiliary contacts supplied with a particular starter.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-18**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1
Freedom Series
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
## **Reversing Starters—Vertical Construction, Bi-Metallic Overload—AN56V Open Vertical Starter**
**2**
**==> picture [449 x 441] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
A C<br>F A F C<br>E B E B<br>D Mtg. Holes for (3)<br>#10-32 Screws<br>D Mtg. Holes for (3) NEMA Sizes 1 – 2<br>#10-32 Screws<br>NEMA Size 0<br>F A F C F A F C<br>E B E B<br>D Mtg. Holes for (3) D Mtg. Holes for (4)<br>1/4-20 Screws 1/4-20 Screws<br>NEMA Size 3 NEMA Size 4<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **Dimensions and Shipping Weights**
|||||**Mounting**|**Mounting**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**NEMA**<br>**Size**|**Wide**<br>**A**|**High**<br>**B**|**Deep**<br>**C**|**Wide**<br>**D**|**HIgh**<br>**E**|**Wire Zone**|**Shipping Weight**<br>**Lbs (kg)**|
|0|4.25 (108.0)|12.05 (306.1)|3.84 (97.5)|2.00 (50.8)|11.50 (292.1)|—|4.0 (1.8)|
|1|4.25 (108.0)|12.05 (306.1)|3.86 (98.0)|2.00 (50.8)|11.50 (292.1)|1.00 (25.4)|9.0 (4.1)|
|2|4.25 (108.0)|12.05 (306.1)|3.86 (98.0)|2.00 (50.8)|11.50 (292.1)|1.00 (25.4)|9.5 (4.3)|
|3<br>4|9.25 (235.0)<br>9.08 (230.6)|16.75 (425.5)<br>19.84 (503.9)|5.18 (131.6)<br>5.18 (131.6)|7.15 (181.6)<br>8.00 (203.2)|16.07 (408.2)<br>18.51 (470.2)|1<br>1.50 (38.1)|21.0 (9.5)<br>50.0 (22.7)|
## _**Note**_
> 1 Wire overhang 1.00 mm left, 50 mm right.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-19**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1
Freedom Series
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
**2**
**Multispeed Starters, Bi-Metallic Overload—AN700 Open Vertical Starter**
**==> picture [356 x 362] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
A<br>F A C F A C<br>F<br>E B E B E B<br>a D C<br>a D<br>b D<br>Size “0” Multispeed Starter Size “1 – 2” Multispeed Starter Size “3” Multispeed Starter<br>2-Speed, 2-Winding 2-Speed, 2-Winding 2-Speed, 2-Winding<br>A<br>F A C F<br>D C<br>E<br>B<br>E B<br>c<br>D<br>Size “4” Multispeed Starter c Size “5” Multispeed Starter<br>2-Speed, 2-Winding 2-Speed, 2-Winding<br>A<br>F A C F A C<br>F<br>E B E B<br>E B<br>a D C<br>a D<br>a D<br>Size “0” Multispeed Starter Size “1” Multispeed Starter Size “2” Multispeed Starter<br>2-Speed, 1-Winding 2-Speed, 1-Winding 2-Speed, 1-Winding<br>A C<br>F A C<br>E B<br>E B<br>F D �<br>d D<br>Size “3” Multispeed Starter Size “4” Multispeed Starter<br>2-Speed, 1-Winding 2-Speed, 1-Winding<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **Dimensions and Shipping Weights**
|**NEMA**|**Wide**|**High**|**Deep**|**Mounting**<br>**Wide**|**Mounting**<br>**High**|**Wire**|**Shipping Weight**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Size**|**A**|**B**|**C**|**D**|**E**|**Zone F**|**Lbs (kg)**|
|**Two-Speed—Selective**||**Control—Separate Winding**||||||
|0|5.19 (132)|7.38 (188)|3.52 (89)|3.50 (89)|6.87 (175)|0.89 (23)|4.5 (2.0)|
|1|5.66 (144)|7.08 (180)|4.42 (112)|5.25 (133)|5.75 (146)|1.23 (31)|9.0 (4.1)|
|2<br>3|5.66 (144)<br>8.72 (221)|8.08 (205)<br>11.35 (288)|4.42 (112)<br>5.89 (150)|5.25 (133)<br>7.00 (178)|6.75 (165)<br>10.81 (275)|1.63 (41)<br>1.77 (45)|10.0 (4.5)<br>24.0 (10.9)|
|4<br>5|14.68 (373)<br>14.50 (368)|12.06 (306)<br>17.82 (453)|7.25 (184)<br>7.76 (197)|13.50 (343)<br>13.50 (343)|8.50 (216)<br>16.00 (406)|1.95 (50)<br>4.56 (116)|53.0 (24.1)<br>73.0 (33.1)|
|**Two-Speed—Selective**<br>0<br>8.62 (219)||**Control—Reconnectable Winding**<br>7.06 (179)<br>3.82 (81)||6.62 (168)|6.50 (165)|0.50 (13)|6.0 (2.7)|
|1|8.97 (228)|7.12 (181)|4.72 (120)|6.62 (168)|6.50 (165)|1.04 (26)|10.0 (4.5)|
|2|8.90 (226)|8.62 (219)|4.75 (121)|8.40 (213)|8.12 (206)|1.03 (26)|11.0 (5.0)|
|3|16.00 (406)|13.46 (342)|6.38 (162)|15.00 (381)|12.25 (311)|1.24 (31)|31.0 (14.1)|
|4|15.46 (393)|31.00 (787)|7.74 (197)|13.50 (343)|30.00 (762)|1.84 (47)|72.0 (32.7)|
_**Notes**_
- 1 Mounting holes for (3) #10 screws.
- 3 Mounting holes for (4) 1/4-20 screws. 5 Mounting holes for (4) 3/8 screws.
- 2 Mounting holes for (3) 1/4-20 screws. 4 Mounting holes for (4) 5/16 screws.
**V5-T2-20 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1
Freedom Series
**2**
## **Accessories**
## **Three-Pole Top Mounted Fuse Block Kit**
## _**IEC Sizes A–K, NEMA Sizes 00–2**_
Field mount to Freedom Series starters and contactors. Designed to save space and
reduce installation costs. They provide short circuit protection for branch circuits.
## **Fuse Block Kits**
**==> picture [243 x 191] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
||||
|---|---|---|
|Mounted Fuse|
|Block Kit|Fuse Type|Catalog Number|
|Class H—30A 250V|C350KH21|
|Class R—30A 250V|C350KR21|
|——|
|Class G—15A 300V|C350KG37|
|Class G—20A 300V|C350KG38|
|Class G—30A 300V|C350KG31|
|Class G— 60A 300V|C350KG32|
|Class T— 30A 300V|C350KT31|
|Class T— 60A 300V|C350KT32|
|Class J—30A 600V|C350KJ61|
|Class J—60A 600V|C350KJ62|
|Type M—30A 600V|[1]|C350KM61|
|Class CC—30A 600V|C350KC63|
|Class T—30A 600V|C350KT61|
|Class T—60A 600V|C350KT62|
**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **Three-Pole Top Mounted Fuse Block Kit**
**==> picture [233 x 240] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|D|
|A|C|
|—|—|
|Bo,|Cp|
|B|
||susemvene||
|Mounting|
|Plate|
|Fuse Block|Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)|
|Class|Amperes|Volts|Wide A|High B|Deep C|D|
|G|15, 20, 30|300|2.40 (61.0)|3.00 (76.2)|2.04 (51.8)|—|
|60|300|2.62 (66.5)|4.25 (108.0)|2.08 (52.8)|—|
|H|30|250|3.00 (76.2)|3.10 (78.7)|2.23 (56.6)|3.62 (91.9)|
|J|30, 60|600|4.81 (122.2)|4.12 (104.6)|2.82 (71.6)|—|
|M, CC|30|600|2.40 (61.0)|3.00 (76.2)|2.04 (51.8)|—|
|R|30|250|3.00 (76.2)|3.10 (78.7)|2.23 (56.6)|3.62 (91.9)|
|T|30, 60|300|3.44 (87.4)|3.00 (76.2)|2.33 (59.2)|—|
|30|600|3.75 (95.3)|3.31 (84.1)|2.26 (57.4)|—|
|60|600|4.87 (123.7)|3.00 (76.2)|2.58 (65.5)|—|
**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **Mechanical Interlock and Reversing Kits**
Mechanical interlocks and reversing kits are designed for field assembly of reversing contactors or starters from Freedom Series components. The reversing kits include a mechanical
interlock, stabilizer bar and a pre-cut, trimmed and formed wire set. Auxiliary contacts, if required, must be ordered separately. See **Pages V5-T2-25** and **V5-T2-26** .
**Mechanical Interlock Only**[23]
## **C321KM60B**
**==> picture [244 x 231] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|Application|
|NEMA|Contactor|Catalog|
|Size|IEC Size|Mounting|Number|
|00–2|A–K|Horizontal|C321KM60B|
|3|L–N|Horizontal|C321KM30|
|3 to 4|N to P|Horizontal|C321KM43|
|4|P–S|Horizontal|C321KM40|
|Part No. 23-7165|
|4 to 5|—|Horizontal|C321KM45|
|4 to 6|S to T/U|Horizontal|C321KM80|
|5|—|Horizontal|C321KM50|
|5 to 6|—|Horizontal|C321KM56|
|6|T and U|Horizontal|C321KM70|
|6 to 7|T/U to V–X|Horizontal|C321KM90|
|Wire Set|7|V, W and X|Horizontal|C321KM34|
|4 or 5 to 5|P–S to 5|Vertical|C321KM55|
|5 to 6|—|Vertical|C321KM65|
|6|T and U|Vertical|C321KM66|
|6 to 7|T/U to V–X|Vertical|C321KM67|
|So|
**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **Reversing Kits (Horizontal Contactor Mounting Only)**
**==> picture [160 x 150] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
|||||
|---|---|---|---|
|Application|
|NEMA|Catalog|
|Size|IEC Size|Number|
|00|A–C|C321KM60K14B|
|0|D–F|C321KM60K13B|
|1|—|C321KM60K15B|
|2|G–K|C321KM60K16B|
|3|—|C321KM60K17|[4]|
|—|L and M|C321KM60K21|[4]|
|—|N|C321KM60K18|[4]|
|4|—|C321KM60K19|[4]|
|5|—|C321KM60K20|[4]|
|—|P–S|C321KM60K44|[4]|
**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Type M fuse block not approved for branch circuit protection.
- 2 Without cross-wiring.
- 3 For use with latest series product.
- 4 Kit includes (2) NC auxiliary contacts.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-21**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1
Freedom Series
## **Solid-State Timers**
## _**Solid-State ON DELAY Timer—Side Mounted on Freedom Series NEMA**_ **2** _**00–2, IEC A–K and C25D, C25E and C25F Frame**_ ~~J~~
This timer is designed to be ON DELAY timing function **wired in series with the** starts. At the completion of **load** (typically a coil). When the set timing period, timer the START button is pushed and series wired load will (power applied to timer), the both be energized.
## **Mounted Timer Product Selection**
**==> picture [50 x 7] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Solid-State Timer<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**Catalog Timing Range Number**[123] 0.1–1.0 seconds **C320TDN1_** 1–30 seconds **C320TDN30_** 30–300 seconds **C320TDN300_** ~~Se~~ 5–30 minutes **C320TDN3000_**[4]
## **Shorting Bar Kits**
These kits provide phase-tophase power connections of contactors for field assembly. The kits include bus
connections and mounting hardware. The shorting bars connect all three phases of a single contactor.
## **Shorting Bar Kits**
|**Shorting Bar Kits**||
|---|---|
|**Description**<br>NEMA Size 3, IEC Sizes L–N|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**C321SB18**|
|NEMA Size 4, IEC Sizes A–S|**C321SB19**|
|NEMA Size 6, IEC Sizes T and U|**C321SB22**|
## **Pneumatic Timers—Top Mounted**
unit has 1NO-1NC isolated timed contacts—circuits in each pole must be the same polarity. Units are convertible from OFF to ON DELAY or vice-versa.
Attachment mounts on top of any NEMA Size 00–2 or IEC Size A–K Freedom Series starter or contactor (top mounted auxiliary contacts cannot be installed on device when timer is used). Timer
## **Pneumatic Timers**
## **Pneumatic Timers**
|**Pneumatic Timers**||
|---|---|
||**Catalog**|
|**Timing Range**<br>0.1 to 30 seconds|**Number**<br>**C320TP1**|
|10 to 180 seconds|**C320TP2**|
## **Maximum Ampere Ratings**
|**Description**<br>Make<br>Break|**Vac**<br>**120**<br>30<br>3|**240**<br>15<br>1.5|**480**<br>7.5<br>0.75|**600**<br>6<br>0.6|
|---|---|---|---|---|
## **Locking Cover for Overload Relay—C306 Only**
Snap-on transparent or dial—helps prevent accidental opaque plastic panel for or unauthorized changes to covering access port to the trip and reset setting. overload relay trip setting
## **Locking Cover for Overlay Relay**
||**Locking Cover for Overlay Relay**|**Locking Cover for Overlay Relay**||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Locking Cover for**|**Locking Cover for Overlay Relay**<br>**Locking Cover for**|**Locking Cover for Overlay Relay**||
|**Overlay Relay**|**Description**|**Min. Ordering**<br>**Quantity (Std. Pkg.)**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
||Clear cover, no|50|**C320PC3**|
||accessibility|||
||Gray cover, no|50|**C320PC4**|
||accessibility, with<br>Auto only nib|||
||Gray cover, no<br>accessibility, with|50|**C320PC5**|
||Manual only nib<br>Gray cover with FLA dial|50|**C320PC6**|
||accessibility, A, B, C, D|||
|tl|positions and Auto only nib<br>Gray cover with FLA dial<br>50<br>**C320PC7**<br>~~OO~~|||
||accessibility, A, B, C, D<br>positions and Manual|||
||only nib|||
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Add operating voltage suffix to catalog number. **A** = 120V, **B** = 240V, **E** = 208V
- 2 Rated 0.5 ampere pilot duty—not to be used on larger contactors.
- 3 Terminal connections are quick connects only. Two per side.
- 4 240V operating voltage not available for C320TDN3000_.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-22**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1
Freedom Series
## **Identification Markers**
## _**IEC Sizes A–K, NEMA Sizes 00–2**_
Designed to snap on the face individual devices. Includes of contactor for easy, holder and labels. personalized identification of
**Identification Markers Description Catalog Number** Identification marker **C320DL2**
## **DIN Rail Mounting Channel—35 mm**
Designed for DIN rail mounting of IEC style contactors and starters.
|**DIN Rail**|**DIN Rail**<br>**Description**|**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|---|
||1 meter length|**MC382MA1**|
**2**
## **Finger Protection Shields**
## **Control Circuit Fuse Block**
These panel mounted equipment designated as fuse holders, designed for being suitable for use on control circuit protection or systems having high available other similar low current fault currents. If branch requirements, have extractor circuit protective device is type fuse caps. The Class CC 45A or greater, C320FBR rejection type fuses (KTK-R) fuse kit may be required for used in these holders are control circuit protection per intended for use with NEC 430-72.
## **Control Circuit Fuse Block**
||**Control Circuit Fuse Block**|**Control Circuit Fuse Block**||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Control Circuit**|**Control Circuit Fuse Block**|**Control Circuit Fuse Block**||
|**Fuse Block**|**Type**|**Max. Amperes**|**Catalog Number**|
||Fuse holder only|15|**C320FB**1|
|||30|**C320FBR**2|
Snap-on shields for both contactors and starters provide IEC Type IP20 finger
protection. Prevents accidental contact with line/load terminals.
## **Finger Protection Shields**
|**Application**|**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|
|NEMA Size 00, IEC Sizes A–C|**C320LS1**|
|NEMA Size 0, IEC Sizes D–F|**C320LS2**|
|**NEMA Sizes 1–2, IEC Sizes G–K**<br>Contactors|**C320LS3**|
|Reversing contactors|**C320LS4**|
|**NEMA Size 1**||
|Starters|**C320LS5**|
|Reversing starters<br>**NEMA Size 2, IEC Sizes G–K**|**C320LS6**|
|Starters|**C320LS7**|
|Reversing starters|**C320LS8**|
## **Dimensions**
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
## **Adapter to DIN Rail Mount**
**==> picture [126 x 132] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
1.88 (47.8)<br>1.25 (31.8)<br>0.97<br>(24.6)<br>pal<br>0.88 1.19<br>(22.4) (30.2)<br>Fuse C O i m<br>“ich<br>2.06<br>(52.3)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## _**NEMA 1–2 and IEC G–K Contactors**_
convert contactors from panel mounting to 35 mm
Designed to allow DIN rail mounting of NEMA 1–2 and IEC G–K contactors. Includes DIN rail mounting. all hardware required to
**Adapter to DIN Rail Mount Catalog Number C320DN65** ~~——~~
## _**Notes**_
- 1 A fuse is not supplied, but holder will accept a Bussman Type KTK or KTK-R (13/32 in x 1-1/2 in) fuse, 600V maximum.
- 2 Includes a 5A, 600V KTK-R fuse.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-23**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
## 2.1
## Freedom Series
## **Transient Suppressor Kits**
## _**NEMA Sizes 00–2, IEC Sizes A–K**_
**2** ~~—~~ These kits limit high voltage transients produced in the **2** control circuit when power is removed from the contactor **2** or starter coil. There are three separate suppressors for use **2** on 24–120V, 208–240V or 277–480V coils respectively.
These devices mount directly to the coil terminals of Freedom Series contactors or starters NEMA Sizes 00–2, IEC Sizes A–K and lighting contactors 10–60A. Reversing devices will require two.
## **Adhesive Dust Cover**
## _**NEMA Sizes 00–2, IEC Sizes A–K**_
These adhesive stickers come 25 to a package and provide extra protection from contaminants when applied to the sides of Freedom NEMA Sizes 00–2 and IEC
Sizes A–K. Adhesive covers are easily applied to side opening where auxiliaries are not installed and provide extra protection from metal filings and other debris.
## **NEMA Sizes 00–2, IEC Sizes A–K**
|**C320TS2**||**NEMA Sizes 00–2, IEC Sizes A–K**<br>**Coil**|**NEMA Sizes 00–2, IEC Sizes A–K**<br>**Coil**|**NEMA Sizes 00–2, IEC Sizes A–K**<br>**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**Description**<br>Transient suppressor|**Voltage**1<br>24/120V|**Number**<br>**C320TS1**|
||||208/240V|**C320TS2**|
||||||277/480V|**C320TS3**|
**Description Catalog Number** 25 to a package **C320DSTCVR**
## _**NEMA Sizes 3–5, IEC Sizes L–S**_
This device mounts on top of any side mounted auxiliary contact on Freedom Series NEMA Sizes 3–5, IEC Sizes L–S and lighting contactors 100–300A. It connects across coil terminals on any 120V contactor or starter magnet
coil (reversing starters or contactors require 2).
Limits high voltage transients produced in the circuit when power is removed from the coil.
|**C320AS1**|**NEMA Sizes 3–5, IEC Sizes L–S**|**NEMA Sizes 3–5, IEC Sizes L–S**|**NEMA Sizes 3–5, IEC Sizes L–S**|
|---|---|---|---|
||**Description**|**Coil**<br>**Voltage**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
||Transient suppressor|120V|**C320AS1**|
## **Add-On Power Pole Kit**[2]
## _**NEMA Sizes 00–0, IEC Sizes A–F**_
This device mounts on the side of Freedom NEMA Size 00–0 and IEC Sizes A–F contactors. One unit can be mounted on each side and
carries UL, cUL and IEC ratings. The device is rated for resistive, inductive and lighting applications.
## **NEMA Sizes 00–0, IEC Sizes A–F**
|**UL Ampere Rating**|**UL Ampere Rating**|||||**IEC 947 Ampere Rating**|**IEC 947 Ampere Rating**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**Horsepower Single-Phase**|**Horsepower Single-Phase**|**Locked**|**Lighting Ballast**|||**AC-5a**|**1NO Power Pole**|
|**Inductive**<br>**600V**|**Resistive**<br>**600V**|**115V**|**230V**|**Rotor**<br>**240V**|**Tungsten**<br>**480V**|**AC-1**<br>**600V**|**AC-3**<br>**600V**|**AC-5b**<br>**480V**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|15|20|1/2|2|96|20|20|12|18|**C320PPD10**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Suppressor is compatible with coil voltages/ranges as shown, both 50 and 60 Hz.
> 2 Power pole kits sold for replacement purposes only. For new applications, order the correct four-pole and five-pole contactor catalog numbers.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-24**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1
Freedom Series
## **Auxiliary Contacts**
## _**Contact Configuration Code**_
This two-digit code is found on the auxiliary contact to assist in identifying the specific contact configuration. The first digit indicates the quantity of NO contacts and the second indicates the quantity of NC contacts.
## _**NEMA Sizes 00–2—IEC Sizes A–K**_
The auxiliary contacts listed on this page are designed for installation on Freedom Series starters and contactors. Snap-on design facilitates quick, easy installation.
These bifurcated design contact blocks, featuring silver cadmium alloy contacts, are well suited for use in very low energy (logic level) circuits.
**2**
**NEMA Sizes 00–2—IEC Sizes A–K**[1]
**==> picture [371 x 403] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
|||||
|---|---|---|---|
|Contact|
|Description|Configuration Code|[2]|Catalog Number|
|Side Mounted|Side Mounted|
|1NO|10|C320KGS1|
|1NC|01|C320KGS2|
|1NO-1NC|11|C320KGS3|
|2NO|20|C320KGS4|
|Leer,|
|2NC|02|C320KGS5|
|1NO-1NCI|N/A|C320KGS6|
|1NO (EC)-1NC (LO)|N/A|C320KGS7|
|1NCI|N/A|C320KGS8|
|Top Mounted|Top Mounted|
|1NO|10|C320KGT1|
|eee|1NC|01|C320KGT2|
|1NO-1NC|11|C320KGT3|
|2NO|20|C320KGT4|
|i|
|2NC|02|C320KGT5|
|1NO-1NCI|N/A|C320KGT6|
|1NO (EC)-1NC (LO)|N/A|C320KGT7|
|1NCI|N/A|C320KGT8|
|3NO|30|C320KGT9|
|2NO-1NC|21|C320KGT10|
|1NO-2NC|12|C320KGT11|
|3NC|03|C320KGT12|
|4NO|40|C320KGT13|
|3NO-1NC|31|C320KGT14|
|2NO-2NC|22|C320KGT15|
|1NO-3NC|13|C320KGT16|
|4NC|04|C320KGT17|
|3NO-1NCI|N/A|C320KGT18|
|2NO-1NCI-1NC|N/A|C320KGT19|
|2NO-1NO (EC)-1NC (LO)|N/A|C320KGT20|
|1NO-1NC-1NO (EC)-1NC (LO)|N/A|C320KGT21|
**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **Side Mounted**
**Top Mounted**
## _**Notes**_
1 NCI = Normally Closed early opening designed for use in reversing applications. EC = Early Closing. LO = Late Opening.
2 For reference only—not part of catalog number.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-25**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1
## Freedom Series
**2**
## _**NEMA Sizes 3–8—IEC Sizes L–Z**_
**C320KGS42 Base Auxiliary Contacts— NEMA Sizes 3–5, IEC Sizes L–S**
|||**NEMA Size 3**|**NEMA Sizes 4–5**|
|---|---|---|---|
||**Contact**|**IEC Sizes L –N**|**IEC Sizes P–S**|
|**Circuit**|**Configuration**<br>**Code**1|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|NO|10|**C320KGS31**|**C320KGS41**|
|NO-NC|11|**C320KGS32**|**C320KGS42**|
## _**Auxiliary Contact Ratings (Amperes)**_
## **Ratings—NEMA A600**
|**Current**|**AC Volts**<br>**120V**|**240V**|**480V**|**600V**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|~~ee~~|~~ee~~|~~ee~~|~~ee~~|~~ee~~|
|Make|60|30|15|12|
|Break|6|3|1.5|1|
|Continuous|10|10|10|10|
## **Ratings—NEMA P300**
|**C320KGS22**|**Auxiliary Contacts—NEMA Sizes 3–5,**<br>**IEC Sizes L–S**|
|---|---|
|ik}|**Circuit**<br>**Contact**<br>**Configuration Code**1<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>NO<br>10<br>**C320KGS20**<br>NC<br>01<br>**C320KGS21**<br>NO-NC2<br>11<br>**C320KGS22**<br>**Sealed Logic Level**<br> ~~EEE~~<br>~~eee~~|
||NO<br>10<br>**C320KGS20L**|
||NC<br>01<br>**C320KGS21L**|
||NO-NC3<br>11<br>**C320KGS22L**|
## **Auxiliary Contacts—NEMA Sizes 6–8, IEC Sizes T–Z**
||**Contact**<br>**Configuration**||**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Circuit**|**Code**1|**Size**|**Number**|
|NO-NC<br>~~ee~~|11<br>~~ee~~|NEMA 8, IEC Z<br>~~ee~~|**C320KA5**<br>~~ee~~|
|2NO-2NC<br>2NO-2NC|22<br>22|NEMA 6–7<br>IEC T–X|**C320KA6**<br>**C320KA8**|
|**Ratings—NEMA P300**||
|---|---|
|**Continuous Thermal Rating: 5A**||
|**DC Volts**|**Make/Break Amperes**|
|125<br>~~a~~|1.10<br>~~a~~|
|250|0.55|
## **Ratings—Logic Level**
|**Ratings—Logic Level**|**Ratings—Logic Level**|
|---|---|
|**Minimum Ratings for Logic Level and Hostile Atmosphere Application**<br>Minimum Amperes<br>20 mA<br>~~—_~~||
||Minimum Volts<br>24 Vac/Vdc|
||**Ratings C320KGS20L, C320KGS21L, C320KGS22L**|
||**DC-12**<br>**AC-12**|
||**Ue**<br>**Ie**<br>**Ue**<br>**Ie**<br>80<br>0.1<br>250<br>0.1<br>~~ee~~|
## **Ratings C320KGS20L, C320KGS21L, C320KGS22L**
## _**Notes**_
> 1 For reference only—not part of catalog number.
> 2 NO-NC occupies two position—L2 and L3, or R2 and R3. See figure on **Page V5-T2-27** .
> 3 Form C contacts.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-26**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1
Freedom Series
## **Auxiliary Contact Location**
## _**NEMA Sizes 00–2, IEC Sizes A–K**_
The sketches below illustrate the maximum number of auxiliary contacts that can be
assembled to a contactor or starter and their locations.
## **Auxiliary Contacts**
|||**Available Mounting**|**Positions**12|**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Size**|**Poles**|**Open Type**|**Enclosed**|**Number**|
|A–K|3|T1, L1|L1|**AE16**|
|00|3|T1, L1, R1|L1|**AN16**|
|0–2|3|T1, L1|L1||
|A–K|3|L1, R1|L1, R1|**AE56**|
|00–2|3|T1, T2|—|**AN56**|
|A–C|2–4|T1, L1, R1|L1, R1|**CE15**|
|D–K|3|T1, L1|L1||
|G–J|4|T1, R1|—||
|G–J|5|T1|—||
|00|2–4|T1, L1, R1|L1|**CN15**|
|0–2|2–3|T1, L1|L1||
|1, 2|4|T1, L1|—||
|1, 2|5|T1, L1|—||
|10A|2–4|T1, L1, R1|L1|**CN35**|
|20–60A|2–3|T1, L1|L1||
|60A|4|T1, L1|—||
|60A|5|T1, L1|—||
|A–K|3|L1, R1|L1, R1|**CE55**|
|00–2|3|T1, T2|—|**CN55**|
## **Auxiliary Contact Location**
**==> picture [222 x 215] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
L1 R1 L1 R1<br>T1 T1 T2<br>Top View Top View<br>L1 T1 R1 L1 T1 T2 R1<br>Front View Front View<br>Non-Reversing Reversing<br>Contactors and Starters Contactors and Starters<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## _**NEMA Sizes 3–8, IEC Sizes L–Z**_
The sketches below illustrate the maximum number of auxiliary contacts that can be assembled to a contactor and their locations.
**Note:** A base auxiliary contact must be added in position R1 before additional auxiliary contacts can be mounted on NEMA Size 3 and IEC Sizes L–N, or in L1 on NEMA Sizes 4–5 and IEC Sizes P–S.
## **Mounting Positions**
|**Mounting Positions**||
|---|---|
|**Size**|**Available Mounting Positions**1|
|NEMA Size 3, IEC Sizes L–N|R2, R3, L1, L2, L3|
|NEMA Sizes 4–5, IEC Sizes P–S<br>NEMA Sizes 6–7, IEC Sizes T–X|L2, L3, R1, R2, R3<br>R1|
|NEMA Size 8, IEC Size Z|L2, R2|
## **Auxiliary Contact Location**
**==> picture [227 x 205] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
L1 R1<br>L2 L3 R3 R2<br>Base Base<br>Aux. Aux. Aux. Aux.<br>Aux. Aux.<br>Cont. Cont. Cont. Cont.<br>Cont. Cont.<br>Left Side Front Right Side<br>of Contactor of Contactor of Contactor<br>NEMA Sizes 3–5<br>IEC Sizes L–S<br>L1 R1<br>NEMA Sizes 6–7<br>IEC Sizes T, U, V, W and X<br>Rear Rear<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**==> picture [99 x 91] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
L1 R1<br>L2 R2<br>NEMA Size 8<br>IEC Size Z<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Available positions on contactors or starters other than what is factory installed.
- 2 When a pneumatic timer is mounted on contactor, only side mounted auxiliary contact positions are available. The solid-state timer, when added, takes up side mounted auxiliary contact position.
**2**
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-27**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1
Freedom Series
## **DC Magnet Coils**
## _**When Ordering Specify**_ **2 Conversion Kit for Field Assembly**
- Catalog number
## **Factory Installed DC Coil**
- For factory installed DC magnet coil on AC contactors or noncombination starters (open type only), substitute the code suffix from the table on this page for the magnet coil identifier in the device catalog number. EXAMPLE: For Size 0 AC contactor with a 24 Vdc coil, change AN16BN0 **A** C to AN16BN0 **T1** C
## _**Application**_
- Connect for separate control
- Not for use with cover control switch operators
- Use twin break, heavyduty pilot devices
- Designed for +10%, –20% rated voltage, continuous duty operation
## _**Non-Reversing Kit Consists of:**_
- One encapsulated DC magnet coil
- One NCI or NO/NCI side mounted auxiliary contact
**Note:** These kits are supplied with a NO/NCI side mounted auxiliary contact in place of the NCI contact.
- Two blue colored connection wires
- One instruction publication
## _**Operation**_
See next page for operation details.
## **DC Magnet Coils**
|**DC Magnet Coils**|**DC Magnet Coils**||
|---|---|---|
|**Contactor or**<br>**Starter Size**<br>**Conversion Data**<br>**Complete Conversion Kit**<br>**Volts**<br>**Magnet Coil**<br>**NCI**<br>**Interlock**<br>**NEMA**<br>**IEC**<br>**Coil**<br>**Number**<br>**Amps**<br>**P.U./Seal**<br>**Watts**<br>**P.U./Seal**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Ship Wt.**<br>**Lbs (kg)**||**Factory**<br>**Installed**<br>**Code**<br>**Suffix**|
|**Non-Reversing—Kit Includes NCI Side Mounted Auxiliary Contact**|||
|00 and 0<br>CN35–A, B, D<br>D15 Relays<br>A–F|12<br>**9-2988-11**<br>6.4/0.28<br>76.8/3.36<br>**C320KGD1**<br>**C335KD3R1**<br>1.0 (0.5)<br>24<br>**9-2988-12**<br>3.2/0.14<br>76.8/3.36<br>**C320KGD1**<br>**C335KD3T1**<br>48<br>**9-2988-13**<br>1.6/0.07<br>76.8/3.36<br>**C320KGD1**<br>**C335KD3W1**<br>120<br>**9-2988-14**<br>0.64/0.028<br>76.8/3.36<br>**C320KGD1**<br>**C335KD3A1**|**R1**|
|||**T1**|
|||**W1**|
|||**A1**|
|1<br>00 and 0<br>CN35–A, B, D<br>D15 Relays<br>A–F|12<br>**9-2988-11**<br>6.4/0.28<br>76.8/3.36<br>**C320KGD2**1<br>**C335KD3R4**<br>1.0 (0.5)<br>24<br>**9-2988-12**<br>3.2/0.14<br>76.8/3.36<br>**C320KGD2**1<br>**C335KD3T4**<br>48<br>**9-2988-13**<br>1.6/0.07<br>76.8/3.36<br>**C320KGD2**1<br>**C335KD3W4**<br>120<br>**9-2988-14**<br>0.64/0.028<br>76.8/3.36<br>**C320KGD2**1<br>**C335KD3A4**|**R4**|
|||**T4**|
|||**W4**|
|||**A4**|
|1 and 2<br>CN35–G<br>G–K|12<br>**9-2990-1**<br>15.4/0.42<br>185/4.98<br>**C320KGD5**<br>**C335KD4R4**<br>1.0 (0.5)<br>24<br>**9-2990-2**<br>7.7/0.021<br>185/4.96<br>**C320KGD5**<br>**C335KD4T4**<br>48<br>**9-2990-3**<br>3.9/0.11<br>185/5.04<br>**C320KGD5**<br>**C335KD4W4**<br>120<br>**9-2990-4**<br>1.5/0.041<br>185/4.87<br>**C320KGD5**<br>**C335KD4A4**|**R4**|
|||**T4**|
|||**W4**|
|||**A4**|
|3<br>CN35–K<br>L–N|12<br>**9-3002-1**<br>24/0.40<br>293/4.84<br>**C320KGD3**<br>**C335KD5R1**<br>2.0 (0.9)<br>24<br>**9-3002-2**<br>12/0.20<br>288/4.75<br>**C320KGD3**<br>**C335KD5T1**<br>48<br>**9-3002-3**<br>6.1/0.097<br>295/4.67<br>**C320KGD3**<br>**C335KD5W1**<br>120<br>**9-3002-4**<br>2.5/0.038<br>298/4.57<br>**C320KGD3**<br>**C335KD5A1**|**R1**|
|||**T1**|
|||**W1**|
|||**A1**|
|4 and 5<br>CN35–N, S<br>P–S|24<br>**9-2026-4**<br>18/0.22<br>400/5.3<br>**C320KGD3**<br>**C335KA3T1**<br>2.5 (1.1)<br>48<br>**9-2026-3**<br>9/0.11<br>400/5.2<br>**C320KGD3**<br>**C335KA3W1**<br>120<br>**9-2026-2**<br>3.3/0.05<br>450/5.4<br>**C320KGD3**<br>**C335KA3A1**<br>240<br>**9-2026-1**<br>1.7/0.02<br>440/4.9<br>**C320KGD3**<br>**C335KA3B1**|**T1B**|
|||**W1B**|
|||**A1B**|
|||**B1B**|
|**Reversing**|||
|00 and 0<br>CN35–A, B, D<br>D15 relays<br>A–F|12<br>**(2) 9-2988-1**<br>6.4/0.28<br>76.8/3.36<br>**(2) C320KGD1**<br>**C335RD3R1**2<br>1.0 (0.5)<br>24<br>**(2) 9-2988-2**<br>3.2/0.14<br>76.8/3.36<br>**(2) C320KGD1**<br>**C335RD3T1**2<br>48<br>**(2) 9-2988-3**<br>1.6/0.07<br>76.8/3.36<br>**(2) C320KGD1**<br>**C335RD3W1**2<br>120<br>**(2) 9-2988-4**<br>0.64/0.028<br>76.8/3.36<br>**(2) C320KGD1**<br>**C335RD3A1**2|**R1**3|
|||**T1**3|
|||**W1**3|
|||**A1**3|
|1 and 2<br>CN35–G<br>G–K|12<br>**(2) 9-2990-1**<br>15.4/0.42<br>185/4.98<br>**(2) C320KGD3**<br>4<br>—<br>24<br>**(2) 9-2990-2**<br>7.7/0.21<br>185/4.96<br>**(2) C320KGD3**<br>4<br>48<br>**(2) 9-2990-3**<br>3.9/0.11<br>185/5.04<br>**(2) C320KGD3**<br>4<br>120<br>**(2) 9-2990-4**<br>1.5/0.041<br>185/4.87<br>**(2) C320KGD3**<br>4|**R1**3|
|||**T1**3|
|||**W1**3|
|||**A1**3|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 These kits are supplied with a NO/NCI side mounted auxiliary contact in place of the NCI contact.
- 2 Kit does not include mechanical interlock or crossover wiring. Two NO/NCI top mounted auxiliary contacts are supplied for electrical interlocking.
- 3 Factory installed DC coils on NEMA contactors and starters include a NO/NC top mounted auxiliary contact on each contactor for electrical interlocking. On IEC contactors and starters, a NC top mounted auxiliary contact is supplied on each contactor for electrical interlocking.
- 4 Available factory assembled only.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-28**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1
Freedom Series
## _**Operation**_
These DC coil kits have separate pick-up and seal windings. A **special** (side mounted) early-break NCI auxiliary contact is used to either disconnect the pick-up winding or insert the seal winding in series with the pick-up winding, depending on the frame size of the contactor. DC coil kits come in two styles, a suffix **1** and a suffix **4** . Suffix 1 contains only the **special** (side mounted) early break NCI auxiliary contact. Suffix 4 contains a NO contact in the same package as the **special** (side mounted) early-break NCI auxiliary contact.
**Note:** For NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 and IEC Sizes A–F, contactors
may utilize either suffix 1 or 4 DC coil kits; starters may utilize suffix 4 DC coil kits only. For NEMA Sizes 1 and 2 and IEC Sizes G–K, both contactors and starters may utilize a suffix 4 DC coil kit only.
On the above sizes only, when the **special** auxiliary package is mounted on the side of a contactor or starter, **no** standard auxiliary contact may be mounted on the same side.
**Note:** For NEMA Sizes 3–5 and IEC Sizes L–S, special coil NCI clearing contact is an add-on auxiliary ( **must** mount on a base mount auxiliary contact; normally a 1NO). This arrangement will normally account for two of the three contact positions on the side of each contactor or starter.
## **Competitive Mounting Plates**
The C321 adapter plates (adapter plate not required for permit direct replacement of replacing A10 Starter Sizes 1, competitive starters with 4 and 5), Furnas 14, ESP100, **2** Freedom Series starters General Electric CR206, without drilling and tapping CR306, Siemens SXL, **2** new mounting holes. AllenSquare D 8536, Bradley 509, Eaton’s A10 Westinghouse A200, B200. **2**
## **Competitive Mounting Plates**
**C321CMP1**
|**Freedom**<br>**NEMA Size**<br>00, 0<br>1<br>2<br>3|**Index Number**2<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**C321CMP0**<br>**C321CMP1**<br>**C321CMP2**<br>**C321CMP3**|
|---|---|
|4|**C321CMP4**|
|5|**C321CMP5**|
## _**Note**_
- 1 1NO available in Suffix 4 kits only.
## **Elementary Diagrams**
- 2 Handling number only—does not appear on product. The handling number is stamped on the carton label only.
**==> picture [108 x 75] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
A1 A2<br>Hold 3 Pick-Up<br>NCI<br>2 3<br>a<br>NO<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**==> picture [131 x 21] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
DC Coil Elementary Diagram<br>for NEMA Sizes 1–3 and IEC Sizes G–N<br>Contactors and Starters<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**==> picture [145 x 151] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Important<br>Incoming DC must be connected<br>between A1 and Top A2 Terminal.<br>A1 A2 Top<br>Hold<br>a 2 NCI<br>NO<br>Pick-Up m o 3 r o Auxiliary n<br>Contact<br>A2 Bottom<br>DC Coil Elementary Diagram<br>for NEMA Sizes 00, 0, 4 and 5<br>and IEC Sizes A–F and P–S<br>Contactors and Starters<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-29**
2.1
Freedom Series
**2**
## NEMA Contactors and Starters
## **Special Modifications**
**For Catalog Numbers AN16, AN56, CE15, CN15, CN35, CN55**
||**Starter**|**Size —NEMA**||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Addition or Special Feature**|**00**|**0**<br>**1/—**|**2**|**3**|**4**|**5**|**6**|**7**|**8**|
|**Control Circuit**||||||||||
|Extra auxiliary circuit, factory installed NO or NC—each contact1<br>Transient suppressor1|Consult<br>Consult|sales office for pricing<br>sales office for pricing|adders.<br>adders.|||||||
|**Power Circuit**<br>Contactor/starter for ring lug capability—add Mod Code**T16**to catalog number2|Consult|sales office for pricing|adders.|||||||
|(Power terminals only, control terminals as standard)<br>Standalone overload relays can not accept ring lugs on line side||||||||||
|**Factory Installed Dust Covers**||||||||||
|Factory installed C320DSTCVR—add Mod Code**-53**to catalog number1||||NA|NA|NA|NA|NA|NA|
## **Renewal Parts**
For a complete listing of parts, refer to the Renewal Parts Publication Number referenced below.
**For Catalog Numbers AN16, AN30, AN40, AN56, AN70, AN80, AN800, CN15, CN35**[3] **and CN55 Contactors and Starters (Size 00, 0)**
|**CN35**3**and CN55 Con**|**tactors and Sta**|**rters (Size 00**|**, 0)**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**NEMA Size 00**||**NEMA Size 0**||
|||**Series B1**|**Series C1**|**Series B1**|**Series C1**|
|**Description**||**Part No.**|**Part No.**|**Part No.**|**Part No.**|
|**Renewal Parts Publication**|**Number**|**22177**|**22177**|**22177**|**22177**|
|**Contact Kits**||||||
|Two-pole||4|4|4|4|
|Three-pole<br>Four-pole||4<br>4|4<br>4|4<br>4|4<br>4|
|Five-pole||4|4|4|4|
|**Magnet Coils**|**Coil Suffix**|||||
|120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz|**A**|**9-2875-1**|**9-2875-1**|**9-2876-1**|**9-2876-1**|
|240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz|**B**|**9-2875-2**|**9-2875-2**|**9-2876-2**|**9-2876-2**|
|480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz|**C**|**9-2875-3**|**9-2875-3**|**9-2876-3**|**9-2876-3**|
|600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz|**D**|**9-2875-4**|**9-2875-4**|**9-2876-4**|**9-2876-4**|
|208V 60 Hz|**E**|**9-2875-5**|**9-2875-5**|**9-2876-5**|**9-2876-5**|
|277V 60 Hz<br>208/240V 60 Hz|**H**<br>**J**|**9-2875-12**<br>**9-2875-37**|**9-2875-12**<br>**9-2875-37**|**9-2876-12**<br>**9-2876-17**|**9-2876-12**<br>**9-2876-17**|
|240V 50 Hz|**K**|**9-2875-11**|**9-2875-11**|**9-2876-11**|**9-2876-11**|
|380–415V 50 Hz|**L**|**9-2875-6**|**9-2875-6**|**9-2876-6**|**9-2876-6**|
|380V 50 Hz|**L**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**—**|
|415V 50 Hz|**M**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**—**|
|550V 50 Hz|**N**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**—**|
|24V 60 Hz–24V 50 Hz|**T**|**9-2875-36**|**9-2875-36**|**9-2876-36**|**9-2876-36**|
|24V 60 Hz|**T**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**—**|
|24V 50 Hz<br>32V 50 Hz|**U**<br>**V**|**9-2875-36**<br>**9-2875-16**|**9-2875-36**<br>**9-2875-16**|**9-2876-36**<br>**9-2876-16**|**9-2876-36**<br>**9-2876-16**|
|48V 60 Hz|**W**|**9-2875-8**|**9-2875-8**|**9-2876-8**|**9-2876-8**|
|48V 50 Hz|**Y**|**9-2875-9**|**9-2875-9**|**9-2876-9**|**9-2876-9**|
|**Magnet Frame Armature**||||||
|Lower magnet frame||4|4|4|4|
|Upper magnet frame||4|4|4|4|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 These modifications are generally available in kit form at lower cost. See specific product sections for kit listings.
> 2 The T16 modifications are only available on C306 overloads and the following three-pole devices: CN15, CN55, AN16, AN56 and AN700 (separate winding only). The 45 mm and 65 mm frames (NEMA Size 0–2) reversing devices (CN55B, CN55D, CN55G, AN56B, AN56D, AN56G, AN700 and AN700G) with the T16 modification are supplied without crossover wires.
> 3 CN35A = Size 00, CN35B and CN35D = Size 0, CN35G = Size 2, CN35K = Size 3, CN35N = Size 4, and CN35S = Size 5.
- 4 Replace with complete contactor.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-30**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1
Freedom Series
**For Catalog Numbers AN16, AN30, AN40, AN56, AN70, AN80, AN800, CN15, CN35**[1] **and CN55 Contactors and Starters (Size 1, 2)**
|||**NEMA Size 1**||**NEMA Size 2**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**Series A1**|**Series B1**|**Series A1**|**Series B1**|**NEMA Size 3**|
|**Description**||**Part No.**|**Part No.**|**Part No.**|**Part No.**|**Part No.**|
|**Renewal Parts Publication**|**Number**|**20861**|**22177**|**20861**|**22177**|**20426**|
|**Contact Kits**|||||||
|Two-pole||**6-65**|**6-65**|**6-65-7**|**6-65-7**|**6-43-5**|
|Three-pole||**6-65-2**|**6-65-2**|**6-65-8**|**6-65-8**|**6-43-6**|
|Four-pole||**6-65-9**|**6-65-9**|**6-65-15**|**6-65-15**|**—**|
|Five-pole||**6-65-10**|**6-65-10**|**6-65-16**|**6-65-16**|**—**|
|**Magnet Coils**|**Coil Suffix**||||||
|120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz|**A**|**9-3285-1**|**9-3285-1**|**9-3285-1**|**9-3285-1**|**9-2756-1 KIT**|
|240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz|**B**|**9-2703-2 KIT**|**9-2703-2 KIT**|**9-2703-2 KIT**|**9-2703-2 KIT**|**9-2756-2 KIT**|
|480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz|**C**|**9-2703-3 KIT**|**9-2703-3 KIT**|**9-2703-3 KIT**|**9-2703-3 KIT**|**9-2756-3 KIT**|
|600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz|**D**|**9-2703-4 KIT**|**9-2703-4 KIT**|**9-2703-4 KIT**|**9-2703-4 KIT**|**9-2756-4 KIT**|
|208V 60 Hz|**E**|**9-2703-9 KIT**|**9-2703-9 KIT**|**9-2703-9 KIT**|**9-2703-9 KIT**|**9-2756-5 KIT**|
|277V 60 Hz|**H**|**9-2703-7 KIT**|**9-2703-7 KIT**|**9-2703-7 KIT**|**9-2703-7 KIT**|**9-2756-9 KIT**|
|208/240V 60 Hz|**J**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**—**|
|240V 50 Hz|**K**|**9-2703-14 KIT**|**9-2703-14 KIT**|**9-2703-14 KIT**|**9-2703-14 KIT**|**9-2756-13 KIT**|
|380–415V 50 Hz|**L**|**9-2703-8 KIT**|**9-2703-8 KIT**|**9-2703-8 KIT**|**9-2703-8 KIT**|**—**|
|380V 50 Hz|**L**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**9-2756-12 KIT**|
|415V 50 Hz|**M**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**9-2756-8 KIT**|
|550V 50 Hz|**N**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**9-2756-14 KIT**|
|24V 60 Hz–24V 50 Hz|**T**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**—**|
|24V 60 Hz|**T**|**9-2703-6 KIT**|**9-2703-6 KIT**|**9-2703-6 KIT**|**9-2703-6 KIT**|**9-2756-6 KIT**|
|24V 50 Hz|**U**|**9-2703-12 KIT**|**9-2703-12 KIT**|**9-2703-12 KIT**|**9-2703-12 KIT**|**9-2756-11 KIT**|
|32V 50 Hz|**V**|**9-2703-10 KIT**|**9-2703-10 KIT**|**9-2703-10 KIT**|**9-2703-10 KIT**|**9-2756-10 KIT**|
|48V 60 Hz|**W**|**9-2703-11 KIT**|**9-2703-11 KIT**|**9-2703-11 KIT**|**9-2703-11 KIT**|**9-2756-15 KIT**|
|48V 50 Hz|**Y**|**9-2703-13 KIT**|**9-2703-13 KIT**|**9-2703-13 KIT**|**9-2703-13 KIT**|**9-2756-7 KIT**|
|**Magnet Frame Armature**|||||||
|Lower magnet frame||**17-18200**|**17-18200**|**17-18200**|**17-18200 KIT**|**17-8955-2 KIT**|
|Upper magnet frame||**48-1936**|**48-1936**|**48-1936**|**48-1936 KIT**|**48-1902 KIT**|
**2**
_**Note**_
> 1 CN35A = Size 00, CN35B and CN35D = Size 0, CN35G = Size 2, CN35K = Size 3, CN35N = Size 4, and CN35S = Size 5.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-31**
2.1
## NEMA Contactors and Starters
## Freedom Series
For a complete listing of parts, refer to the Renewal Parts Publication Number referenced below.
**For Catalog Numbers AN16, AN30, AN40, AN56, AN70, AN80, AN800, CN15, CN35**[1] **and CN55 2 Contactors and Starters (Size 4, 5, 6)**
|||**NEMA Size 4**||**NEMA Size 5**||**NEMA Size 6**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||||||**Contactor and Starter**|**Contactor and Starter**|
|||**Series A1**|**Series B1**|**Series A1**|**Series B1**|**Series A1, Starter Series B1**|**Series B1, Starter Series C1**|
|**Description**||**Part No.**|**Part No.**|**Part No.**|**Part No.**|**Part No.**|**Part No.**|
|**Renewal Parts Publication Number**||**20428**|**20428**|**20429**|**20429**|**20146**|**23349**|
|**Contact Kits**||||||||
|Two-pole<br>Three-pole||**6-44**<br>**6-44-2**|**6-26**<br>**6-26-2**|**6-45**<br>**6-45-2**|**6-45**<br>**6-45-2**|**6-601-2**<br>**6-601**|**—**<br>**6-648**|
|**Magnet Coils**|**Coil Suffix**|||||||
|120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz|**A**|**9-1891-1 KIT**|**9-1891-1 KIT**|**9-1891-1 KIT**|**9-1891-1 KIT**|**9-2698**|**9-3006**|
|240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz|**B**|**9-1891-2 KIT**|**9-1891-2 KIT**|**9-1891-2 KIT**|**9-1891-2 KIT**|**9-2698-2**|**9-3006-2**|
|480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz|**C**|**9-1891-3 KIT**|**9-1891-3 KIT**|**9-1891-3 KIT**|**9-1891-3 KIT**|**9-2698-3**|**9-3006-3**|
|600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz|**D**|**9-1891-4 KIT**|**9-1891-4 KIT**|**9-1891-4 KIT**|**9-1891-4 KIT**|**9-2698-4**|**9-3006-4**|
|208V 60 Hz|**E**|**9-1891-13 KIT**|**9-1891-13 KIT**|**9-1891-13 KIT**|**9-1891-13 KIT**|**9-2698-5**|**—**|
|277V 60 Hz|**H**|**9-1891-26 KIT**|**9-1891-26 KIT**|**9-1891-26 KIT**|**9-1891-26 KIT**|**—**|**—**|
|208/240V 60 Hz|**J**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**—**|
|240V 50 Hz|**K**|**9-1891-20 KIT**|**9-1891-20 KIT**|**9-1891-20 KIT**|**9-1891-20 KIT**|**—**|**—**|
|380–415V 50 Hz|**L**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**9-2698-6**|**9-3006-7**|
|380V 50 Hz<br>415V 50 Hz|**L**<br>**M**|**9-1891-14 KIT**<br>**9-1891-21 KIT**|**9-1891-14 KIT**<br>**9-1891-21 KIT**|**9-1891-14 KIT**<br>**9-1891-21 KIT**|**9-1891-14 KIT**<br>**9-1891-21 KIT**|**—**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**—**|
|550V 50 Hz|**N**|**9-1891-8 KIT**|**9-1891-8 KIT**|**9-1891-8 KIT**|**9-1891-8 KIT**|**—**|**—**|
|24V 60 Hz–24V 50 Hz|**T**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**9-3006-8**|
|24V 60 Hz|**T**|**9-1891-15 KIT**|**9-1891-15 KIT**|**9-1891-15 KIT**|**9-1891-15 KIT**|**—**|**—**|
|24V 50 Hz|**U**|**9-1891-16 KIT**|**9-1891-16 KIT**|**9-1891-16 KIT**|**9-1891-16 KIT**|**—**|**—**|
|48V 60 Hz|**W**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**9-2698-8**|**9-3006-9**|
|48V 50 Hz<br>**Overload Relays**|**Y**|**9-1891-18 KIT**|**9-1891-18 KIT**|**9-1891-18 KIT**|**9-1891-18 KIT**|**—**|**—**|
|For replacement on existing starters<br>compensated bimetallic|three-pole—ambient|**10-6530-4**|**10-6530-4**|**C306DN3B**|**C306DN3B**|**C306DN3B**|**C306DN3B**|
|**Current Transformer**||**—**|**—**|**42-3564**|**42-3564**|**42-3598**|**42-3598**|
|**Magnet Frame Armature**2||||||||
|Lower Magnet Frame||**48-1030-2**|**48-1030-2**|**48-1030-2**|**48-1030-2**|**—**|**—**|
|Upper Magnet Frame||**48-1029-4**|**48-1029-4**|**48-1029-4**|**48-1029-4**|**—**|**—**|
## **Feeder Group Renewal**[3]
|||**NEMA Size**|**4**||**NEMA Size**|**5**||**NEMA Size 6**<br>**Contactor and Starter**|**Contactor and Starter**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Volts**|**Hertz**|**Series A1**||**Series B1**|**Series A1**||**Series B1**|**Series A1, Starter Series B1**|**Series B1, Starter Series C1**|
|110–120|50/60|**—**||**—**|**—**||**—**|**9-2705**|**9-3007**|
|220–240<br>440–480|50/60<br>50/60|**—**<br>**—**||**—**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**—**||**—**<br>**—**|**9-2705-2**<br>**9-2705-3**|**9-3007-2**<br>**9-3007-3**|
|550–600|50/60|**—**||**—**|**—**||**—**|**9-2705-4**|**9-3007-4**|
|208|50/60|**—**||**—**|**—**||**—**|**9-2705-5**|**9-3007-5**|
|380–415|50/60|**—**||**—**|**—**||**—**|**9-2705-6**|**9-3007-8**|
|48–52|50/60|**—**||**—**|**—**||**—**|**9-2705-8**|**9-3007-6**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 CN35A = Size 00, CN35B and CN35D = Size 0, CN35G = Size 2, CN35K = Size 3, CN35N = Size 4, and CN35S = Size 5.
> 2 Consult factory.
> 3 Voltage ratings of the main coils must match those of the feeder group for proper operation of the starter/contactor.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-32**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1
Freedom Series
For a complete listing of parts, refer to the Renewal Parts Publication Number referenced below.
**For Catalog Numbers AN16, AN30, AN40, AN56, AN70, AN80, AN800, CN15, CN35**[1] **and CN55 Contactors and Starters (Size 7, 8)**
|||**NEMA Size 7**||**NEMA Size 8**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**Series A1**|**Series B1**|**Series A1**|**Series B1**|
|**Description**||**Part No.**|**Part No.**|**Part No.**|**Part No.**|
|**Renewal Parts Publication Number**||**20848**|**20848**|**20849**|**20849**|
|**Contact Kits**||||||
|Two-pole||**—**|**—**|**—**|**—**|
|Three-pole||**6-613**|**6-613**|**6-571**|**6-571**|
|**Magnet Coils**|**Coil Suffix**|||||
|120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz|**A**|**9-2698**|**9-2698**|**9-2654**|**9-2654**|
|240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz<br>480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz|**B**<br>**C**|**9-2698-2**<br>**9-2698-3**|**9-2698-2**<br>**9-2698-3**|**9-2654-2**<br>**9-2654-3**|**9-2654-2**<br>**9-2654-3**|
|600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz|**D**|**9-2698-4**|**9-2698-4**|**9-2654-4**|**9-2654-4**|
|208V 60 Hz|**E**|**9-2698-5**|**9-2698-5**|**9-2654-6**|**9-2654-6**|
|277V 60 Hz|**H**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**—**|
|208/240V 60 Hz|**J**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**—**|
|240V 50 Hz|**K**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**—**|
|380–415V 50 Hz<br>380V 50 Hz|**L**<br>**L**|**—**<br>**9-2698-6**|**—**<br>**9-2698-6**|**—**<br>**9-2654-5**|**—**<br>**9-2654-5**|
|415V 50 Hz|**M**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**—**|
|550V 50 Hz|**N**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**—**|
|24V 60 Hz–24V 50 Hz|**T**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**—**|
|24V 60 Hz<br>24V 50 Hz|**T**<br>**U**|**—**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**—**|
|32V 50 Hz|**V**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**—**|
|48V 60 Hz|**W**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**—**|
|48V 50 Hz|**Y**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**—**|
|**Overload Relays**||||||
|For replacement on existing starters three-pole—ambient compensated bimetallic||**C306DN3B**|**C306DN3B**|**C306DN3B**|**C306DN3B**|
|**Current Transformer**<br>**Magnet Frame Armature**2||**42-3598-2**|**42-3598-2**|**42-3598-3**|**42-3598-3**|
|Lower magnet frame||**—**|**—**|**—**|**—**|
|Upper magnet frame||**—**|**—**|**—**|**—**|
**2**
## _**Notes**_
> 1 CN35A = Size 00, CN35B and CN35D = Size 0, CN35G = Size 2, CN35K = Size 3, CN35N = Size 4, and CN35S = Size 5.
> 2 Consult factory.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-33**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1
## Freedom Series
## **Feeder Group Renewal**[1]
|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|**eee oup eew**<br>**Volts**<br>**Hertz**<br>**NEMA Size 7**<br>**NEMA Size 8**<br>**Series A1**<br>**Series B1**<br>**Series A1**<br>**Series B1**|
|---|---|
||110–120<br>50/60<br>**9-2705**<br>**9-2705**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||220–240<br>50/60<br>**9-2705-2**<br>**9-2705-2**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||440–480<br>50/60<br>**9-2705-3**<br>**9-2705-3**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||550–600<br>50/60<br>**9-2705-4**<br>**9-2705-4**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||208<br>50/60<br>**9-2705-5**<br>**9-2705-5**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||380–415<br>50/60<br>**9-2705-6**<br>**9-2705-6**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||48–52<br>50/60<br>**9-2705-8**<br>**9-2705-8**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||120<br>50/60<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**9-2664**<br>**9-2664**|
||240<br>50/60<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**9-2664-2**<br>**9-2664-2**|
||480<br>50/60<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**9-2664-3**<br>**9-2664-3**|
||600<br>50/60<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**9-2664-4**<br>**9-2664-4**|
||380<br>50/60<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**9-2664-5**<br>**9-2664-5**|
||208<br>50/60<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**9-2664-6**<br>**9-2664-6**|
||415<br>50/60<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**9-2664-7**<br>**9-2664-7**|
||110<br>50/60<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**9-2664-8**<br>**9-2664-8**|
||220<br>50/60<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**9-2664-9**<br>**9-2664-9**|
||550<br>50/60<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**9-2664-10**<br>**9-2664-10**|
||440<br>50/60<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**9-2664-11**<br>**9-2664-11**|
## **Technical Data and Specifications**
All data is based on a standard has a ±5% range depending contactor with no auxiliary on the application, therefore devices and a 120 Vac or specific data may vary. 24 Vdc magnet coil. Coil data
## **Coil Data Notes**
- P.U. Pick-up time is the average time taken from closing of the coil circuit to main contact touch
- D.O. Drop-out time is the average time taken from opening of the coil circuit to main contact separation
- Cold Coil data with a cold coil
- Hot Coil data with a hot coil
## _**Note**_
> 1 Voltage ratings of the main coils must match those of the feeder group for proper operation of the starter/contactor.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-34**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1
Freedom Series
## **Specifications—Sizes 00–3**
|**Specifications—Sizes 00–3**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Description**<br>**Contactor Catalog Number/Size**<br>**CN15A**<br>**NEMA Size 00**<br>**CN15B**<br>**NEMA Size 0**<br>**CN15D**<br>**NEMA Size 1**|**CN15G**<br>**NEMA Size 2**|**CN15K**<br>**NEMA Size 3**|
|**Configuration**|||
|Number of poles<br>2, 3, 4<br>2, 3<br>2, 3, 4, 5|2, 3, 4, 5|2, 3|
|Auxiliary contacts, standard<br>4th pole NO (1)<br>Side NO (1)<br>Side NO (1)|Side NO (1)|Side NO (1)|
|Add-on auxiliary contacts<br>Top (4) or side (4)<br>Top (4) or side (3)<br>Top (4) or side (3)|Top (4) or side (3)|Left side (4) or right side (3)|
|Frame size<br>45 mm<br>45 mm<br>65 mm|65 mm|90 mm|
|Maximum voltage rating<br>600 Vac<br>600 Vac<br>600 Vac|600 Vac|600 Vac|
|Continuous ampere ratings (I)<br>9A<br>18A<br>27A|45A|90A|
|**Maximum Horsepower (hp)**|||
|Single-phase<br>115V<br>1/3<br>1<br>2|3|7-1/2|
|230V<br>1<br>2<br>3|7-1/2|15|
|Three-phase<br>200V<br>1-1/2<br>3<br>7-1/2|10|25|
|230V<br>1-1/2<br>3<br>7-1/2|15|30|
|460V<br>2<br>5<br>10|25|50|
|575V<br>2<br>5<br>10|25|50|
|**AC Magnet Coil Data**|||
|Pick-up volts—cold<br>85%<br>85%<br>85%|85%|85%|
|Pick-up volts—hot<br>85%<br>85%<br>85%|85%|85%|
|Pick-up voltamperes<br>80<br>100<br>230|230|390|
|Pick-up watts<br>49<br>65<br>95|95|112|
|Sealed voltamperes<br>7.5<br>10<br>28|28|49.8|
|Sealed watts<br>2.4<br>3.1<br>7.8|7.8|13|
|Drop-out volts—cold<br>75%<br>75%<br>75%|75%|75%|
|Drop-out volts—hot<br>75%<br>75%<br>75%|75%|75%|
|Maximum operation rate—ops/hour<br>12,000<br>12,000<br>12,000|12,000|7,200|
|Pick-up time (ms)<br>12<br>12<br>20|20|14|
|Drop-out time (ms)<br>12<br>12<br>14|14|11|
|Coil operating range % of rated voltage<br>–15% to +10%<br>–15% to +10%<br>–15% to +10%|–15% to +10%|–15% to +10%|
|DC magnet coil data<br>For DC magnet coils (and<br>coil data), see Accessories,<br>**Pages** **V5-T2-28**and<br>**V5-T2-29**.<br>For DC magnet coils (and<br>coil data), see Accessories,<br>**Pages** **V5-T2-28**and<br>**V5-T2-29**.<br>For DC magnet coils (and<br>coil data), see Accessories,<br>**Pages** **V5-T2-28**and<br>**V5-T2-29**.|For DC magnet coils (and<br>coil data), see Accessories,<br>**Pages** **V5-T2-28**and<br>**V5-T2-29**.|For DC magnet coils (and<br>coil data), see Accessories,<br>**Pages** **V5-T2-28**and<br>**V5-T2-29**.|
|Operating temperature<br>–20° to 65°C<br>–20° to 65°C<br>–20° to 65°C|–20° to 65°C|–20° to 65°C|
|Maximum operating altitude (ft)<br>6000<br>6000<br>6000|6000|6000|
|Mechanical life<br>20,000,000<br>20,000,000<br>10,000,000|10,000,000|6,000,000|
|**Electrical Life (480V/60 Hz)**|||
|AC-3<br>4,000,000<br>3,000,000<br>5,000,000|3,500,000|1,700,000|
|AC-4<br>90,000<br>85,000<br>200,000|62,000|80,000|
|**Wire Range**|||
|Power terminals<br>12–16 stranded,<br>12–14 solid Cu<br>8–16 stranded,<br>10–14 solid Cu<br>8–14 stranded or<br>solid Cu|2–14 (upper) and/or<br>6–14 (lower) stranded<br>or solid Cu|1/0–14 Cu|
|Control terminals<br>12–16 stranded,<br>12–14 solid Cu<br>12–16 stranded,<br>12–14 solid Cu<br>12–16 stranded,<br>12–14 solid Cu|12–16 stranded,<br>12–14 solid Cu|12–16 stranded,<br>12–14 solid Cu|
|Power terminal torque<br>Line and load—lb-in<br>7<br>15<br>20|40 (14–8 AWG)|35 (14–10 AWG)|
||45 (6–4 AWG)|40 (8 AWG)|
||50 (3 AWG)|45 (6–4 AWG)|
|||50 (3–1/0 AWG)|
|Auxiliary contact rating<br>A600, P300<br>A600, P300<br>A600, P300|A600, P300|A600, P300|
**2**
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-35**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1
## Freedom Series
## **Specifications—Sizes 4–8**
|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|**peccoszes**<br>**Description**<br>**Contactor Catalog Number/Size**<br>**CN15N**<br>**NEMA Size 4**<br>**CN15S**<br>**NEMA Size 5**<br>**CN15T**<br>**NEMA Size 6**<br>**CN15U**<br>**NEMA Size 7**<br>**CN15V**<br>**NEMA Size 8**|
|---|---|
||**Configuration**|
||Number of poles<br>2, 3<br>2, 3<br>3<br>3<br>3|
||Auxiliary contacts, standard<br>Side NO (1)<br>Side NO (1)<br>Top left 2NO/2NC (1)<br>Top left 2NO/2NC (1)<br>Side 2NO/NC (1)|
||Add-on auxiliary contacts<br>Left side (3) or right side (4)<br>Left side (3) or right side (4)<br>Top right 2NO/2NC (1)<br>Top right 2NO/2NC (1)<br>NO/NC (2)|
||Frame size<br>180 mm<br>180 mm<br>280 mm<br>280 mm<br>334 mm|
||Maximum voltage rating<br>600 Vac<br>600 Vac<br>600 Vac<br>600 Vac<br>600 Vac|
||Continuous ampere ratings (I)<br>135A<br>270A<br>540A<br>810A<br>1215A|
||**Maximum Horsepower (hp)**|
||Single-phase<br>115V<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||230V<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||Three-phase<br>200V<br>40<br>75<br>150<br>200<br>400|
||230V<br>50<br>100<br>200<br>300<br>450|
||460V<br>100<br>200<br>400<br>600<br>900|
||575V<br>100<br>200<br>400<br>600<br>900|
||**AC Magnet Coil Data**|
||Pick-up volts—cold<br>85%<br>85%<br>85%<br>85%<br>85%|
||Pick-up volts—hot<br>85%<br>85%<br>85%<br>85%<br>85%|
||Pick-up voltamperes<br>1158<br>1158<br>1600<br>1600<br>2450|
||Pick-up watts<br>240<br>240<br>1345<br>1345<br>2060|
||Sealed voltamperes<br>100<br>100<br>25<br>25<br>75|
||Sealed watts<br>27.2<br>27.2<br>22<br>22<br>60|
||Drop-out volts—cold<br>75%<br>75%<br>1<br>1<br>1|
||Drop-out volts—hot<br>75%<br>75%<br>1<br>1<br>1|
||Maximum operation rate—ops/hour<br>2400<br>2400<br>N/A<br>N/A<br>N/A|
||Pick-up time (ms)<br>28<br>25<br>105<br>105<br>70|
||Drop-out time (ms)<br>14<br>13<br>200<br>200<br>50|
||Coil operating range % of rated voltage<br>–15% to +10%<br>–15% to +10%<br>–15% to +10%<br>–15% to +10%<br>–15% to +10%|
||DC magnet coil data<br>For DC magnet coils (and<br>coil data), see Accessories,<br>**Pages** **V5-T2-28**and<br>**V5-T2-29**.<br>For DC magnet coils (and<br>coil data), see Accessories,<br>**Pages** **V5-T2-28**and<br>**V5-T2-29**.<br>For DC magnet coils (and<br>coil data), see Accessories,<br>**Pages** **V5-T2-28**and<br>**V5-T2-29**.<br>For DC magnet coils (and<br>coil data), see Accessories,<br>**Pages** **V5-T2-28**and<br>**V5-T2-29**.<br>For DC magnet coils (and<br>coil data), see Accessories,<br>**Pages** **V5-T2-28**and<br>**V5-T2-29**.|
||Operating temperature<br>–20° to 65°C<br>–20° to 65°C<br>–20° to 65°C<br>–20° to 65°C<br>–20° to 65°C|
||Maximum operating altitude (ft)<br>6000<br>6000<br>6000<br>6,00<br>6000|
||Mechanical life<br>5,000,000<br>5,000,000<br>5,000,000<br>5,000,000<br>5,000,000|
||**Electrical Life (480V/60 Hz)**|
||AC-3<br>800,000<br>500,000<br>590,000<br>450,000<br>420,000|
||AC-4<br>70,000<br>34,000<br>7400<br>5000<br>4200|
||**Wire Range**|
||Power terminals<br>Open—3/0–8 Cu;<br>Enclosed—250 kcmil–<br>6 Cu/Al<br>750 kcmil—2 or<br>(2) 250 kcmil–3/0 Cu/Al<br>(2) 750 kcmil–3/0 Cu/Al<br>(3) 750 kcmil–3/0 Cu/Al<br>(4) 750 kcmil–1/0 Cu/Al|
||Control Terminals<br>12–16 stranded,<br>12–14 solid Cu<br>12–16 stranded,<br>12–14 solid Cu<br>12–16 stranded,<br>12–14 solid Cu<br>12–16 stranded,<br>12–14 solid Cu<br>12–16 stranded,<br>12–14 solid Cu|
||Power terminal torque line and load—lb-in 200<br>550<br>550<br>550<br>500|
||Auxiliary contact rating<br>A600, P300<br>A600, P300<br>A600, P300<br>A600, P300<br>A600, P300|
_**Note**_
> 1 20–30% of rated coil voltage.
**V5-T2-36 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1
Freedom Series
## **Electrical Life—AC-3 and AC-4 Utilization Categories**
## _**Life Load Curves**_
Eaton’s Freedom Series NEMA contactors have been designed and manufactured for superior life performance in any worldwide application. All testing has been based on requirements as found in NEMA and UL standards and conducted by Eaton. Actual application life may vary depending on environmental conditions and application duty cycle.
## _**Utilization Categories**_
The International
Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) has developed utilization categories for contactors and auxiliary contacts. The IEC utilization categories are used to define the type of electrical load for estimating electrical life, and do not imply the devices are IEC rated.
AC-1—Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, such as resistance furnaces and heating.
AC-2—Starting of slip-ring motors.
AC-3—Squirrel cage motors; starting, switching off motors during running.
AC-4—Squirrel cage motors; starting, plugging, inching or jogging.
**Note:** AC-3 tests are conducted at rated device currents and AC-4 tests are conducted at six times rated device currents. All tests have been run at 460V, 60 Hz.
## _**Contactor Choice**_
- Decide what utilization **2** category your application is and choose the **2** appropriate curve
- Locate the intersection of the life-load curve of the appropriate contactor with the applications operational current (Ie), as found on the horizontal axis
- Read the estimated contact life along the vertical axis in number of operational cycles
## **AC-3 and AC-4 Utilization Categories**
**==> picture [317 x 355] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
100,000,000<br>10,000,000<br>1,000,000<br>100,000<br>9 18 27 45 90 135 270<br>1 10 100 1000<br>Break Amperes<br>NEMA AC-3 Load Life, Sizes 00–5, 480V 60 Hz<br>100,000,000<br>10,000,000<br>1,000,000<br>100,000<br>10,000<br>54 108 153 270 540 822 1620<br>1 10 100 1000 10,000<br>Break Amperes<br>NEMA AC-4 Load Life, Sizes 00–5, 480V 60 Hz<br>Operations<br>Size 00 Size 0 Size 1 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 Size 5<br>Operations<br>Size 00 Size 0 Size 1 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 Size 5<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-37**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1
Freedom Series
**32A Overload—C306DN3B**
**2 2** ~~”~~ ddde 3 **2**
## **Contents**
|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing. . . . . .|**V5-T2-4**|
|Starters—Three-Phase Non-Reversing and||
|Reversing, Full Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-10**|
|Starters—Single-Phase Non-Reversing,||
|Full Voltage, Bi-Metallic Overload . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-15**|
|Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-21**|
|Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-30**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-34**|
|Relays—Thermal Overload||
|Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-39**|
|Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-43**|
|Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-43**|
|Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-44**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-45**|
|Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-47**|
|C440/**_XT_**Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-48**|
## **Relays—Thermal Overload**
## **Product Description**
C306 Overload Relays are designed for use with CE or CN non-reversing and reversing contactors. Four sizes are available for overload protection up to 144A.
## **Standards and Certifications**
## **Features**
- Selectable manual or automatic reset operation
- Meets UL 508 singlephasing requirements
- Interchangeable heater ● UL listed, CSA certified, packs adjustable ±24% NEMA compliance and to match motor FLA and CE mark calibrated for use with
- 1.0 and 1.15 service factor motors. Heater packs for 32A overload relay will mount in 75A overload relay—useful in derating applications such as jogging
- Class 10 or 20 heater packs
- Load lugs built into relay base
- Bimetallic, ambient compensated operated. Trip free mechanism
- Electrically isolated NO-NC contacts (pull RESET button to test). (Electrical ratings see table on
## **Page V5-T2-46** )
- Overload trip indication
- Shrouded or fingerproof terminals to reduce possibility of electrical shock
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-38**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1
Freedom Series
## **Product Selection**
## _**C306 Thermal Overload Relays**_
**2**
|**C306DN3B**|**Contactors**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**NEMA Size**|**Maximum**<br>**Ampere Rating**|**Number**<br>**of Poles**|**Open Type**<br>**Catalog Number**|**NEMA 1 Enclosed**<br>**Catalog Number**|
||00, 0<br>1, 2|322<br>752|3<br>3|**C306DN3B**<br>**C306GN3B**|**C306DG3B**<br>**C306GG3B**|
||3|1053|3|**C306KN3**|**—**|
||4|1443|3|**C306NN3**|**—**|
||4|1443|3|**C306NN3**|**—**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**C306GN3B**|5–81|—|—|**—**|**—**|
|~~V~~|~~V~~|~~V~~|~~Va~~|~~a~~|~~a~~|
|**C306DT3B**|**Standalone Applications**|**Standalone Applications**||||
|||**Maximum**|**Number**|**Open Type**||
||**NEMA Size**|**Ampere Rating**|**of Poles**|**Catalog Number**||
||00, 0, 14|32|3|**C306DT3B**||
||14<br>35|75<br>105|3<br>3|**C306GT3B**<br>**C306KN3**||
||45|144|3|**C306NN3**||
||5–86|—|—|**—**||
|**C306GT3B**||||||
## _**Notes**_
- 1 NEMA Sizes 5–8 use the 32A overload in conjunction with CTs.
- 2 Series B overload relays have load lugs built into relay base and will only accept Series B heater packs. These relays can be directly attached to contactor or they can be DIN rail or panel mounted using adapter on **Page V5-T2-44** .
- 3 These relays can be panel mounted only.
- 4 Overload relay assembled with mounting adapter for DIN rail or panel mount.
- 5 Panel mount only.
- 6 NEMA Sizes 5–8 use the 32A overload in conjunction with CTs.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-39**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1
Freedom Series
## _**Heater Pack Selection**_
Heater packs H2001B to H2017B and H2101B to **2** H2117B are to be used only with Series B overload relays **2** Catalog Numbers C306DN3B (Part No. 10-7016) and **2** C306GN3B (Part No. 10-7020). The load lugs are built into the overload relay
base to allow load wiring prior to heater pack installation. The previous heater design had integral load lugs. The Series B heater packs are electrically equivalent to the previous heater design. Heaters H2018-3 to H2024-3 have not changed.
## **Starters with Series B Overload Relays**[1]
|**NEMA—AN Type**<br>**Size**|**Series**|**IEC—AE Type**<br>**Size**|**Series**|
|---|---|---|---|
|00–0<br>1–2<br>—|**C**<br>**B**|A–F<br>G–K|**C**<br>**B**|
|5|**B**|G–K|**B**|
|6|**C**|G–K|**B**|
|7–8|**B**|G–K|**B**|
**Heater Pack H2001B–H2017B**
## **Standard Trip—Class 20 Heater**
|||**Motor Full Load Ampere Rating**|**Motor Full Load Ampere Rating**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Overload Relay Size**<br>**Catalog Number**2<br>**Dial Position**<br>**A**<br>**B**<br>**C**<br>**D**<br>**For Use with NEMA Sizes 00–0 Series C, NEMA Sizes 1–2 Series B; IEC Sizes A–F Series C, IEC Sizes G–K Series B**<br>32A or 75A<br>0.254<br>0.306<br>0.359<br>0.411<br>**H2001B-3**<br>~~Se~~|||||||
|||0.375<br>~~a~~|0.452<br>~~a~~|0.530<br>~~a~~|0.607<br>~~a~~|**H2002B-3**<br>~~a~~|
|||0.560|0.676|0.791|0.907|**H2003B-3**|
|||0.814|0.983|1.15|1.32|**H2004B-3**|
|||1.20|1.45|1.71|1.96|**H2005B-3**|
|||1.79|2.16|2.53|2.90|**H2006B-3**|
|||2.15|2.60|3.04|3.49|**H2007B-3**|
|||3.23|3.90|4.56|5.23|**H2008B-3**|
|||4.55|5.50|6.45|7.40|**H2009B-3**|
|||6.75|8.17|9.58|11.0|**H2010B-3**|
|||9.14|10.8|12.4|14.0|**H2011B-3**|
|||14.0<br>18.7|16.9<br>22.7|19.9<br>26.7|22.8<br>30.7|**H2012B-3**<br>**H2013B-3**|
|||23.5|28.5|33.5|38.5|**H2014B-3**|
||**For Use with NEMA Size 2, IEC Sizes G–K Only, Series B**||||||
||75A|29.0|34.0|39.1|44.1|**H2015B-3**|
|||39.6|45.5|51.5|57.4|**H2016B-3**|
|||53.9|60.9|67.9|74.9|**H2017B-3**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 The series of a starter is the last digit of the listed catalog number. Example: AN16DN0AB.
- 2 Heater packs are shipped three to a carton. catalog numbers are for three heater packs.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-40**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1
Freedom Series
|**Heater Pack**<br>**H2018–H2024**|**Standard Trip—Class 20 Heater, continued**<br>**Motor Full Load Ampere Rating**|**Standard Trip—Class 20 Heater, continued**<br>**Motor Full Load Ampere Rating**|**Standard Trip—Class 20 Heater, continued**<br>**Motor Full Load Ampere Rating**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|=Ee|**Overload Relay Size**<br>**Dial Position**<br>**A**<br>**B**<br>**For Use with NEMA Sizes 3–4, IEC Sizes L–N Only—Series A**<br>105A or 144A<br>8.0<br>9.2<br>11.4<br>12.8|||**C**<br>10.3<br>14.3|**D**<br>11.5<br>15.7|**Catalog Number**1<br>**H2025-3**<br>**H2026-3**|
|||14.3|15.7|17.4|19.0|**H2027-3**|
|||18.0|20.2|22.3|24.5|**H2018-3**|
|||24.6|27.6|30.5|33.4|**H2019-3**|
|||33.5|37.5|41.5|45.6|**H2020-3**|
|||45.7|51.2|56.7|62.1|**H2021-3**|
|||62.2|69.7|77.1|84.6|**H2022-3**|
|||84.7|95.0|105.0|115.0|**H2023-3**|
||106.0<br>**For Use with Size 5 Starters—Series B and IEC P, R and S with 300/5 CT**||118.0<br>131.0<br>**For Use with Size 5 Starters—Series B and IEC P, R and S with 300/5 CT**||144.0|**H2024-3**|
||32A2|49|59|69|79|**H2004B-3**|
|||72|87|103|118|**H2005B-3**|
|||107|130|152|174|**H2006B-3**|
|||129|156|182|209|**H2007B-3**|
|||194|234|274|—|**H2008B-3**|
||**For Use with Size 6 Starters Only—Series B and IEC T–V with 600/5 CT**<br>32A2<br>144<br>174<br>205||||235|**H2005B-3**|
|||215|259|304|348|**H2006B-3**|
|||258|312|365|419|**H2007B-3**|
|||388|468|547|627|**H2008B-3**|
||**For Use with Size 7 Starters Only—Series B and IEC W–X with 1000/5 CT**<br>32A2<br>163<br>197<br>230||||264|**H2004B-3**|
|||240|290|342|392|**H2005B-3**|
|||358|432|506|580|**H2006B-3**|
|||430|520|608|698|**H2007B-3**|
|||646|780|912|—|**H2008B-3**|
||**For Use Size 8 Starters Only—Series B and IEC Z with 1500/5 CT**||**For Use Size 8 Starters Only—Series B and IEC Z with 1500/5 CT**||||
||32A2|244<br>360|295<br>435|345<br>513|396<br>588|**H2004B-3**<br>**H2005B-3**|
|||537|648|759|870|**H2006B-3**|
|||645|780|912|1047|**H2007B-3**|
|||969|1170|1368|—|**H2008B-3**|
**2**
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Heater packs are shipped three to a carton. catalog numbers are for three heater packs.
- 2 Sizes 5–8 and IEC P–Z use the 32A overload relay with current transformers.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-41**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1
Freedom Series
**2**
## **Fast Trip—Class 10 Heater**
||**Fast Trip—Class 10 Heater**|**Fast Trip—Class 10 Heater**|**Fast Trip—Class 10 Heater**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Heater Pack**<br>**H2101B–H2117B**|**Fast Trip—Class 10 Heater**|**Fast Trip—Class 10 Heater**<br>**Motor Full Load Ampere Rating**|||||
||**Overload Relay Size**|**Dial Position**<br>**A**|**B**|**C**|**D**|**Catalog Number**1|
||**For Use with NEMA Sizes 00–0 Series C, NEMA Sizes 1–2 Series B; IEC Sizes A–F Series C, IEC Sizes G–K Series B**||||**For Use with NEMA Sizes 00–0 Series C, NEMA Sizes 1–2 Series B; IEC Sizes A–F Series C, IEC Sizes G–K Series B**||
||32A or 75A|0.260|0.313|0.367|0.420|**H2101B-3**|
|I||0.384<br>0.464<br>0.543<br>0.623<br>**H2102B-3**<br>~~OO~~|||||
|||0.570<br>0.846|0.688<br>1.02|0.806<br>1.20|0.924<br>1.37|**H2103B-3**<br>**H2104B-3**|
|||1.28|1.55|1.83|2.10|**H2105B-3**|
|||1.92|2.33|2.74|3.15|**H2106B-3**|
|||2.30|2.79|3.28|3.77|**H2107B-3**|
|||3.38|4.10|4.82|5.54|**H2108B-3**|
|||4.96|6.03|7.09|8.16|**H2109B-3**|
|||7.07<br>9.60|8.58<br>11.2|10.1<br>12.8|11.6<br>14.4|**H2110B-3**<br>**H2111B-3**|
|||14.4|17.5|20.7|23.8|**H2112B-3**|
|||18.7|21.8|25.0|28.1|**H2113B-3**|
|||23.5|27.3|31.0|34.8|**H2114B-3**|
||**For Use with Size 2, IEC Sizes G–K Only—Series B**<br>75A<br>28.3<br>32.6|||37.0|41.3|**H2115B-3**|
|||36.6<br>53.8|42.3<br>60.8|48.1<br>67.9|53.8<br>74.9|**H2116B-3**<br>**H2117B-3**|
||**For Use with Size 5 Starters Only—Series B and IEC P, R and S with 300/5 CT**|**For Use with Size 5 Starters Only—Series B and IEC P, R and S with 300/5 CT**||**For Use with Size 5 Starters Only—Series B and IEC P, R and S with 300/5 CT**|||
||32A2|51|61|72|82|**H2104B-3**|
|||77|93|110|126|**H2105B-3**|
|||115<br>138|140<br>167|164<br>197|189<br>226|**H2106B-3**<br>**H2107B-3**|
|||203|246|289|—|**H2108B-3**|
||**For Use with Size 6 Starters Only—Series B and IEC T–V with 600/5 CT**|**For Use with Size 6 Starters Only—Series B and IEC T–V with 600/5 CT**|||||
||32A2|154|186|220|252|**H2105B-3**|
|||230|280|329|378|**H2106B-3**|
|||276|335|394|452|**H2107B-3**|
||**For Use with Size 7 Starters Only—Series B and IEC W–X with 1000/5 CT**|406<br>492<br>578<br>**For Use with Size 7 Starters Only—Series B and IEC W–X with 1000/5 CT**|||—|**H2108B-3**|
||32A2|169|204|240|274|**H2104B-3**|
|||256|310|366|420|**H2105B-3**|
|||384|466|543|630|**H2106B-3**|
|||460|558|656|754|**H2107B-3**|
|||676|820|—|—|**H2108B-3**|
||**For Use with Size 8 Starters Only—Series B and IEC Z with 1500/5 CT**<br>32A2|**For Use with Size 8 Starters Only—Series B and IEC Z with 1500/5 CT**<br>254<br>306<br>360|||411|**H2104B-3**|
|||384|465|549|630|**H2105B-3**|
|||576|699|822|945|**H2106B-3**|
|||690|837|984|1131|**H2107B-3**|
|||1014|1230|—|—|**H2108B-3**|
## _**Notes**_
1 Heater packs are shipped three to a carton. catalog numbers are for three heater packs.
- 2 Sizes 5–8 and IEC P–Z use the 32A overload relay with current transformers.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-42**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1
Freedom Series
## **Accessories**
## _**DIN Rail and Panel Mounting Adapter**_
These adapters are required adapter includes line when component overload terminals and connects relays are to be separately with the overload relays mounted. The terminal base on **Page V5-T2-39** .
## **Modifications**
## _**C306 Thermal Overload Relays with Mounting Adapter**_
Consists of a thermal permits fast and easy overload relay mounted to a installation. terminal base adapter—
**2**
## **C306 Thermal Overload Relays with Mounting Adapter**
**C306TB1 DIN Rail and Panel Mounting Adapter Description Catalog Number** For 32A overload relay **C306TB1** For 75A overload relay **C306TB2B**[1] ~~{_~~ _**Locking Cover for Overload Relay—C306 Only**_ Snap-on transparent or dial—helps prevent accidental opaque plastic panel for or unauthorized changes to covering access port to the trip and reset setting. overload relay trip setting
|**Description**<br>C306DN3B + C306TB1|**Catalog Number**<br>**C306DT3B**|
|---|---|
|C306GN3B + C306TB2B|**C306GT3B**|
## **Overload Relay Cover Locking Cover for Overload Relay— C306 Only**
||**Min. Order Qty.**|**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|
|**Description**|**(Std. Pkg.)**|**Number**|
|Clear cover, no accessibility|50|**C320PC3**|
|Gray cover, no accessibility with|50|**C320PC4**|
|auto only nib|||
|Gray cover, no accessibility with|50|**C320PC5**|
|manual only nib|||
|Gray cover with FLA dial|50|**C320PC6**|
|accessibility, A, B, C, D positions|||
|and auto only nib<br>Gray cover with FLA dial|50|**C320PC7**|
|accessibility, A, B, C, D positions<br>and manual only nib|||
## _**Note**_
- 1 This Series B adapter will accept Series A or B overload relays (C306GN3 or C306GN3B), C306TB2 can only be used with C306GN3.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-43**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1
## Freedom Series
## **Replacement Parts**
## _**Heater Pack Replacement**_
**2** The heater pack series is determined by the 6th **2** character of the catalog number. Series A or prior **2** heater packs (identified by either “A” or “-” as the 6th **2** character) have built-in load lugs. Series B or later heater
packs do not (load lugs are on overload relay). Replacement of Series A or earlier heater packs with Series B or later heater packs, requires the one time addition of Lug Adapter Kit C306KAL1-3B to the Series A1 overload relay.
## **Heater Pack Replacement Requirements**
||**Heater Pack Replacement Requirements**|
|---|---|
|**Superseded Series A**<br>**Heater Pack**|**Heater Pack Replacement Requirements**<br>**Existing Heater Pack**|
|**Catalog Numbers**<br>**Replacement Product Required**<br>**H2001-3–H2013-3**<br>Lug adapter kit C306KAL1-3B and<br>—~~————~~||
||**H2001A-3–H2013A-3**<br>Series B heater pack<br>**H2001B-3–H2013B-3**<br>Series B heater pack<br>**H2014-3**<br>**H2014A-3**<br>Replace with lug adapter kit<br>C306KAL1-3B and Series B heater pack|
|**Series B**<br>**Heater Pack**|**H2014B-3**<br>Series B heater pack<br>**H2015-3–H2017-3**<br>Replace with heater pack chosen from<br>table below<br>**H2015A-3–H2017A-3**<br>Replace with lug adapter kit<br>C306KAL1-3B and Series B heater pack<br>**H2015B-3–H2017B-3**<br>Series B heater pack|
## _**Overload Relay Lug Adapter Kit**_
## **Superseded 32A Series A Overload Relay—C306DN3**
**Superseded 75A Series A Overload Relay—C306GN3**
These kits are used in conjunction with Catalog Numbers H2001B–H2014B or H2101B–H2114B heater packs as a means of utilizing these Series B heater packs in Catalog Numbers C306DN3 and C306GN3 Series Al overload relays. The kit consists of three lug
adapters and installation instructions. When installing Series B heater packs plus lug adapters in Series A overload relays, refer to heater pack FLA adjustment tables originally supplied with equipment (also supplied with kit).
|**Overload Relay Lug**||
|---|---|
|**Description**<br>Series Al overload relay lug adapter kit|**Catalog Number**<br>**C306KAL1-3B**|
## **C306KAL1**
## **Heater Pack Ratings**
## **Motor Full Load Ampere Rating**
|**Dial Position**<br>**A**|**Dial Position**|**B**|**C**|**D**|**Order Heater Pack**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|29.0||32.5|36.0|39.5|**H2015B-3**|
|39.6<br>53.9||44.3<br>60.4|49.1<br>66.8|53.8<br>74.9|**H2016B-3**<br>**H2017B-3**|
## _**Overload Relay Replacement— Series A Only**_
When replacing a Catalog Number C306DN3 (Part No. 10-6044) or C306GN3 (106319) Series A overload relay on a starter, order a Series B overload relay and Series B heater packs.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-44**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1
Freedom Series
## **Technical Data and Specifications**
## _**Operation**_
## **C306 Overload Relay Setting**
For motors having a 1.15 service factor, rotate the FLA (Full Load Amperes) adjustment dial to correspond to the motor’s FLA rating.
Estimate the dial position when the motor FLA falls between two letter values as shown in the example.
For motors having a 1.0 service factor, rotate the FLA dial one-half position counterclockwise (CCW).
## **FLA Dial Adjustment**
**==> picture [106 x 117] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
1.0 1.15<br>Service Service<br>Factor Factor<br>B C<br>A D<br>Example of 12.0 FLA setting<br>for heater pack number H2011B<br>showing position for<br>1.0 or 1.15 service<br>factor motors.<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
The overload relay is factory set at M for manual reset operation. For automatic reset operation, turn the reset adjustment dial to the A position as shown in the illustration.
Automatic reset is not intended for two-wire control devices.
## **Manual/Automatic Reset**
**==> picture [74 x 66] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
A<br>M<br>Example of setting for<br>manual reset.<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## _**Test for Trip Indication**_
To test overload relay for trip indication when in manual reset, pull out the blue reset button. An orange flag will appear indicating that the device has tripped. Push reset button in to reset.
**Warning** —To provide continued protection against fire or shock hazard, the complete overload relay must
- When tested at 200
be replaced if burnout of the heater element occurs.
> percent of its current rating, **2** the overload relay shall trip in not more than 8 minutes
## _**General**_
“Overload relays are provided to protect motors, motor control apparatus and motorbranch circuit conductors against excessive heating due to motor overloads and failure to start. This definition does not include: 1) motor circuits over 600V, 2) short circuits, 3) ground faults and 4) fire pump control.” (NEC Art. 430-31)
- When tested at 600 percent of the current rating, the overload relay shall trip in not more than 10 or 20 seconds, depending on the Class of the relay
“Current Rating” is defined as the minimum current at which the relay will trip. Per NEC, an overload must ultimately trip at 125% of FLA current (heater) setting for a 1.15 service factor motor and 115% FLA for a 1.0 service factor motor.
## _**Time Current Characteristics**_
## The time-current
characteristics of an overload relay is an expression of performance which defines its operating time at various multiples of its current setting. Tests are run at Underwriters Laboratories (UL) in accordance with NEMA Standards and the NEC. UL requires:
“Current Setting” is defined as the FLA of the motor and thus the overload heater pack setting.
- Underwriters Laboratories Example: 600% of current (UL) in accordance with rating is defined as 750% NEMA Standards and the (600 x 1.25) of FLA current NEC. UL requires: (heater) setting for a 1.15 service factor motor. A 10A
- ● When tested at 100 heater setting must trip in 20 percent of its current seconds or less at 75A motor rating, the overload relay current for a Class 20 relay. shall trip ultimately
## **Class 10 and Class 20 Trip Curves**
**==> picture [482 x 228] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
10,000 10,000<br>5000 5000<br>4000 4000<br>3000 3000<br>2000 2000<br>1000 1000<br>500 500<br>400 From 400 From<br>300 Cold Start 300 Cold Start<br>200 200<br>(Seconds)Trip Time 100 From (Seconds)Trip Time 100 From<br>50 Hot Start 50 Hot Start<br>40 40<br>30 30<br>20 20<br>10 10<br>5 5<br>4 4<br>3 3<br>2 2<br>1 1<br>0 2 4 6 8 10 0 2 4 6 8 10<br>Multiples of Current Setting Multiples of Current Setting<br>Class 10 Overload Relay 25C Open Rating Class 20 Overload Relay 25C Open Rating<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-45**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1
Freedom Series
## _**Wire (75°C) Sizes—AWG or kcmil—NEMA Sizes 00–2, IEC A–K—Open**_
## **Power Terminals—Line**
|||
|---|---|
|**Power Term**<br>**IEC Size**|**inals—Line**<br>**NEMA Size**<br>**Cu Only**|
|A, B, C|00<br>12–16 stranded, 12–14 solid|
|D, E, F|0<br>8 –16 stranded, 10–14 solid|
||1<br>8–14 stranded or solid|
|G, H, J, K|2<br>3–14 (upper) and/or 6–14 (lower) stranded or solid1|
|||
## **Power Terminals—Load—Cu Only (Stranded or Solid)**
|**Catalog Number**<br>**C306DN3B**|**Terminal**<br>32A|**Wire Size**<br>14–6 AWG|
|---|---|---|
|**C306GN3B**|75A|14–2 AWG|
|**Control Terminals—Cu Only**|||
|12–16 AWG stranded, 12–14 AWG solid|||
## _**Wire (75°C) Sizes—AWG or kcmil—NEMA Sizes 3–8, IEC L–N—Open**_
## **Power Terminals—Line and Load**
|**IEC Size**|**NEMA Size**<br>**Wire Size**|
|---|---|
|L|3<br>1/0–14 Cu/Al|
|M|—<br>14–2/0 Cu/Al|
|N|—<br>3/0–8 Cu/Al|
|—|4<br>Open—3/0–8 Cu|
||Enclosed—250 kcmil—6 Cu/Al|
|—|5<br>750 kcmil—2 or (2) 250 kcmil—3/0 Cu/Al|
||6–7<br>(2) 750 kcmil—3/0 Cu/Al|
||8<br>(2) 750 kcmil—1/0 Cu/Al|
|**Control Terminals—Cu Only**||
|12–16 AWG stranded, 12–14 AWG solid||
**Plugging and Jogging Service Horsepower Ratings**[2]
|**NEMA Size**|**200V**|**230V**|**460V**|**575V**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|00|—|1/2|1/2|1/2|
|0|1-1/2|1-1/2|2|2|
|1|3|3|5|5|
|2|7-1/2|10|15|15|
|3|15|20|30|30|
|4|25|30|60|60|
|5|60|75|150|150|
|6|125|150|300|300|
## **Overload Relay UL/CSA Contact Ratings Control Circuit**[3]
|**AC Volts**|**120V**|**240V**|**480V**|**600V**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**NC Contact B600**|||||
|Make and break amperes|30|15|7.5|6|
|Break amperes|3|1.5|0.75|0.6|
|Continuous amperes|5|5|5|5|
|**NO Contact C600**|||||
|Make and break amperes|15|7.5|3.375|3|
|Break amperes|1.5|0.75|0.375|0.3|
|Continuous amperes|2.5|2.5|2.5|2.5|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Two compartment box lug.
> 2 Maximum horsepower where operation is interrupted more than 5 times per minute or more than 10 times in a 10 minute period. NEMA standard ICS 2-1993 table 2-4-3.
> 3 DC ratings cover Freedom Series coils only.
## **Power Terminal Torque Line and Load Terminals**
|**Catalog Number**<br>**Terminal**|**Torque in lb-in**|
|---|---|
|**C306DT3B**<br>32A|20|
|**C306GT3B**<br>75A|35 (14–10 AWG)|
||40 (8 AWG)|
||45 (6–4 AWG)|
||50 (3–2 AWG)|
|**C306KN3**<br>(socket head screw)<br>105A|120 (3/16)|
||200 (1/4)|
||250 (5/16)|
|**C306NN3**<br>(socket head screw)<br>144A<br>**C306NN3**<br>(slotted head screw)|120 (3/16)|
||200 (1/4)|
||250 (5/16)|
||35 (14–10 AWG)|
||40 (8 AWG)|
||45 (6–4 AWG)|
||50 (3–1/0 AWG)|
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-46**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1
Freedom Series
## **Dimensions**
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
## _**Stand-Alone Overload Relays**_
**32A and 75A Sizes—C306DT38 and C306GT3B**
**==> picture [137 x 95] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
G<br>D C<br>B E<br>A<br>F<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **105A and 144A Sizes—C306KN38 and C306NN3B**
**==> picture [138 x 102] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
A C<br>E<br>B<br>Mtg. Holes for (3)<br>D 1/4-20 Screws<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**2**
## **Dimensions and Shipping Weights**
|**Ampere**|**Wide**|**High**|**Deep**|**Mounting**||||**Shipping Weight**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Size**|**A**|**B**|**C**|**D**|**E**|**F (Slot)**|**G (Hole)**|**Lbs (kg)**|
|32A|1.77 (45.0)|4.13 (104.9)|3.69 (93.7)|1.36 (34.5)|3.74 (95.0)|0.18 x 0.30 (4.6 x 7.6)|0.18 (4.6) dia.|0.8 (0.4)|
|75A<br>105 and 144A|2.54 (64.5)<br>4.00 (101.6)|4.69 (119.1)<br>7.17 (182.1)|3.74 (95.0)<br>4.91 (124.7)|2.00 (50.8)<br>3.00 (76.2)|3.45 (87.6)<br>6.62 (168.1)|0.22 x 0.26 (5.6 x 6.6)<br>—|0.21 (5.3) dia.<br>—|1.4 (0.6)<br>4.0 (1.8)|
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-47**
2.1
## NEMA Contactors and Starters
## Freedom Series
**2**
## **C440/** _**XT**_ **Electronic Overload Relay**
## **Contents**
|**Contents**|**Contents**||
|---|---|---|
|**_Description_**<br>Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing. . . . . .<br>Starters—Three-Phase Non-Reversing and<br>Reversing, Full Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Starters—Single-Phase Non-Reversing,<br>ae<br>=<br>“e<br>ij}<br>|<br>Be<br>'<br>*<br>;<br>“<br>-<br>,||**_Page_**<br>**V5-T2-4**<br>**V5-T2-10**|
||Full Voltage, Bi-Metallic Overload . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-15**|
|-|Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>-<br>ch<br>F|**V5-T2-21**|
||Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-30**|
||Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Relays—Thermal Overload. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>-<br>-<br>=-|**V5-T2-34**<br>**V5-T2-38**|
||C440/**_XT_** Electronic Overload Relay<br>Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-49**|
||Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-50**<br>**V5-T2-51**|
||Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-53**<br>**V5-T2-57**|
||Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-63**|
## **C440/** _**XT**_ **Electronic Overload Relay**
## **Product Description**
Eaton’s new electronic overload relay (EOL) is the most compact, highfeatured, economical product in its class. Designed on a global platform, the new EOL covers the entire power control spectrum including NEMA, IEC and DP contactors. The NEMA and DP versions are offered with the _C440_ designation while the IEC offering has the _**XT**_ designation. The electronic design provides reliable, accurate and value driven protection and communications capabilities in a single compact device. It is the flexible choice for any application requiring easy-touse, reliable protection.
Eaton has a long history of innovations and product development in motor control and protection, including both traditional NEMA, as well as IEC control. It was from this experience that the C440 was developed, delivering new solutions to meet today’s demands.
C440 is a self-powered electronic overload relay available up to 175A as a self contained unit. With external CTs, C440 can protect motor up to 1500 FLA. Available add-on accessories include remote reset capability and communication modules with I/O for DeviceNet, PROFIBUS, and Modbus.
## **Features and Benefits**
## _**Features**_
- Reliable, accurate, electronic motor protection
- Easy to select, install and maintain
- Compact size
- Flexible, intelligent design
- Global product offering—available with NEMA, IEC and DP power control
## **User Interface**
## **Size/Range**
- Broad FLA range (0.33–1500A)
- Large FLA selection dial
- Trip status indicator
- Selectable trip class (10A, 10, 20, 30)
- Operating mode LED
- DIP switch selectable trip class, phase unbalance and ground fault
- Direct mounting to NEMA, IEC and DP contactors
- Most compact electronic overload in its class
- Selectable Auto/Manual reset
## **Motor Control**
## **Feature Options**
- Two B600 alarm (NO) and fault (NC) contacts
- Remote reset
- 120 Vac
- Test/Trip button
- 24 Vac
## **Motor Protection**
- 24 Vdc
- Thermal overload
- Tamper-proof cover
- Phase loss
- Communications modules
- Selectable (ON/OFF) phase unbalance
- Modbus RTU RS-485
- DeviceNet with I/O
- Selectable (ON/OFF) ground fault
- PROFIBUS with I/O
- Modbus RTU with I/O
- Ethernet IP with I/O
- Modbus TCP with I/O
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-48**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1
Freedom Series
## _**Benefits**_
## **Standards and Certifications**
- **Reliability and Improved** ● UL **Uptime Flexibility Monitoring Capabilities** ● CSA **2** ● C440 provides the users ● Available with NEMA, ● Individual phase ● CE with peace of mind IEC and DP contactors currents RMS ● NEMA **2** knowing that their ● Improves return on ● Average three-phase ● IEC/EN 60947 VDE 0660 assets are protected investment by reducing current RMS ● ISO 13849-1 (EN954-1) **2** with the highest level of motor protection and inventory carrying costs ● Thermal memory ● RoHS communication capability with wide FLA adjustment (5:1) and selectable ● Fault indication (overload, ● ATEX directive 94/9/EC **2** in its class trip class phase loss, phase ● Equipment Group 2,
- ● Extends the life of plant ● Design incorporates built-in unbalance, ground fault) Category 2 **2** assets with selectable ground fault protection **Safety** motor protection features thus eliminating the need ● IP 20 rated terminal blocks **2**
- ● such as trip class, phase unbalance and ground faultProtects against ● for separate CTs and modulesFlexible communication ● Available in Eaton’s industry leading FlashGard MCCs G) S€ © Rots **2** unnecessary downtime with optional I/O enables ● Tested to the highest **2** by discovering changes easy integration into plant industry standards such
- in your system (line/load) with remote monitoring management systems for as UL, CSA, CE and IEC **2** capabilities remote monitoring and control ● RoHS compliant
- ● Status LED provides ● Available as an open **2** added assurance that component and in valuable assets are enclosed control and motor **2** protected by indicating the control center assemblies overload operational status
## **Electronic Overload Education**
|**Description**|**Definition**|**Cause**|**Effect if not Protected**|**C440/****_XT_Protection**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Motor Protection**|||||
|Thermal overload|Overload is a condition in which|• An increase in the load or torque that is|• Increase in current draw leads to heat|• Thermal trip behavior is defined by|
||current draw exceeds 115% of<br>the full load amperage rating for<br>an inductive motor.|being driven by the motor.<br>• A low voltage supply to the motor<br>causes the current to go high to<br>maintain the power needed.|and insulation breakdown, which can<br>cause system failure.<br>• Increase in current can increase<br>power consumption and waste|UL, CSA and IEC standards.<br>• Trip class is settable from 10A,<br>10, 20, 30|
|||• A poor power factor causing above<br>normal current draw.|valuable energy.||
|Ground fault|A line to ground fault.|A current leakage path to ground.|An undetected ground fault can burn<br>through multiple insulation windings,|Fixed protective setting that takes the<br>starter offline if ground fault current|
||||ultimately leading to motor failure, not to|exceeds 50% of the FLA dial setting,|
||||mention risk to equipment or personnel|that is, if the FLA dial is set to 12A, the<br>overload relay will trip if the ground|
|||||current exceeds 6A.|
|Unbalanced phases|Uneven voltage or current between|When a three-phase load is powered with|Unbalanced voltage causes large|Fixed protective setting that takes the|
|(voltage and current)|phases in a three-phase system.|a poor quality line, the voltage per phase|unbalanced currents and as a result this|starter offline if a phase drops below|
|||may be unbalanced.|can lead to motor stator windings being<br>overloaded, causing excessive heating,|50% of the other two phases.|
||||reduced motor efficiency and reduced||
||||insulation life.||
|Phase loss—current|One of the three-phase voltages is|Multiple causes, loose wire, improper|Single-phasing can lead to unwanted|Fixed protective setting that takes the|
|(single-phasing)|not present.|wiring, grounded phase, open fuse,<br>and so on.|motor vibrations in addition to the results<br>of unbalanced phases as listed above.|starter offline if a phase drops below<br>50% of the other two phases.|
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-49**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1
Freedom Series
## **Catalog Number Selection**
**2**
**Freedom Series NEMA Starters with C440 Electronic Overload Relays**[1]
**==> picture [493 x 263] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
A N 1 9 A N 0 A 5E 005<br>Device Type C440 OLR Designation C440 FLA Range<br>A = Starter Standard (FVNR and FVR only) (FVNR and FVR only)<br>N = NEMA 5E = Standard feature set NEMA Size 00<br>SEL Reset, SEL Class (10A, 10, 20, 30) 1P6 = 0.33–1.65A<br>5G = Ground fault feature set 005 = 1–5A<br>SEL Reset, SEL Class (10, 20) 020 = 4–20A<br>Device Assembly<br>Configuration OLR Type NEMA Size 0<br>15 = = Reversing Non-reversing 9 = Starter w/C440 EOLR AC Coil Suffix 1P6005 == 0.33–1.65A1–5A<br>Suffix Volts and Hertz 020 = 4–20A<br>A = 120/60 or 110/50 NEMA Size 1/1C<br>B = 240/60 or 220/50 1P6 = 0.33–1.65A<br>Contactor Frame Size C = 480/60 or 440/50 005 = 1–5A<br>NEMA Continuous NEMA Enclosure For Starters DE == 600/60 or 550/50208/60 020045 = = 4–20A9–45A<br>Size Amperes N = Open Starter Mounting Option H = 277/60 NEMA Size 2<br>AB = = 000 918 0 = Horizontal JK == 208–240/60 240/50 [2] 005 = 1–5A<br>C = 1C 27 L = 380–415/50 020 = 4–20A<br>D = 1 27 N = 550/50 045 = 9–45A<br>G = 2 45 T = 24/60, 24/50 [3] NEMA Size 3<br>K = 3 90 U = 24/50 100 = 20–100A<br>M = 4C 135 V = 32/50 NEMA Size 4/4C<br>NS = = 45 135270 WY == 48/6048/50 140 = 28–140A<br>NEMA Size 5 [4]<br>300 = 60–300A<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## _**Notes**_
- 1 See **Page V5-T2-51** for Product Selection.
- 2 NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only.
- 3 NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 1–3 are 24/60 only.
- 4 NEMA Size 5 starter available with 60-300A panel mounted CTs. Starter shipped as an assembled unit with
- 1–5A C440 overload relay (C440A1A005SELAX or C440A2A005SELAX).
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-50**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1
Freedom Series
## **Product Selection**
## _**Type AN19/59 Freedom Series Starters**_
**2**
## **Type AN19/59 Freedom Series Starters with C440 Electronic Overload Relays**
## **NEMA Starter**
## **Non-Reversing and Reversing**
|**NEMA**<br>**Size**|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Service Limit**<br>**Current Rating**<br>**(Amps)**|**Maximum UL Horsepower**<br>**Single-Phase**<br>**Three-Phase**<br>**115V**<br>**230V**<br>**208V**<br>**240V**|**Maximum UL Horsepower**<br>**Single-Phase**<br>**Three-Phase**<br>**115V**<br>**230V**<br>**208V**<br>**240V**|**Maximum UL Horsepower**<br>**Single-Phase**<br>**Three-Phase**<br>**115V**<br>**230V**<br>**208V**<br>**240V**|**Maximum UL Horsepower**<br>**Single-Phase**<br>**Three-Phase**<br>**115V**<br>**230V**<br>**208V**<br>**240V**|**480V**|**600V**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Non-Reversing**12<br>**Catalog Number**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Reversing**12<br>**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|00<br>0|9<br>18|11<br>21|1/3<br>1|1<br>2|1-1/2<br>3|1-1/2<br>3|2<br>5|2<br>5|**AN19AN0_ 5E _**<br>**AN19BN0_ 5E _**|**AN59AN0_ 5E _**<br>**AN59BN0_ 5E _**|
|1|27|32|2|3|7-1/2|7-1/2|10|10|**AN19DN0_ 5E _**|**AN59DN0_ 5E _**|
|2<br>3|45<br>90|52<br>104|3<br>—|7-1/2<br>—|10<br>25|15<br>30|25<br>50|25<br>50|**AN19GN0_ 5E _**<br>**AN19KN0_ 5E _**|**AN59GN0_ 5E _**<br>**AN59KN0_ 5E _**|
|4|135|156|—|—|40|50|100|100|**AN19NN0_ 5E _**|**AN59NN0_ 5E _**|
|53|270|311|—|—|75|100|200|200|**AN19SN0_ 5E _**|**AN59SN0_ 5E _**|
## **Type AN19/59 Freedom Series Starters with C440 with Ground Fault Electronic Overload Relays**
## **Non-Reversing and Reversing**
## **NEMA Starter with Ground Fault**
|**NEMA**<br>**Size**|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Service Limit**<br>**Current Rating**<br>**(Amps)**|**Maximum UL Horsepower**<br>**Single-Phase**<br>**Three-Phase**<br>**115V**<br>**230V**<br>**208V**<br>**240V**|**Maximum UL Horsepower**<br>**Single-Phase**<br>**Three-Phase**<br>**115V**<br>**230V**<br>**208V**<br>**240V**|**Maximum UL Horsepower**<br>**Single-Phase**<br>**Three-Phase**<br>**115V**<br>**230V**<br>**208V**<br>**240V**|**480V**|**600V**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Non-Reversing**12<br>**Catalog Number**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Reversing**12<br>**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|00<br>0|9<br>18|11<br>21|1/3<br>1<br>1<br>2|1-1/2<br>3|1-1/2<br>3|2<br>5|2<br>5|**AN19AN0_ 5G _**<br>**AN19BN0_ 5G _**|**AN59AN0_ 5G _**<br>**AN59BN0_ 5G _**|
|1|27|32|2<br>3|7-1/2|7-1/2|10|10|**AN19DN0_ 5G _**|**AN59DN0_ 5G _**|
|2<br>3|45<br>90|52<br>104|3<br>7-1/2<br>—<br>—|10<br>25|15<br>30|25<br>50|25<br>50|**AN19GN0_ 5G _**<br>**AN19KN0_ 5G _**|**AN59GN0_ 5G _**<br>**AN59KN0_ 5G _**|
|4<br>53|135<br>270|156<br>311|—<br>—<br>—<br>—|40<br>75|50<br>100|100<br>200|100<br>200|**AN19NN0_ 5G _**<br>**AN19SN0_ 5G _**|**AN59NN0_ 5G _**<br>**AN59SN0_ 5G _**|
## **C440 FLA Range (FVNR and FVR Starters Only)**
## **Coil Suffix Codes**
|**Suffix**|**Coil Volts and Hertz**|**Suffix**|**Coil Volts and Hertz**|**NEMA Size**|**OLR Code**|**FLA Range**|**OLR Code**|**FLA Rating**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**A**|120/60 or 110/50|**L**|380–415/50|00|**1P6**|0.33–1.65A|**020**|4.0–20A|
|**B**|240/60 or 220/50|**N**|550/50||**005**|1.0–5.0A|**—**|—|
|**C**|480/60 or 440/50|**T**|24/60, 24/50|0|**1P6**|0.33–1.65A|**020**|4.0–20A|
|**D**<br>**E**|600/60 or 550/50<br>208/60|**U**<br>**V**|24/50<br>32/50|1|**005**<br>**1P6**|1.0–5.0A<br>0.33–1.65A|**—**<br>**020**|—<br>4.0–20A|
|**H**|277/60|**W**|48/60||**005**|1.0–5.0A|**045**|9.0–45A|
|**J**|208–240/60|**Y**|48/50|2|**005**|1.0–5.0A|**045**|9.0–45A|
|**K**|240/50||||**020**|4.0–20A|**—**|—|
|||||3|**100**|20–100A|**—**|—|
|||||4|**140**|28–140A|**—**|—|
|||||53|**300**|60–300A|**—**|—|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Underscore (_) indicates coils suffix required, see Coil Suffix table above.
- 2 Underscore (_) indicates OLR designation required, see C440 FLA Range table above.
- 3 NEMA Size 5 starter available with 60-300A panel mounted CTs. Starter shipped as an assembled unit with 1–5A C440 overload relay (C440A1A005SELAX or C440A2A005SELAX).
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-51**
2.1
Freedom Series
## NEMA Contactors and Starters
## **Compact NEMA Size 1 and 4 Starters**
**New** Compact NEMA Size 1 and 4 starters—available with electronic overload relay **only** .
**2**
## **Non-Reversing**
||**Continuous**|**Service Limit**|**Maximum**|**UL Horsepower**|**UL Horsepower**||||**Three-Pole**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**NEMA**<br>**Size**|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Current Rating**<br>**(Amps)**|**Single-Phase**<br>**115V**<br>**230V**||**Three-Phase**<br>**208V**<br>**240V**||**480V**|**600V**|**Non-Reversing**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|**Standard**|**Fault Overload**|||||||||
|1C|27|32|2|3|7.5|7.5|10|10|**AN19CN0_5E_**|
|4C|135|156|—|—|40|50|100|100|**AN19MN0_5E_**|
|**Ground Fault Overload**||||||||||
|1C|27|32|2|3|7.5|7.5|10|10|**AN19CN0_5G_**|
|4C|135|156|—|—|40|50|100|100|**AN19MN0_5G_**|
## **Electrical Life at Rated Continuous Current**
||**Rated Current**||
|---|---|---|
|**NEMA**|**(Amperage)**||
|**Size**|**AC3/AC4**|**Operations**|
|1C|27/150|2,500,000/40,000|
|1|27/153|5,000,000/110,000|
|4C|135/516|500,000/40,000|
|4|135/822|800,000/70,000|
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-52**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1
Freedom Series
## **Accessories**
## _**CT Kits**_
## **Accessories**
**2**
|**_CT Kits_**|**Accessories**||
|---|---|---|
|~~i~~|**Description**<br>~~i~~|**Catalog Number**<br>~~i~~|
|**Safety Cover**|**Safety Cover**||
||Clear Lexan cover that mounts on top of the FLA dial and DIP switches when closed.|**ZEB-XSC**|
|~~y~~<br>Pal<br>>|~~y~~|~~y~~|
|=ey %s<br>>|7||
|—|!||
|“|.||
|=<br>>|||
|ty|||
|**Reset Bar**|**Reset Bar**||
||Assembles to the top of the overload to provide a larger target area for door|**ZEB-XRB**|
|ff<br>‘~|mounted reset operators.||
|**Remote Reset**|**Remote Reset**||
|---|---|---|
||Remote reset module (24 Vdc)1|**C440-XCOM**|
||Remote reset module (120 Vac)1|**ZEB-XRR-120**|
||Remote reset module (24 Vac)1|**ZEB-XRR-24**|
## _**Communication**_
The C440/XTOE is provided with two levels of communication capability.
**Basic Communication via Advanced Advanced Expansion Module— Communication— Communication— Monitoring Only Monitoring and Control Communication Adapter**[2] Basic communication on C440 also has the ability to The communication adapter the C440 is accomplished communicate on industrial (C440-COM-ADP) is required using an expansion module protocols such as Modbus for obtaining control capability (C440-XCOM). The expansion RTU, DeviceNet, PROFIBUS, via communications within module plugs into the Modbus TCP, and EtherNet/IP the C440 family. Combined expansion bay on the C440 while providing control with a communication overload relay, enabling capability using I/O. module, the customer is communications with the provided with flexible overload via their Modbus An expansion module (C440mounting options (DIN rail or XCOM) combined with a RTU (RS-485) network. No panel) along with four inputs additional cards or modules are communication adapter and two outputs (24 Vdc or (C440-COM-ADP) and a required. See figure below. 120 Vac) as standard. communication module allows easy integration onto eS]wie?— = al7 the customer's network. See figure below.[2]
**==> picture [70 x 14] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Basic Communication—<br>Modbus<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**==> picture [85 x 20] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Advanced Communication—<br>Communication Adapter with<br>Communication Module<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Customer can wire remote mounted button to reset module (that is, 22 mm pushbutton, catalog number M22-D-B-GB14-K10).
- 2 Modbus TCP and EtherNet/IP communication modules do not require the C440-COM-ADP communication adapter.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-53**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1
Freedom Series
The following information can be viewed using the communication option:
- Percent thermal capacity
- Motor status—running, Percent thermal capacity
- **2** stopped, tripped or ● Fault codes (only available
- ~~—~~ resetting prior to reset)
- Individual rms phase currents (A, B, C)
- Percent phase unbalance
- Ground fault current and
- ● Average of three-phase percent rms current
- Overload relay settings— trip class, DIP switch selections, reset selections
- Modbus address (can be set over the network)
## **Communication Accessories**
||**Communication Accessories**||
|---|---|---|
||**Description**|**Catalog Number**|
|**Expansion Module**|Expansion module (Remote Reset/Modbus RTU, RS-485 Communication)|**C440-XCOM**|
|**Communication**|Communication adapter kit (DIN C Panel mounted adapter, required for advance communication option)|**C440-COM-ADP**|
|**Adapter**<br>$|||
||DeviceNet communication module kit—120V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441K + C440-COM-ADP)<br>DeviceNet communication module kit—24 Vdc I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441L + C440-COM-ADP)|**C440-DN-120**<br>**C440-DN-24**|
||PROFIBUS communication module kit—120V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441S + C440-COM-ADP)|**C440-DP-120**|
||PROFIBUS communication module kit—24V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441Q + C440-COM-ADP)|**C440-DP-24**|
||Modbus communication module kit—120V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441N + C440-COM-ADP)|**C440-MOD-120**|
||Modbus communication module kit—24 Vdc I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441P + C440-COM-ADP)|**C440-MOD-24**|
||Modbus TCP/Ethernet IP communication module kit—120V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441U)|**C440-ET-120**|
||Modbus TCP/Ethernet IP communication module kit—24V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441V)|**C440-ET-24**|
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-54**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1
Freedom Series
## _**Modbus Communication Module**_
The Modbus communication module combined with an expansion module and a communication adapter provides monitoring and control capability to the C440/XTOE electronic overload relay via Modbus RTU communications. These modules also provide convenient I/O with 24 Vdc or 120 Vac options.
## **Features and Benefits**
- The Modbus
- communication module is capable of baud rates up to 115K
- The Modbus address and baud rate configuration can be easily changed using the HMi user interface
- Modbus address and baud rate are set via convenient DIP switches; LEDs are provided to display Modbus traffic
- Configuration with common Modbus configuration tools
- Terminals ● Each I/O module is **2**
- ● Unique locking optically isolated mechanism provides for between the field I/O easy removal of the and the network adapter **2** terminal block with the to protect the I/O and field wiring installed communication circuits **2**
- ● Each terminal is marked from possible damage for ease of wiring and due to transients and **2** ground loops
- Terminals
- Each terminal is marked for ease of wiring and troubleshooting
- Input Module features a user-definable input debounce, which limits the effects of transients and electrical noise
- Selectable I/O assemblies
- 4IN/2OUT
- Signal types include 24 Vdc I/O and 120 Vac I/O
- Output Module supports a user-definable safe state for loss of communication; hold last state, ON or OFF
**Modbus Communication Module**
## _**DeviceNet Communication Modules**_
The DeviceNet communication module combined with an expansion module and a communication adapter provides monitoring and control capability to the C440/XTOE electronic overload relay via DeviceNet communications. These modules also provide convenient I/O with 24 Vdc or 120 Vac options.
- Each I/O module is optically isolated between the field I/O and the network adapter to protect the I/O and communication circuits from possible damage due to transients and ground loops
## **Features and Benefits**
- Communication to DeviceNet uses only one DeviceNet MAC ID
- Terminals
- Unique locking mechanism provides for easy removal of the terminal block with the field wiring installed
- Configuration
- DeviceNet MAC ID and from possible damage Baud rate are set via field wiring installed due to transients and convenient DIP switches ● Each terminal is marked ground loops with an option to set for ease of wiring and ● Input Module features a from the network troubleshooting user-definable input
- ● Advanced configuration ● Selectable I/O assemblies debounce, which limits available using common DeviceNet tools ● 4IN/2OUT the effects of transients and electrical noise
- Signal types include 24 Vdc I/O and 120 Vac I/O
- Output Module supports a user-definable safe state for loss of communication; hold last state, ON or OFF
- Combined status LED
**DeviceNet Communication Module**
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-55**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1
Freedom Series
## _**PROFIBUS Communication Modules**_
The PROFIBUS communication module **2** combined with an expansion module and a communication **2** adapter provides monitoring and control capability to the **2** C440 / XTOE electronic overload relay via PROFIBUS **2** communications. These modules also provide convenient I/O with 24 Vdc or **2** 120 Vac options.
## **Features and Benefits**
- The PROFIBUS communication module is capable of baud rates up to 12 Mb
- PROFIBUS address is set via convenient DIP switches; LEDs are provided to display PROFIBUS status
- Intuitive configuration with common PROFIBUS configuration tools
- Terminals
- Unique locking mechanism provides for easy removal of the terminal block with the field wiring installed
- Each terminal is marked for ease of wiring and troubleshooting
- Selectable I/O assemblies
- 4IN/2OUT
- Signal types include 24 Vdc I/O and 120 Vac I/O
**PROFIBUS Communication Module**
## _**Ethernet Communication Modules**_
The Ethernet communication module combined with an expansion module provides both Modbus TCP and EtherNet/IP communication capabilities with built-in HTTP web services to the C440/ XTOE overload relay. Unlike the other communications modules, a communication adapter (C440-COM-ADP) is not required when using the Ethernet communication module in C440/XTOE applications.
## **Features and Benefits**
- Supports Modbus TCP or EtherNet/IP in a single device
- Terminals
- Unique locking
- device mechanism provides for
- ● Contains an internal easy removal of the embedded switch which terminal block with the provides two Ethernet field wiring installed ports allowing linear or ring ● Each terminal is marked network configurations for ease of wiring and
- ● Embedded web services troubleshooting
- Embedded web services troubleshooting allow for simple ● Selectable I/O assemblies configuration and ● 4IN/2OUT monitoring through ● Signal types include Internet Explorer 24 Vdc I/O and
- ● IP Address is set via 120 Vac I/O
- convenient DIP Switches located on the device
- Selectable I/O assemblies
The Ethernet communication module has built-in I/O providing communication, monitoring and control for the C440/XTOE overload relay.
## **Ethernet Communication Module**
||**Ethernet Communication Module**|||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Ethernet with**<br>**I/O Module**|**Ethernet Communication Module**||**Catalog**|
||**Description**|**I/O**|**Number**|
||Modbus TCP / EtherNet/IP Communication Module, 4IN/2OUT (DIN/Panel)|120 Vac|**C441U**|
||Modbus TCP / EtherNet/IP Communication Module, 4IN/2OUT (DIN/Panel)|24 Vdc|**C441V**|
- Each I/O module is optically isolated between the field I/O and the network adapter to protect the I/O and communication circuits from possible damage due to transients and ground loops
- Input Module features a user-definable input debounce, which limits the effects of transients and electrical noise
- Output Module supports a user-definable safe state for loss of communication; hold last state, ON or OFF
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-56**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1
Freedom Series
## **Technical Data and Specifications**
**Electronic Overload Relays up to 1500A**
||**Specification**|||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Description**|**45 mm**|**55 mm**|**110 mm**|
|**Electrical Ratings**|**Range**|**Range**|**Range**|
|Operating voltage (three-phase) and frequency<br>**FLA Range**|690 Vac (60/50 Hz)|690 Vac (60/50 Hz)|690 Vac (60/50 Hz)|
||0.33–1.65A<br>1–5A|20–100A|28–140A (NEMA)<br>35–175A (IEC)|
||4–20A<br>9–45A|||
|**Use with Contactors**||||
|**_XT_**IEC frames|B, C, D|F, G|G, H|
|Freedom NEMA sizes<br>**Trip Class**|00, 0, 1, 2|3|4|
||10A, 10, 20, 30<br>Selectable|10A, 10, 20, 30<br>Selectable|10A, 10, 20, 30<br>Selectable|
|**Motor Protection**||||
|Thermal overload setting|1.05 x FLA: does not trip|1.05 x FLA: does not trip|1.05 x FLA: does not trip|
||1.15 x FLA: overload trip|1.15 x FLA: overload trip|1.15 x FLA: overload trip|
|**Feature**|**Range**|**Range**|**Range**|
|Phase loss|Fixed threshold 50%|Fixed threshold 50%|Fixed threshold 50%|
|Phase unbalance (selectable: enable/disable)|Fixed threshold 50%|Fixed threshold 50%|Fixed threshold 50%|
|Ground fault (selectable: enable/disable)|50% of FLA dial setting|50% of FLA dial setting|50% of FLA dial setting|
||>150% = 2 sec|>150% = 2 sec|>150% = 2 sec|
||>250% = 1 sec|>250% = 1 sec|>250% = 1 sec|
|Reset|Manual/automatic|Manual/automatic|Manual/automatic|
|**Indicators**||||
|Trip status<br>Mode LED|Orange flag<br>One flash: Overload operating properly|Orange flag<br>One flash: Overload operating properly|Orange flag<br>One flash: Overload operating properly|
||Two flashes: Current is above FLA dial|Two flashes: Current is above FLA dial|Two flashes: Current is above FLA dial|
||setting—pending trip|setting—pending trip|setting—pending trip|
|**Options**||||
|Remote reset|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Reset bar<br>Communication expansion module|Yes<br>Yes|Yes<br>Yes|Yes<br>Yes|
|Communication adapter|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|**Capacity**||||
|Load terminals||||
|Terminal capacity|12–10 AWG (4–6 mm2)|6–1 AWG (16–50 mm2)|8–4/0 AWG (10–95 mm2)|
||8–6 AWG (6–16 mm2)|||
|Tightening torque|20–25 lb-in (2.3–2.8 Nm)|25–30 lb-in (2.8–3.4 Nm)|124 lb-in (14 Nm)|
||25–30 lb-in (2.8–3.4 Nm)|||
|Input, auxiliary contact and remote reset terminals||||
|Terminal capacity|2 x (18–12) AWG|2 x (18–12) AWG|2 x (18–12) AWG|
|Tightening torque<br>**Voltages**|7–11 lb-in (0.8–1.2 Nm)|7–11 lb-in (0.8–1.2 Nm)|7–11 lb-in (0.8–1.2 Nm)|
|Insulation voltage Ui(three-phase)|690 Vac|690 Vac|690 Vac|
|Insulation voltage Ui(control)|500 Vac|500 Vac|500 Vac|
|Rated impulse withstand voltage|6000 Vac|6000 Vac|6000 Vac|
|Overvoltage category/pollution degree|III/3|III/3|III/3|
**2**
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-57**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1
Freedom Series
## **Electronic Overload Relays up to 1500A, continued**
|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|**ecoc veo eys up o , coue**<br>**Specification**<br>**Description**<br>**45 mm**<br>**55 mm**<br>**110 mm**|
|---|---|
||**Auxiliary and Control Circuit Ratings**|
||Conventional thermal continuous current<br>5A<br>5A<br>5A|
||Rated operational current—IEC AC-15<br>Make contact (1800 VA)|
||120V<br>15A<br>15A<br>15A|
||240V<br>15A<br>15A<br>15A|
||415V<br>0.5A<br>0.5A<br>0.5A|
||500V<br>0.5A<br>0.5A<br>0.5A|
||Break contact (180 VA)|
||120V<br>1.5A<br>1.5A<br>1.5A|
||240V<br>1.5A<br>1.5A<br>1.5A|
||415V<br>0.9A<br>0.9A<br>0.9A|
||500V<br>0.8A<br>0.8A<br>0.8A|
||IEC DC-13 (L/R F 15 ms1)|
||0–250V<br>1.0A<br>1.0A<br>1.0A|
||Rated operational current—UL B600<br>Make contact (3600 VA)|
||120V<br>30A<br>30A<br>30A|
||240V<br>15A<br>15A<br>15A|
||480V<br>7.5A<br>7.5A<br>7.5A|
||600V<br>6A<br>6A<br>6A|
||Break contact (360 VA)|
||120V<br>3A<br>3A<br>3A|
||240V<br>1.5A<br>1.5A<br>1.5A|
||480V<br>0.75A<br>0.75A<br>0.75A|
||600V<br>0.6A<br>0.6A<br>0.6A|
||R300—Vdc ratings (28 VA)|
||0–120V<br>0.22A<br>0.22A<br>0.22A|
||250V<br>0.11A<br>0.11A<br>0.11A|
||**Short-Circuit Rating without Welding**|
||Maximum fuse<br>6A gG/gL<br>6A gG/gL<br>6A gG/gL|
||**Environmental Ratings**|
||Ambient temperature (operating)<br>–13° to 149°F (–25° to 65°C)<br>–13° to 149°F (–25° to 65°C)<br>–13° to 149°F (–25° to 65°C)|
||Ambient temperature (storage)<br>–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)<br>–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)<br>–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)|
||Operating humidity UL 991 (H3)<br>5% to 95% non-condensing<br>5% to 95% non-condensing<br>5% to 95% non-condensing|
||Altitude (no derating) NEMA ICS1<br>2000m<br>2000m<br>2000m|
||Shock (IEC 600068-2-27)<br>15g any direction<br>15g any direction<br>15g any direction|
||Vibration (IEC 60068-2-6)<br>3g any direction<br>3g any direction<br>3g any direction|
||Pollution degree per IEC 60947-4-1<br>3 for product (2 for pcb)<br>3 for product (2 for pcb)<br>3 for product (2 for pcb)|
||Ingress protection<br>IP20<br>IP20<br>IP20|
||Protection against direct contact when actuated from<br>front (IEC 536)<br>Finger- and back-of-hand proof<br>Finger- and back-of-hand proof<br>Finger- and back-of-hand proof|
||Mounting position<br>Any<br>Any<br>Any|
||Climatic proofing<br>Damp heat, constant to IEC 60068-2-30<br>Damp heat, constant to IEC 60068-2-30<br>Damp heat, constant to IEC 60068-2-30|
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-58**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1
Freedom Series
## **Electronic Overload Relays up to 1500A, continued**
|**Description**|**Specification**<br>**45 mm**<br>**55 mm**<br>**110 mm**|
|---|---|
|**Electrical/EMC**||
|Radiated emissions<br>IEC 60947-4-1-Table 15<br>EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A, ISM|30 mHz to 1000 mHz<br>30 mHz to 1000 mHz<br>30 mHz to 1000 mHz|
|Conducted emissions<br>IEC 60947-4-1-Table 14<br>EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1; Class ISM|0.15 mHz to 30 mHz<br>0.15 mHz to 30 mHz<br>0.15 mHz to 30 mHz|
|ESD immunity<br>IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)|±8 kV air, ±6 kV contact<br>±8 kV air, ±6 kV contact<br>±8 kV air, ±6 kV contact|
|Radiated immunity<br>IEC 60947-4-1<br>IEC 61000-4-3|10 V/m 80 mHz–1000 mHz<br>3 V/m from 1.4 to 2.7 gHz<br>80% amplitude modulated<br>1 kHz sine wave<br>10 V/m 80 mHz–1000 mHz<br>3 V/m from 1.4 to 2.7 gHz<br>80% amplitude modulated<br>1 kHz sine wave<br>10 V/m 80 mHz–1000 mHz<br>3 V/m from 1.4 to 2.7 gHz<br>80% amplitude modulated<br>1 kHz sine wave|
|Conducted immunity<br>IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 61000-4-6|140 dub (10V rms)<br>150 kHz–100 mHz<br>140 dub (10V rms)<br>150 kHz–100 mHz<br>140 dub (10V rms)<br>150 kHz–100 mHz|
|Fast transient immunity<br>IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)<br>IEC 61000-4-4|±4 kV using direct method<br>with accessory installed in expansion bay<br>±2 kV using direct method<br>±4 kV using direct method<br>with accessory installed in expansion bay<br>±2 kV using direct method<br>±4 kV using direct method<br>with accessory installed in expansion bay<br>±2 kV using direct method|
|Surge immunity<br>IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)<br>IEC 61000-4-5 a Class 4|Three-phase power inputs:<br>±4 kV line-to-line (DM)<br>±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)<br>Three-phase power inputs:<br>±4 kV line-to-line (DM)<br>±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)<br>Three-phase power inputs:<br>±4 kV line-to-line (DM)<br>±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)|
||With accessory installed in expansion bay:<br>±2 kV line-to-line (DM) –>1.2/50 us;<br>2 kV line-to-earth, 1 kV line-to-line<br>±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)<br>With accessory installed in expansion bay:<br>±2 kV line-to-line (DM) –>1.2/50 us;<br>2 kV line-to-earth, 1 kV line-to-line<br>±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)<br>With accessory installed in expansion bay:<br>±2 kV line-to-line (DM) –>1.2/50 us;<br>2 kV line-to-earth, 1 kV line-to-line<br>±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)|
|Power freq. magnetic field immunity<br>IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 61000-4-8|30 A/m, 50 Hz<br>30 A/m, 50 Hz<br>30 A/m, 50 Hz|
|Electromagnetic field<br>IEC 60947-4-1 Table 13, IEC 61000-4-3|10 V/m<br>10 V/m<br>10 V/m|
|Distortion IEEE 519|5% THD max., 5th harmonic 3% max.<br>5% THD max., 5th harmonic 3% max.<br>5% THD max., 5th harmonic 3% max.|
|Electrostatic discharge (ESD)<br>IEC 61000-4-2, EN 61131-2|4 kV contact<br>8 kV air discharge<br>4 kV contact<br>8 kV air discharge<br>4 kV contact<br>8 kV air discharge|
|Electrical fast transient (EFT)<br>IEC 61000-4-4, EN 61131-2|±2 kV using direct method<br>±2 kV using direct method<br>±2 kV using direct method|
|Surge immunity<br>IEC 61000-4-5, EN 61131-2|±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)<br>±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)<br>±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)|
**2**
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-59**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1
Freedom Series
## **Communication Modules**
**2**
|**Communication Modules**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Description**|**Modbus**|**DeviceNet**|**PROFIBUS**|**Ethernet**|
|**Electrical/EMC**|||||
|Radiated emissions|30–1000 mHz|30–1000 mHz|30–1000 mHz|30–1000 mHz|
|IEC 60947-4-1—Table 15, EN 55011<br>(CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A|||||
|Conducted emissions<br>IEC 60947-4-1—Table 14, EN 55011|0.15–30 mHz|0.15–30 mHz|0.15–30 mHz|0.15–30 mHz|
|(CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A|||||
|ESD immunity|±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact|±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact|±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact|±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact|
|IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)|||||
|Radiated immunity|10 V/m 80–1000 mHz|10 V/m 80–1000 mHz|10 V/m 80–1000 mHz|10 V/m 80–1000 mHz|
|IEC 60947-4-1|80% amplitude modulated|80% amplitude modulated|80% amplitude modulated|80% amplitude modulated|
|Conducted immunity|1 kHz sine wave<br>140 dBuV (10V rms)|1 kHz sine wave<br>140 dBuV (10V rms)|1 kHz sine wave<br>140 dBuV (10V rms)|1 kHz sine wave<br>140 dBuV (10V rms)|
|IEC 60947-4-1<br>Fast transient immunity|150 kHz–80 mHz<br>±2 kV using direct method|150 kHz–80 mHz<br>±2 kV supply and control,|150 kHz–80 mHz<br>±2 kV supply and control,|150 kHz–80 mHz<br>±2 kV supply and control,|
|IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 6100-4-4<br>Surge immunity|User IO and communication lines1:|±1 kV communication<br>User IO and communication lines:|±1 kV communication<br>User IO and communication lines:|±1 kV communication<br>User IO and communication lines:|
|IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)|±1 kV line-to-line (DM)|±0.5 kV line-to-line (DM)|±0.5 kV line-to-line (DM)|±0.5 kV line-to-line (DM)|
|IEC 61000-4-5 Class 3|±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)|±1 kV line-to-ground (CM)|±1 kV line-to-ground (CM)|±1 kV line-to-ground (CM)|
|Electromagnetic field1|10 V/m|10 V/m|10 V/m|10 V/m|
|IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 61000-4-3|||||
|**Environmental Ratings**|||||
|Ambient temperature (operating)|–4° to 122°F (–20° to 50°C)|–13° to 122°F (–25° to 50°C)|–13° to 122°F (–25° to 50°C)|–13° to 122°F (–25° to 50°C)|
|Ambient temperature (storage)|–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)|–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)|–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)|–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)|
|Operating humidity|5–95% noncondensing|5–95% noncondensing|5–95% noncondensing|5–95% noncondensing|
|Altitude (no derating)<br>Shock (IEC 600068-2-27)|2000m<br>15G any direction|2000m<br>15G any direction|2000m<br>15G any direction|2000m<br>15G any direction|
|Vibration (IEC 60068-2-6)|3G any direction|3G any direction|3G any direction|3G any direction|
|Pollution degree per IEC 60947-1|3|3|3|3|
|Degree of protection|IP20|IP20|IP20|IP20|
|Overvoltage category per UL 508|III|III|III|III|
|**DeviceNet**|||||
|DeviceNet connections|—|Group 2, polling, bit strobe,<br>explicit, no UCMM|—|—|
|DeviceNet baud rate|—|125K, 250K, 500K|—|—|
|**Ethernet**|||||
|Ethernet connections|—|—|—|Integrated two-port switch with dual<br>RJ45 Ethernet connections|
|Ethernet type|—|—|—|Ethernet 10/100 Mbs, AutoMDX,<br>Auto Negotiation|
|**PROFIBUS**|||||
|PROFIBUS connections|—|—|Group 2, polling, bit strobe,|—|
||||explicit, no UCMM||
|PROFIBUS baud rate|—|—|9.6K, 19.2K, 45.45K, 93.75K, 187.5K,|—|
||||500K, 1.5M, 3M, 6M, 12M||
## _**Note**_
> 1 Relates to C441M only.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-60**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1
Freedom Series
**2**
## **Communication Modules, continued**
|**Description**|**Modbus**|**DeviceNet**|**PROFIBUS**|**Ethernet**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**C441_ 24 Vdc Input**|||||
|Nominal input voltage|24 Vdc|24 Vdc|24 Vdc|24 Vdc|
|Operating voltage|18–30 Vdc|18–30 Vdc|18–30 Vdc|18–30 Vdc|
|Number of inputs|4|4|4|4|
|Signal delay|5 ms (programmable to 65 sec)|5 ms (programmable to 65 sec)|5 ms (programmable to 65 sec)|5 ms (programmable to 65 sec)|
|OFF-state voltage<br>ON-state voltage|<6 Vdc<br>>18 Vdc|<6 Vdc<br>>18 Vdc|<6 Vdc<br>>10 Vdc|<6 Vdc<br>>18 Vdc|
|Nominal input current<br>Isolation|5 mA<br>1500V|5 mA<br>1500V|5 mA<br>1500V|5 mA<br>1500V|
|Terminal screw torque|7–9 in-lb|7–9 in-lb|7–9 in-lb|7–9 in-lb|
|24V source current|50 mA|50 mA|50 mA|50 mA|
|**Operating Voltage Range—DC**|**Input Modules**||||
|OFF state|0–6 Vdc|0–6 Vdc|0–6 Vdc|0–6 Vdc|
|Transition region|6–18 Vdc|6–18 Vdc|6–18 Vdc|6–18 Vdc|
|ON state|18–30 Vdc|18–30 Vdc|18–30 Vdc|18–30 Vdc|
|**C441_ 120 Vac Input**|||||
|Nominal input voltage<br>Operating voltage|120 Vac<br>80–140 Vac|120 Vac<br>80–140 Vac|120 Vac<br>80–140 Vac|120 Vac<br>80–140 Vac|
|Number of inputs|4|4|4|4|
|OFF-state voltage|<30 Vac|<30 Vac|<20 Vac|<30 Vac|
|ON-state voltage|>80 Vac|>80 Vac|>70 Vac|>80 Vac|
|Nominal input current|15 mA|15 mA|15 mA|15 mA|
|Signal delay|1/2 cycle|1/2 cycle|1/2 cycle|1/2 cycle|
|Isolation<br>Terminal screw torque|1500V<br>7–9 in-lb|1500V<br>7–9 in-lb|1500V<br>7–9 in-lb|1500V<br>7–9 in-lb|
|**Operating Voltage Range—AC**|**Input Modules**||||
|OFF state|0–30 Vac|0–30 Vac|0–30 Vac|0–30 Vac|
|Transition region|30–80 Vac|30–80 Vac|30–80 Vac|30–80 Vac|
|ON state|80–140 Vac|80–140 Vac|80–140 Vac|80–140 Vac|
|**Output Modules**|||||
|Nominal voltage|120 Vac<br>24 Vdc|120 Vac<br>24 Vdc|120 Vac<br>24 Vdc|120 Vac<br>24 Vdc|
|Number of outputs|(2) 1NO Form A|(2) 1NO Form A|(2) 1NO Form A|(2) 1NO Form A|
||1NO/NC Form C|1NO/NC Form C|1NO/NC Form C|1NO/NC Form C|
|Relay OFF time|3 ms|3 ms|3 ms|3 ms|
|Relay ON time|7 ms|7 ms|7 ms|7 ms|
|Max. current per point1<br>Electrical life|5A (B300 rated)<br>100,000 cycles|5A (B300 rated)<br>100,000 cycles|5A (B300 rated)<br>100,000 cycles|5A (B300 rated)<br>100,000 cycles|
|Mechanical life|1,000,000 cycles|1,000,000 cycles|1,000,000 cycles|1,000,000 cycles|
## _**Note**_
> 1 Relates to C441M only.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-61**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1
## Freedom Series
## _**Short Circuit Ratings (North America CSA, cUL)**_
**2**
Changes to UL 508A and NEC in recent years have brought a focus to control panel safety with regard to short-circuit current ratings (SCCR). Eaton’s C440 electronic overload relays combined with _**XT**_ series IEC and Freedom Series NEMA contactors provide a wide variety of SCCR solutions needed for a variety of applications. The SCCR data in this document reflects the latest information as of April 2010.
## **C440/** _**XT**_ **Standalone Overload Relays (** _**XT**_ **, C440)**
||**Maximum**|**Standard-Fault**|**Short Circuit**<br>**Maximum**|**Data**<br>**Maximum**|**High-Fault Short Circuit Data**<br>**Fuses (RK5, J, CC)**|**High-Fault Short Circuit Data**<br>**Fuses (RK5, J, CC)**||**Thermal-Magnetic Circuit**|**Thermal-Magnetic Circuit**|**Breakers**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Overload**|**Operating**||**Fuse Size (A)**|**Breaker**|||**Maximum**|||**Maximum**|
|**FLA Range**|**Voltage**|**600V (kA)**|**(RK5)**|**Size (A)**|**480V (kA)**|**600V (kA)**|**Fuse Size**|**480V (kA)**|**600V (kA)**|**Breaker Size**|
|0.33–1.65A|600 Vac|1|6|15|—|—|—|—|—|—|
|1–5A|600 Vac|5|20|20|100|100|30|100|35|20|
|4–20A<br>9–45A|600 Vac<br>600 Vac|5<br>5|80<br>175|80<br>175|100<br>100|100<br>100|100<br>100|100<br>100|35<br>35|80<br>100/175 (480/600)|
|20–100A|600 Vac|10|400|400|100|100|200|150|35|250/400 (480/600)|
|28–140A|600 Vac|10|450|500|100|100|400|100|65|400|
|35–175A|690 Vac|10|500 (gG)|350 (690 Vac)|100|100|500 (gG)|100 (415 Vac)|—|350 (LGC3350)|
|||||320 (415 Vac)||||||320 (NZMH3)|
## **NEMA Freedom Series Starters with C440 Electronic Overload Relays**
|**NEMA**<br>**Size**|**Maximum**<br>**Operating**<br>**Voltage**<br>**High-Fault Short Circuit Data**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Fuse Size**<br>**Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers**<br>**Fuses (RK5, J, CC)**<br>**480V**<br>**600V**<br>**480V**<br>**600V**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Breaker Size**|
|---|---|
|00|0.33–1.65A<br>100<br>100<br>30<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||1–5A<br>100<br>100<br>30<br>100<br>35<br>35|
||4–20A<br>100<br>100<br>30<br>100<br>35<br>35|
|0|0.33–1.65A<br>100<br>100<br>60<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||1–5A<br>100<br>100<br>60<br>100<br>35<br>70|
||4–20A<br>100<br>100<br>60<br>100<br>35<br>70|
|1|0.33–1.65A<br>100<br>100<br>100<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||1–5A<br>100<br>100<br>100<br>100<br>35<br>100|
||4–20A<br>100<br>100<br>100<br>100<br>35<br>100|
||9–45A<br>100<br>100<br>100<br>100<br>35<br>100|
|2|1–5A<br>100<br>100<br>100<br>100<br>35<br>175|
||4–20A<br>100<br>100<br>100<br>100<br>35<br>175|
||9–45A<br>100<br>100<br>100<br>100<br>35<br>175|
|3|20–100A<br>100<br>100<br>200<br>50<br>50<br>250|
|4|28–140A<br>100<br>100<br>400<br>100<br>65<br>300|
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-62**
NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series
2.1
## **Dimensions**
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
## _**NEMA Starters**_
**2**
## **Full Voltage Non-Reversing Starters**
**==> picture [505 x 575] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
E<br>B<br>A<br>A C<br>Sizes 00, 0<br>B E<br>E<br>B<br>C D<br>Size 4<br>D C<br>A Sizes 1, 2 A<br>D<br>D<br>B<br>B E<br>E<br>C C<br>A<br>Size 3 Size 5<br>NEMA Size A B C D E<br>00, 0 1.97 (50.0) 6.60 (167.6) 4.90 (124.5) — 6.18 (157.0)<br>1, 2 2.60 (65.0) 7.10 (180.0) 4.98 (126.5) 2.00 (50.8) 6.50 (165.0)<br>3 4.09 (103.8) 11.40 (289.6) 5.92 (150.3) 1.77 (44.9) 10.81 (274.6)<br>4 7.10 (179.0) 17.00 (432.0) 7.00 (177.0) 3.70 (94.0) 16.30 (415.0)<br>5 7.00 (177.8) 17.81 (452.3) 8.08 (205.2) 6.00 (152.4) 16.01 (406.6)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-63**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
## 2.1
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
**2**
## **Full Voltage Reversing Starters**
**==> picture [485 x 501] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
B B<br>E B<br>E E<br>C<br>D C D C D<br>A<br>A A<br>Sizes 00, 0 Size 1 Size 2<br>A D<br>E<br>B<br>B E<br>C<br>Size 4<br>D C<br>A<br>Size 3<br>A<br>D<br>E<br>B<br>C<br>Size 5<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
|**NEMA Size**|**A**|**B**|**C**|**D**|**E**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|00, 0|5.20 (132.0)|7.40 (187.0)|4.90 (125.0)|3.50 (89.0)|6.90 (174.0)|
|1|6.70 (171.0)|7.10 (180.0)|4.98 (126.5)|5.25 (133.0)|5.70 (144.0)|
|2<br>3|6.70 (171.0)<br>8.08 (205.2)|8.10 (205.0)<br>11.35 (288.3)|4.98 (126.5)<br>6.00 (152.0)|5.25 (133.0)<br>7.00 (177.8)|6.70 (170.0)<br>10.77 (273.6)|
|4|14.60 (371.0)|17.10 (433.0)|7.00 (177.0)|13.50 (343.0)|16.30 (145.0)|
|5|14.50 (368.3)|17.81 (452.3)|8.06 (204.8)|13.50 (342.9)|16.00 (406.6)|
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-64**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.2
Space-Savings Series
## **NEMA Space-Savings Family of Contactors and Starters**
## **Contents**
|**Contents**|**Contents**||**2**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**_Description_**||**_Page_**||
|Contactors and Starters|||**2**|
|Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .||**V5-T2-66**<br>**V5-T2-66**|**2**|
|Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .||**V5-T2-68**<br>**V5-T2-72**|**2**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .<br>Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .||**V5-T2-73**<br>**V5-T2-97**|**2**|
||An Eaton<br>Green Solution||**2**|
## **Contactors and Starters**
## **Product Description**
The Eaton NEMA[®] SpaceSavings line of contactors and starters includes nonreversing and reversing contactors, electronic overload relays and a variety of related accessories. Because the Space-Savings family meets IEC, UL[®] , CSA[®] and CE standards, it is the perfect product solution for applications all over the world. The compact and easy to install Space-Savings line of NEMA contactors and starters is the efficient and effective solution for customer applications from Size 0 through Size 5.
## **Application Description**
The Space-Savings line of NEMA power control was engineered to provide highly effective control and protection for a variety of loads, including motors, compressors, pumps, resistive, capacitor banks, isolation and others.
The Space-Savings contactors are perfectly suited for use in Motor Control Center applications where bucket space sizing is critical. With both AC and DC control and flexible communication options, the Space-Savings family can be easily integrated into various customer applications.
## **Features and Benefits**
- AC control from 120V to 600V 50/60 Hz
- 24 Vdc control
- Reversing or non-reversing contactors and starters
- XTOE self-powered electronic overload relay
- Non-reversing starters to NEMA Size 5
- Panel or DIN rail mounting to NEMA Size 2
- IP20 finger and back-ofhand proof
- Large ambient temperature range, –25 to 50°C [–13 to 122°F]
- AC and DC controlled contactors in the same compact frame
## **Standards and Certifications**
- IEC EN 60947
- CE approved
- UL
- CSA
- ATEX
- RoHS
- Low power consumption AC and DC coils
- Built-in NO or NC auxiliary contacts to 32A
- Plug-in accessories for reduced installation time
- Coil replacement on NEMA Size 0–5
- Contact replacement on NEMA Size 1–5
- Integrated suppressor NEMA Size 0–4 DC operated contactors and NEMA Size 5 AC and DC operated contactors
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-65**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.2
## Space-Savings Series
## **Catalog Number Selection**
## **Space-Savings NEMA Starters with XTOE Electronic Overload Relays**
**==> picture [428 x 281] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
2<br>A N 1 3 C N 0 1 A 5E 005<br>2<br>2 Device Type<br>A = Starter Standard<br>2 C = Contactor N = NEMA XTOE OLR Designation(FVNR and FVR only)<br>5E = Standard feature set<br>2 SEL Reset,<br>Device Assembly SEL Class (10A, 10, 20, 30)<br>Configuration 5G = Ground fault feature set<br>2 1 = Non-reversing OLR Type SEL Reset,<br>5 = Reversing 3 = Starter w/XTOE EOLR SEL Class (10, 20)<br>2<br>2 Contactor Frame Size Coil Suffix<br>NEMA Continuous NEMA Enclosure For Starters Suffix Volts and Hertz<br>2 B = Size0 Amperes18 N = Open 0 Starter Mounting Option = Horizontal AB = = 120/60 or 110/50240/60 or 220/50<br>C = 1C 27 TD = 24 Vdc<br>2 D = 1 27<br>G = 2 45 For Contactors Only<br>K = 3 90 Starter Mounting Option<br>2 M = 4 135<br>S = 5 270 10 = 1 normally open<br>01 = 1 normally closed<br>2 11 = 1 normally open,<br>1 normally closed<br>2 0022 = = No auxiliary contacts2 normally open,<br>2 normally closed<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**==> picture [66 x 174] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
XTOE FLA Range<br>(FVNR and FVR only)<br>NEMA Size 0<br>1P6 = 0.33–1.65A<br>005 = 1–5A<br>020 = 4–20A<br>NEMA Size 1C/1<br>1P6 = 0.33–1.65A [1]<br>005 = 1–5A<br>020 = 4–20A<br>045 = 9–45A<br>NEMA Size 2<br>045 = 9–45A<br>NEMA Size 3<br>100 = 20–100A<br>NEMA Size 4/4C<br>175 = 35–175A<br>NEMA Size 5<br>300 = 60–300A<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **Product Selection**
## **Type CN13/53 Space-Savings NEMA Contactors**
## **NEMA Contactor**
## **Non-Reversing and Reversing**
|**NEMA**|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**|**Service Limit**<br>**Current Rating**|**Maximum UL Horsepower**<br>**Single-Phase**<br>**Three-Phase**|**Maximum UL Horsepower**<br>**Single-Phase**<br>**Three-Phase**|**Maximum UL Horsepower**<br>**Single-Phase**<br>**Three-Phase**|**Maximum UL Horsepower**<br>**Single-Phase**<br>**Three-Phase**|||**Three-Pole**<br>**Non-Reversing**2|**Three-Pole**<br>**Reversing**2|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Size**<br>0|**Rating**<br>18|**(Amps)**<br>21|**115V**<br>1|**230V**<br>2|**208V**<br>3|**240V**<br>3|**480V**<br>5|**600V**<br>5|**Catalog Number**<br>**CN13BN010_**|**Catalog Number**<br>**—**|
|1C|27|32|2|3|7-1/2|7-1/2|10|10|**CN13CN010_**|**CN53CN011_**|
|1|27|32|2|3|7-1/2|7-1/2|10|10|**CN13DN000_**|**CN53DN011_**|
|2|45|52|3|7-1/2|10|15|25|25|**CN13GN000_**|**CN53GN011_**|
|3|90|104|7.5|15|25|30|50|50|**CN13KN000_**|**CN53KN011_**|
|4|135|156|—|—|40|50|100|100|**CN13MN000_**|**—**|
|53|270|311|—|—|75|100|200|200|**CN13SN022_**|**—**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Available on Compact Size 1 starter only.
- 2 Underscore (_) indicates coils suffix required, see Coil Suffix table above.
- 3 NEMA Size 5 starter available with 60-300A panel mounted CTs. Starter shipped as an assembled unit with
- 1–5A C440 overload relay (C440A1A005SELAX or C440A2A005SELAX).
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-66**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.2
Space-Savings Series
## **Type AN13/53 Space-Savings Starters with XTOE Electronic Overload Relays**
## **NEMA Starter**
## **Non-Reversing and Reversing**
||**Continuous**|**Service Limit**|**Maximum UL Horsepower**|**Maximum UL Horsepower**|**Maximum UL Horsepower**|**Maximum UL Horsepower**|||**Standard**|**Three-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**NEMA**|**Ampere**|**Current Rating**|**Single-Phase**||**Three-Phase**||||**MCC**|**Non-Reversing**12|**Reversing**12|
|**Size**|**Rating**|**(Amps)**|**115V**|**230V**|**208V**|**240V**|**480V**|**600V**|**Bucket Size**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|0|18|21|1|2|3|3|5|5|Not offered|**AN13BN0_ 5E _**|**AN53BN0_ 5E _**|
|1C|27|32|2|3|7-1/2|7-1/2|10|10|Not offered|**AN13CN0_ 5E _**|**AN53CN0_ 5E _**|
|1<br>2|27<br>45|32<br>52|2<br>3|3<br>7-1/2|7-1/2<br>10|7-1/2<br>15|10<br>25|10<br>25|1X<br>1X|**AN13DN0_ 5E _**<br>**AN13GN0_ 5E _**|**AN53DN0_ 5E _**<br>**AN53GN0_ 5E _**|
|3<br>4|90<br>135|104<br>156|—<br>—|—<br>—|25<br>40|30<br>50|50<br>100|50<br>100|2X<br>2X|**AN13KN0_ 5E _**<br>**AN13NN0_ 5E _**|**AN53KN0_ 5E _**<br>**AN53NN0_ 5E _**|
|53|270|311|—|—|75|100|200|200|6X|**AN13SN0_ 5E _**|**AN53SN0_ 5E _**|
**2**
## **Type AN13/53 Space-Savings Starters with XTOE Ground Fault Electronic Overload Relays**
## **NEMA Starter with Non-Reversing and Reversing Ground Fault**
|**NEMA**|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**|**Service Limit**<br>**Current Rating**|**Maximum UL Horsepower**<br>**Single-Phase**|**Maximum UL Horsepower**<br>**Single-Phase**|**Maximum UL Horsepower**<br>**Three-Phase**|**Maximum UL Horsepower**<br>**Three-Phase**|||**Standard**<br>**MCC**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Non-Reversing**12|**Three-Pole**<br>**Reversing**12|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Size**|**Rating**|**(Amps)**|**115V**|**230V**|**208V**|**240V**|**480V**|**600V**|**Bucket Size**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|0|18|21|1|2|3|3|5|5|Not offered|**AN13BN0_ 5G _**|**AN53BN0_ 5G _**|
|1C<br>1|27<br>27|32<br>32|2<br>2|3<br>3|7-1/2<br>7-1/2|7-1/2<br>7-1/2|10<br>10|10<br>10|Not offered<br>2X|**AN13CN0_ 5G _**<br>**AN13DN0_ 5G _**|**AN53CN0_ 5G _**<br>**AN53DN0_ 5G _**|
|2|45|52|3|7-1/2|10|15|25|25|2X|**AN13GN0_ 5G _**|**AN53GN0_ 5G _**|
|3|90|104|—|—|25|30|50|50|4X|**AN13KN0_ 5G _**|**AN53KN0_ 5G _**|
|4|135|156|—|—|40|50|100|100|4X|**AN13NN0_ 5G_**|**AN53NN0_ 5G _**|
|53|270|311|—|—|75|100|200|200|8X|**AN13SN0_ 5G _**|**AN53SN0_ 5G _**|
|**XTOE Overload FLA Range (FVNR and FVR Starters Only) Magnet Coil Suffix**<br>**NEMA Size**<br>**OLR Code**|**XTOE Overload FLA Range (FVNR and FVR Starters Only) Magnet Coil Suffix**<br>**NEMA Size**<br>**OLR Code**|**XTOE Overload FLA Range (FVNR and FVR Starters Only) Magnet Coil Suffix**<br>**FLA Range**<br>**OLR Code**<br>**FLA Rating**|**XTOE Overload FLA Range (FVNR and FVR Starters Only) Magnet Coil Suffix**<br>**FLA Range**<br>**OLR Code**<br>**FLA Rating**|**XTOE Overload FLA Range (FVNR and FVR Starters Only) Magnet Coil Suffix**<br>**FLA Range**<br>**OLR Code**<br>**FLA Rating**|**Coil Voltage**|**Suffix Code**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|0|**1P6**|0.33–1.65A|**020**|4.0–20A.|**Sizes 0–2**||
||**005**|1.0–5.0A|**—**|—|110V 50 Hz, 120V 60 Hz|**A**|
|1C/1|**1P6**4|0.33–1.65A|**020**|4.0–20A|220V 50 Hz, 240V 60 Hz|**B**|
||**005**|1.0–5.0A|**045**|9.0–45A|24–27 Vdc|**TD**|
|2|**—**|—|**045**|9.0–45A|**Sizes 3, 4**||
||**—**|—|**—**|—|100–120V 50/60 Hz|**A**|
|3|**100**|20–100A|**—**|—|190–240V 50/60 Hz|**B**|
|4|**175**|35–175A|**—**|—|24–27 Vdc|**TD**|
|53|**300**|60–300A|**—**|—|**Sizes 5**||
||||||100–120V 50/60 Hz<br>24–48 Vdc|**A**<br>**TD**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Underscore (_) indicates coils suffix required, see Coil Suffix table above.
- 2 Underscore (_) indicates OLR designation required, see XTOE FLA Range table above.
- 3 NEMA Size 5 starter available with 60-300A panel mounted CTs. Starter shipped as an assembled unit with
- 1–5A C440 overload relay (C440A1A005SELAX or C440A2A005SELAX).
- 4 Not available on AN13 **D** N or AN53 **D** N starters.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-67**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.2
Space-Savings Series
## **Accessories**
## _**Auxiliary Contacts—Overview**_
**2** Front-mounted snap-on auxiliary contacts for Space- **2** Savings contactors are available with screw **2** terminals in a variety of contact configurations.
## **Auxiliary Contacts Possible Combinations**
|**Auxiliary Contacts Possible Combinations**||
|---|---|
|**Frame**<br>**Size**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Contactor**<br>**Built-In**<br>**Auxiliary**<br>**Fr**<br>**Tw**|**ont (Top) Mount**<br>**Side-Mount**<br>**Total Auxiliary**<br>**Contacts Available**<br>**o-Pole**<br>**Four-Pole**<br>**Single-Pole**<br>**Two-Pole**|
|0, 1C<br>**CN13BN0_ –**<br>**CN13CN0_**<br>1NO or 1NC<br>1<br>—<br>—|—<br>—<br>—<br>3|
||1<br>—<br>—<br>5|
||—<br>—<br>1<br>3|
|||
|1, 2<br>**CN13DN0_ –**<br>**CN13GN0_**<br>—<br>1<br>—|—<br>—<br>2<br>6|
||1<br>—<br>1<br>6|
||—<br>—|
|3, 4<br>**CN13KN0_ –**<br>**CN13MN0_**<br>—<br>1<br>—<br>—|—<br>—<br>2<br>6|
||1<br>—<br>2<br>8|
||—<br>—<br>4<br>8|
||—<br>—|
|5<br>**CN13SN0**<br>2NO–2NC<br>—<br>—|—<br>2<br>8|
||—<br>—|
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-68**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.2
Space-Savings Series
## _**Auxiliary Contacts**_
## **XTCEXF_**
## **XTCEXF_**
## **NEMA Size 0, 1C— Front (Top) Mount—Two-Pole**
|**Conventional Thermal Current,**||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Open at 60°C**|**Contact**|**Circuit**||**Pkg.**|**Screw Terminal**|
|**Ith = Ie, AC-1 in Amps**|**Configuration**|**Symbol**||**Qty.**1|**Catalog Number**|
|16|2NO||63<br>53|5|**XTCEXFAC20**|
||||54<br>64|||
|||||||
|16|1NO-1NC||5361|5|**XTCEXFAC11**2|
|||||||
||||54<br>62|||
|||||||
|16|2NC||51<br>61|5|**XTCEXFAC02**|
|||||||
||||52<br>62|||
## **NEMA Size 0, 1C— Front (Top) Mount—Four-Pole**
**2**
|**Conventional Thermal Current,**<br>**Open at 60°C**<br>**Ith = Ie, AC-1 in Amps**<br>**Contact**<br>**Configuration**<br>**Cir**<br>**Sy**|**cuit**<br>**mbol**<br>**Pkg.**<br>**Qty.**1<br>**Screw Terminal**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|
|16<br>4NO<br><br>|5<br>**XTCEXFAC40**2<br>54<br>6373<br>6474<br>53<br>83<br>84|
|16<br>3NO-1NC<br><br>|5<br>**XTCEXFAC31**2<br>54<br>53 61<br>62<br>73<br>74<br>83<br>84|
|16<br>2NO-2NC<br><br>|5<br>**XTCEXFAC22**2<br>54<br>5361<br>62<br>71<br>72<br>83<br>84|
|16<br>1NO-3NC<br> <br>|5<br>**XTCEXFAC13**<br>536171 81<br>82<br>72<br>62<br>54|
|16<br>4NC<br><br>|5<br>**XTCEXFAC04**<br>51<br>52<br>61<br>62<br>71<br>72 82<br>81|
|||
||52<br>62<br>7|
## **XTCEXSCC11**
## **NEMA Size 0, 1C—Side-Mount—Two-Pole**
|**Conventional Thermal Current,**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Open at 60°C**|**Contact**|**Circuit**|**Pkg.**|**Screw Terminal**|
|**Ith = Ie, AC-1 in Amps**|**Configuration**|**Symbol**|**Qty.**1|**Catalog Number**|
|10|1NO-1NC|5361|1|**XTCEXSCC11**3|
||||||
|||54<br>62|||
## _**Notes**_
No auxiliary contacts can be fitted between two contactors.
- 1 Orders must be placed in multiples of package quantity listed.
- 2 To avoid duplicate terminal numbers in contact sequence, these auxiliary contacts should only be used with contactors having a built-in 1NO contact (XTCE…B10_, XTCE…C10_).
- 3 Can be mounted to the left side of contactor only. Cannot be used in combination with front (top) mount auxiliary contacts or mechanical interlocks.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-69**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.2
## Space-Savings Series
**2**
## **XTCEXF_**
## **XTCEXF_**
## **XTCEXS_**
## **NEMA Sizes 1–4—Two-Pole**
|**NEMA Sizes 1–4—Two-Pole**||
|---|---|
|**Conventional Thermal Current,**<br>**Open at 60°C**<br>**Ith = Ie, AC-1 in Amps**<br>**Contact**<br>**Configuration**<br>**Circ**<br>**Sym**|**uit**<br>**bol**<br>**Pkg.**<br>**Qty.**1<br>**Screw Terminal**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|16<br>2NO<br><br>|5<br>**XTCEXFBG20**<br>14 24<br>13 23|
|16<br>1NO-1NC<br>1<br>1|5<br>**XTCEXFBG11**<br>4<br>3 21<br>22|
|16<br>2NC<br>1<br>1|5<br>**XTCEXFBG02**<br>2<br>1 21<br>22|
|**NEMA Sizes 1–4—Four-Pole**<br>**Conventional Thermal Current,**<br>**Open at 60°C**<br>**Ith = Ie, AC-1 in Amps**<br>**Contact**<br>**Configuration**<br>**Circ**<br>**Sym**|**uit**<br>**bol**<br>**Pkg.**<br>**Qty.**1<br>**Screw Terminal**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|16<br>4NO-0NC<br>14<br>13|5<br>**XTCEXFBG40**<br><br>23<br>24<br>33<br>34<br>43<br>44|
|16<br>3NO-1NC<br>14<br>13|5<br>**XTCEXFBG31**<br><br>21<br>22<br>33<br>34<br>43<br>44|
|16<br>2NO-2NC<br>14<br>13|5<br>**XTCEXFBG22**<br><br>21<br>22<br>31<br>32<br>43<br>44|
|16<br>2NO-2NC<br>5<br>5|5<br>**XTCEXFAG22**<br>4<br>361<br>62<br>71<br>72<br>83<br>84|
|16<br>1NO-3NC<br>14<br>13|5<br>**XTCEXFBG13**<br><br>21<br>22<br>31<br>32<br>41<br>42|
||22<br>32<br>4|
## **NEMA Sizes 1–4, Side Mount (Snap-On)—Two-Pole**
|**Conventional Free Air**||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Thermal Current,**<br>**Ith = Ie, AC-1 in Amps**|**Contact**<br>**Configuration**|**Circuit**<br>**Symbol**||**Pkg.**<br>**Qty.**1|**Screw Terminal**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|10|1NO–1NC|1<br>13<br>44<br>21<br>32|||**XTCEXSBN11**|
|||14<br>43<br>22|31|||
## **XTCEXS_**
## **NEMA Size 5, Side Mount (Screw Mount)—Two-Pole**
|**Conventional Free Air**<br>**Thermal Current,**|**Contact**|**Circuit**||**Pkg.**|**Screw Terminal**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ith = Ie, AC-1 in Amps**<br>10|**Configuration**<br>1NO–1NC|**Symbol**<br>**Qty.**1<br>1<br>13<br>44<br>21<br>32|||**Catalog Number**<br>**XTCEXSBR11**2|
|||14<br>43<br>22|31|||
## _**Notes**_
No auxiliary contacts can be fitted between two contactors.
- 1 Orders must be placed in multiples of package quantity listed.
- 2 For replacement only. XTCEXSBR11 and XTCEXSBLR11 cannot be added onto side mount auxiliaries that come with the Size 5 contactors as standard. To add auxiliaries onto the included side auxiliaries on Size 5 contactors, use XTCEXSCR11.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-70**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.2
Space-Savings Series
## _**Suppressors**_
## _**Additional Accessories**_
The switching of contactor coils can generate voltage transients that may cause arching on switch contacts and/or damage electronics on the control line. Either an RC or varistor suppressor is recommended in these types of applications. All SpaceSavings DC contactor coils have built-in suppression.
Varistor suppressors clamp the voltage transient above the maximum coil voltage and are recommended when the level of the transient is known to not exceed the coil voltage. RC suppressors slow and reduce the level of the voltage transient but do not clamp them at a specific level. The slowing of the transient can reduce electrical interference. These are recommended in applications where operating rates are high.
**Mechanical Interlock**[5]
|**For Use**<br>**with…**<br>**Pkg.**<br>**Qty.**3<br>**Catalog Number**<br>CN13BN0_,<br>CN13CN0_<br>1<br>**XTCEXMLC**<br>CN13DN0_,<br>CN13GN0_<br>1<br>**XTCEXMLD**<br>**XTCEXML_**<br>~~,——__~~|
|---|
|CN13KN0_,<br>CN13MN0_<br>1<br>**XTCEXMLG**6<br>CN13SN0_<br>1<br>**XTCEXMLM**<br>**XTCEXMLM**|
**XTCEXVS_ Varistor Suppressor**[12] **For Use Pkg. Voltage with… Qty.**[3] **Catalog Number** 48–130 CN13BN0_ 10 **XTCEXVSCA** CN13CN0_ 48–130 CN13DN0_ 10 **XTCEXVSFA** [ ~~es~~ CN13GN0_ **Contact Sequence** A1 A2
|**Reversing Link Kits**<br>**For Use**<br>**with…**<br>CN13BN0_, CN13CN0_<br>CN13DN0_, CN13GN0_|**Pkg.**<br>**Qty.**3<br>1<br>1|**Catalog Number**<br>**XTCEXRLC**<br>**XTCEXRLD**|
|---|---|---|
|CN13KN0_, CN13MN0_|1|**XTCEXRLG**|
## **XTCEXRL_**
Main current wiring for reversing combinations. Includes paralleling bridge and reversing bridge. Does not include mechanical interlock, see table on this page.
## **Terminal Lug Assembly**
**XTCEXRS_ RC Suppressor**[12] **XTCEXTLA400 For Use Pkg. For Use Pkg. with… Qty.**[3] **Catalog Number Voltage with… Qty.**[3] **Catalog Number** CN13SN0_ 1 **XTCEXTLA400** 24–48 CN13DN0_ — **XTCEXRSFW** 110–130 ~~C~~ N13GN0_ — **XTCEXRSFA** ~~oe~~ For connection of: round conductor, flexible and stranded, **Contact Sequence** flat strip conductor, with control circuit terminal. See **Page** A1 **V5-T2-74** for terminal capacities. A2
## **Terminal Shroud**
## **XTCEXTS_**
**2**
|**For Use**<br>**with…**|**Pkg.**<br>**Qty.**3|**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|---|
|CN13SN0_|1|**XTCEXTS400**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Note dropout delay.
> 2 For AC operated contactors, 50–60 Hz. Sizes 0–5 DC operated contactors and Size 5 AC operated contactors have a built-in suppressor circuit.
Protection against direct contact with connection lugs when touched vertically from the front.
> 3 Orders must be placed in multiples of package quantity listed.
- 4 In addition to the built-in suppressor circuit for DC actuated contactors. Prevents negative breaking voltage when contactors are used in combination with a safety PLC.
- 5 For two contactors with AC or DC operated magnet system which are horizontally or vertically mounted. For Sizes 0–4, mechanical lifespan is 2.5 x 10[6] operations and the distance between contactors is 0 mm. For Size 5, mechanical lifespan is 5 x 10[6] operations and no auxiliary contact can be mounted between the mechanical interlock and the contactor—the distance between contactors is 15 mm.
> 6 XTCEXMLG and XTCEXMLN consist of an interlock element and mounting plate.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-71**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.2
Space-Savings Series
**Renewal Parts 2 2 XTCERENC_ Replacement Coils Replacement Contact Kit Coil For Use with… Catalog Number Voltage Suffix Catalog Number 2** CN13DN0_, CN13GN0_ **XTCERENCONTACTD Size 0, 1C** CN13SN0_ **XTCERENCONTACTL 2** 110/50 120/60 **A XTCERENCOILCA** 220/50 240/60 **B XTCERENCOILCB** ~~a~~ **2** 24–27 Vdc **TD XTCERENCOILCTD Replacement Arc Chamber Size 1, 2 For Use with… Catalog Number 2** 110/50 120/60 **A XTCERENCOILDA** CN13SN0_ **XTCERENARC250 2** 220/50 240/60 **B XTCERENCOILDB** 24–27 Vdc **TD XTCERENCOILDTD 2** « ~~t~~ **Size 3, 4** ~~~~~~ 100–120V 50/60 **A XTCERENCOILGA 2** 190–240V 50/60 **B XTCERENCOILGB 2** 24–27 Vdc **TD XTCERENCOILGTD Size 5 2** 110–250 Vac/Vdc **A XTCERENCOILLA** 24–48 Vdc **TD XTCERENCOILLTD**
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-72**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.2
Space-Savings Series
## **Technical Data and Specifications**
## **Auxiliary Contacts**
|**Auxiliary Contacts**||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||||**XTCEXSBLN_**|
||||||**XTCEXSBN_**<br>**XTCEXSBNC_**|
||**CN13BN0_,**|**XTCEXFAC_**|**XTCEXFCC_**||**XTCEXSCN_**|
|**Description**|**CN13CN0_**|**XTCEXFATC_**|**XTCEXSCC_**|**XTCEXFAG_**|**XTCEXSCNC_**|
|Interlocked opposing contacts with an auxiliary contact|—|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|module (to IEC 60947-5 -1 Annex L)<br>Break contact (not late-break contact) suitable as a mirror|CN13BN0_, CN13CN0_|CN13BN0_, CN13CN0_|CN13BN0_, CN13CN0_|CN13DN0_, CN13GN0_|CN13DN0_, CN13GN0_,|
|contact (to IEC/EN 60947-4 -1 Annex F)<br>Rated impulse withstand voltage, (Uimp) Vac|6000|6000|6000|6000|CN13SN0_<br>6000|
|Overvoltage category/pollution degree|III/3|III/3|III/3|III/3|III/3|
|Rated insulation voltage, (Ui) Vac|690|690|690|690|690|
|Rated operational voltage, (Ue) Vac|500|500|500|500|500|
|Safe isolation to VDE 0106 Part 101 and Part 101(A) in Vac||||||
|Between coil and auxiliary contacts|400|400|400|440|440|
|Between the auxiliary contacts<br>Rated operational current, le|400|400|400|440|440|
|AC-15||||||
|230V|6A|6A|6A|6A|6A|
|380/415V|4A|3A|4A|4A|4A|
|500V<br>DC-3 L/R <<br>~~5~~ms1|1.5A|—|1.5A|1.5A|1.5A|
|24V|10A|10A|10A|10A|10A|
|60V|6A|6A|6A|6A|6A|
|110V|3A|3A|3A|3A|3A|
|220V|1A|1A|1A|1A|1A|
|Conventional thermal current, Ith|16A|16A|16A3|10A|10A|
|Control circuit reliability<br>(at Ue= 24 Vdc, Umin = 17 V, Imin= 5.4 mA)|<10-8, <1 failure at<br>100 million operations|<10-8, <1 failure at<br>100 million operations|<10-8, <1 failure at<br>100 million operations|<10-8, <1 failure at<br>100 million operations|<10-8, <1 failure at<br>100 million operations|
|Component lifespan, operations x 106<br>at Ue= 230V, AC-15, 3A|1.3|1.3|1.3|1.3|1.3|
|Short-circuit rating without welding2<br>Maximum fuse, gG/gL|10A|10A|10A|16A|16A|
**2**
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Making and breaking conditions to DC-13, time L/R contact as stated.
- 2 See fuses overlay for time/current characteristic (on request).
- 3 Conventional thermal current (Ith) of XTCEXSCC_ is 10A.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-73**
2.2
## NEMA Contactors and Starters
## Space-Savings Series
## **Parallel Link**
**2**
|**Parallel Link**||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Description**|**XTCEXPLKB**|**XTECXPLKC**|**XTCEXPLKD**|**XTCEXPLKG**|**XTCEXPLK185**|
|Terminal capacity||||||
|Solid (mm2)|1–16|16|16|—|—|
|Flexible with ferrule (mm2)|1 x (0.5–25)|1 x (16–35)|1 x (16–120)|—|—|
||2 x (0.5–16)|||||
|Stranded (mm2)|1 x (0.5–25)|1 x (16–50)|1 x (16–120)|1 x (35–300)|—|
||2 x (0.5–16)|||2 x (35–120)||
|Flat conductor—number of segments x width x thickness (mm)|6 x 9 x 0.8|—|—|2 x (11 x 21 x 1)|1 x (6 x 16 x 0.8)|
||||||2 x (20 x 32 x 0.5)|
|Tightening torque (Nm)|4|4|14|—|2 x (11 x 21 x 1)<br>—|
|Tools||||||
|Pozidriv screwdriver|Size 2|Size 2|—|—|—|
|Hexagon socket head spanner—SW (mm)|—|—|5|6|—|
|Conventional thermal current||||||
|Three-pole (Ith) A|50|100|180|400|—|
|Four-pole (Ith) A|60|—|—|—|—|
## **Cable Terminal Block, Flat Cable Terminal**
|**Cable Terminal Block, Flat Cable Terminal**|||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Description**|**XTCEXTLA400**||**XTCEXPLK185**||**XTCEXTFB650**|**XTCEXTFB820**|||
|Terminal capacity|||||||||
|Stranded (mm2)|1 x (120–300)||—||—|—|||
||2 x (70–240)||||||||
|Stranded (AWG)|1 x (250–600 kcmil)||—||—|—|||
||2 x (2/0–500 kcmil)||||||||
|Flat conductor—number of segments x width x thickness (mm)|—||1 x (6 x 16 x 0.8)<br>2 x (20 x 32 x 0.5)||1 x (6 x 16 x 0.8)<br>2 x (20 x 32 x 0.5)|1 x (6 x 16 x 0.8)<br>2 x (10 x 40 x 1)|||
||||2 x (11|x 21 x 1)|2 x (11 x 21 x 1)|2 x (20 x 40 x 0.5)|||
|**AC Ratings—AC-1 Operation**|||||||||
|**Description**|**CN13B**|**CN13C**||**CN13D**|**CN13G**|**CN13K**|**CN13M**|**CN13S**|
|Conventional free air thermal current, three-pole, 50–60 Hz|||||||||
|Open|||||||||
|at 40°C (Ith)|40A|45A||60A|80A|130A|190A|490|
|at 50°C (Ith)|38A|43A||57A|71A|125A|180A|438|
|at 55°C (Ith)<br>at 60°C (Ith)|37A<br>35A|42A<br>40A||55A<br>50A|68A<br>65A|115A<br>110A|170A<br>160A|418<br>400|
|Enclosed|32A|36A||45A|58A|100A|144A|315|
|Conventional free air thermal current, single-pole (Ith)|||||||||
|Open|88A|100A||125A|162A|275A|400A|—|
|Enclosed|80A|90A||112A|145A|250A|360A|—|
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-74**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.2
Space-Savings Series
## **Space-Savings Contactors—NEMA Sizes 0–2**
||**Size 0**|**Size 1C**|**Size 1**|**Size 2**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Description**<br>**General**|**CN13BN010_**|**CN13CN010_**|**CN13DN000_**|**CN13GN000_**|
|Standards|IEC/EN 60947,<br>VDE 0660, UL, CSA,|IEC/EN 60947,<br>VDE 0660, UL, CSA,|IEC/EN 60947,<br>VDE 0660, UL, CSA,|IEC/EN 60947,<br>VDE 0660, UL, CSA,|
|Weights in kg [lb]|CCC, RoHS|CCC, RoHS|CCC, RoHS|CCC, RoHS|
|AC operated|0.42 [0.93]|0.42 [0.93]|0.9 [2.0]|0.9 [2.0]|
|DC operated|0.48 [1.06]|0.48 [1.06]|1.1 [2.4]|1.1 [2.4]|
|Mechanical life—operations|10,000,000|10,000,000|10,000,000|10,000,000|
|Climatic proofing|1|1|1|1|
|Insulation voltage (Ui) Vac|690|690|690|690|
|Impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) Vac<br>Operating voltage (Ue) Vac|8000<br>690|8000<br>690|8000<br>690|8000<br>690|
|Safe isolation to VDE 0106 Part 101 and Part 101/A1|||||
|Between coil and contacts (Vac)|440|440|440|440|
|Between contacts (Vac)|238|440|440|440|
|Making capacity (amps)|238|384|560|910|
|Breaking capacity (amps)|||||
|220/230V<br>380/400V|170<br>170|320<br>320|400<br>400|650<br>650|
|500V|170|320|400|650|
|660/690V|120|180|250|370|
|Short-circuit protection rating maximum fuse (amps)|||||
|Type 2 coordination2<br>400V; gG/gL 500V|25|63|63|125|
|690V; gG/gL 690V<br>Type 1 coordination2|25|35|50|80|
|400V; gG/gL 500V|63|125|125|250|
|690V; gG/gL 690V|50|63|80|100|
|Degree of protection|IP00|IP00|IP00|IP00|
|Protection against direct contact when<br>actuated from front (IEC 536)|Finger and<br>back-of-hand proof|Finger and<br>back-of-hand proof|Finger and<br>back-of-hand proof|Finger and<br>back-of-hand proof|
|Terminal capacity main cable—screw terminals<br>Solid (mm2)|1 x (0.75–16)|1 x (0.75–16)|1 x (0.75–16)|1 x (0.75–16)|
||2 x (0.75–10)|2 x (0.75–10)|2 x (0.75–10)|2 x (0.75–10)|
|Flexible with ferrule (mm2)|1 x (0.75–16)|1 x (0.75–16)|1 x (2.5–35)|1 x (2.5–35)|
||2 x (0.75–10)|2 x (0.75–10)|2 x (2.5–25)|2 x (2.5–25)|
|Stranded (mm2)|1 x 16|1 x 16|1 x (16–50)|1 x (16–50)|
||||2 x (16–35)|2 x (16–35)|
|Solid or stranded (AWG)|18–6|18–6|12–2|12–2|
|Flat conductor<br>(number of segments x width x thickness) (mm)|—|—|2 x (6 x 9 x 0.8)|2 x (6 x 9 x 0.8)|
**2**
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Damp heat, constant, to IEC 60068-2-78; damp heat, cyclic, to IEC 60 068-2-30.
- 2 IEC 60947 Standard.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-75**
2.2
## NEMA Contactors and Starters
## Space-Savings Series
## **Space-Savings Contactors—NEMA Sizes 0–2, continued**
|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|**pcevgs ocos zes , co**<br>**Description**<br>**Size 0**<br>**CN13BN010_**|**pcevgs ocos zes , co**<br>**Description**<br>**Size 0**<br>**CN13BN010_**|**ue**<br>**Size 1C**<br>**CN13CN010_**|**Size 1**<br>**CN13DN000_**|**Size 1**<br>**CN13DN000_**|**Size 2**<br>**CN13GN000_**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**General, continued**|||||||
||Main cable connection screw/bolt<br>M5||M5|M6||M6||
||Tightening torque|||||||
||Nm<br>3||3|3.3||3.3||
||Lb-in<br>26.6||26.6|29.2||29.2||
||Terminal capacity control circuit cable—screw terminals<br>Solid (mm2)<br>1 x (0.75–4)<br>2 x (0.75–4)||1 x (0.75–4)<br>2 x (0.75–4)|1 x (0.75–4)<br>2 x (0.75–4)||1 x (0.75–4)<br>2 x (0.75–4)||
||Flexible with ferrule (mm2)<br>1 x (0.75–2.5)<br>2 x (0.75–2.5)||1 x (0.75–2.5)<br>2 x (0.75–2.5)|1 x (0.75–2.5)<br>2 x (0.75–2.5)||1 x (0.75–2.5)<br>2 x (0.75–2.5)||
||Solid or stranded (AWG)<br>18–14||18–14|18–14||18–14||
||Control circuit cable connection screw/bolt<br>M3.5||M3.5|M3.5||M3.5||
||Tightening torque<br>Nm<br>1.2||1.2|1.2||1.2||
||Lb-in<br>10.6||10.6|10.6||10.6||
||Tools|||||||
||Main and control circuit cable—screw terminals<br>Size 2||Size 2|Size 2||Size 2||
||Pozidriv screwdriver<br>0.8 x 5.5||0.8 x 5.5|0.8 x 5.5||0.8 x 5.5||
||Standard screwdriver<br>1 x 6||1 x 6|1 x 6||1 x 6||
||Terminal capacity control circuit cable—spring cage terminals<br>Solid (mm2)<br>1 x (0.75–2.5)<br>2 x (0.75–2.5)||1 x (0.75–2.5)<br>2 x (0.75–2.5)|1 x (0.75–2.5)<br>2 x (0.75–2.5)||1 x (0.75–2.5)<br>2 x (0.75–2.5)||
||Flexible (mm2)<br>1 x (0.75–2.5)<br>2 x (0.75–2.5)||1 x (0.75–2.5)<br>2 x (0.75–2.5)|1 x (0.75–2.5)<br>2 x (0.75–2.5)||1 x (0.75–2.5)<br>2 x (0.75–2.5)||
||Flexible with ferrule (mm2)<br>1 x (0.75–2.5)<br>2 x (0.75–2.5)||1 x (0.75–2.5)<br>2 x (0.75–2.5)|1 x (0.75–2.5)<br>2 x (0.75–2.5)||1 x (0.75–2.5)<br>2 x (0.75–2.5)||
||Solid or stranded (AWG)<br>18–14||18–14|18–14||18–14||
||Tools<br>Main and control circuit cable—spring cage terminals<br>Stripping length (mm)<br>10||10|10||10||
||Screwdriver blade width (mm)<br>3.5||3.5|3.5||3.5||
||Mounting position, AC and DC operated<br>180°||90°<br>90°|30°<br>180°||90°<br>30°|30°|
|||90°|90°||90°|90°||
|||||||||
|||||||||
||Ambient temperature<br>Open<br>–25 to 60°C<br>[–13 to 140°F]||–25 to 60°C<br>[–13 to 140°F]|–25 to 60°C<br>[–13 to 140°F]||–25 to 60°C<br>[–13 to 140°F]||
||Enclosed<br>–25 to 40°C<br>[–13 to 104°F]||–25 to 40°C<br>[–13 to 104°F]|–25 to 40°C<br>[–13 to 104°F]||–25 to 40°C<br>[–13 to 104°F]||
||Ambient storage temperature<br>–40 to 80°C<br>[–40 to 176°F]||–40 to 80°C<br>[–40 to 176°F]|–40 to 80°C<br>[–40 to 176°F]||–40 to 80°C<br>[–40 to 176°F]||
||**Environmental**|||||||
||Mechanical shock resistance<br>(IEC/EN 60068-2-27)<br>Main contact—NO Contact<br>10||10|10||1||
||Auxiliary contact—NO Contact<br>7||7|7||7||
||Auxiliary contact—NC Contact<br>5||5|5||5||
||Overvoltage category/pollution degree<br>III/3||III/3|III/3||III/3||
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-76**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.2
Space-Savings Series
## **Space-Savings Contactors—NEMA Sizes 3, 4**
|**Space-Savings Contactors—NEMA Sizes 3, 4**|||
|---|---|---|
||**Size 3**|**Size 4**|
|**Description**|**CN13KN000_**|**CN13MN000_**|
|**General**|||
|Standards|IEC/EN 60947,|IEC/EN 60947,|
||VDE 0660, UL, CSA,|VDE 0660, UL, CSA,|
||CCC, RoHS|CCC, RoHS|
|Weights in kg [lb]|||
|AC operated|2 [4.41]|2 [4.41]|
|DC operated|2.1 [4.63]|2.1 [4.63]|
|Mechanical life—operations|10,000,000|10,000,000|
|Climatic proofing|1|1|
|Insulation voltage (Ui) Vac|690|690|
|Impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) Vac|8000|8000|
|Operational voltage (Ue) Vac|690|690|
|Safe isolation to VDE 0106 Part 101 and Part 101/A1|||
|Between coil and contacts (Vac)|690|690|
|Between contacts (Vac)|690|690|
|Making capacity (amps)|1610|2100|
|Breaking capacity (amps)|||
|220/230V|1150|1500|
|380/400V|1150|1500|
|500V|1150|1500|
|660/690V|1100|1200|
|1000V|—|—|
|Short-circuit protection rating maximum fuse|||
|Type 2 coordination2|||
|400V; gG/gL 500V|250|25|
|690V; gG/gL 690V|25|250|
|Type 1 coordination2|||
|400V; gG/gL 500V|250|250|
|690V; gG/gL 690V|250|250|
|Degree of protection|IP00|IP00|
|Protection against direct contact when actuated from front (IEC 536)|Finger and|Finger and|
||back-of-hand proof|back-of-hand proof|
|Terminal capacity main cable—screw terminals|||
|Solid (mm2)|—|—|
|Flexible with ferrule (mm2)|1 x (10–95)|1 x (10–95)|
||2 x (10–70)|2 x (10–70)|
|Stranded (mm2)|1 x (10–95)|1 x (10–95)|
||2 x (10–20)|2 x (10–20)|
|Flat conductor|2 x (6 x 16 x 0.8)|2 x (6 x 16 x 0.8)|
|(number of segments x width x thickness) (mm)|||
|Solid or stranded (AWG)|8–3/0|8–3/0|
|Main cable connection screw/bolt|M10|M10|
|Tightening torque|||
|Nm|14|14|
|Lb-in|123.9|123.9|
**2**
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Damp heat, constant, to IEC 60068-2-78; damp heat, cyclic, to IEC 60 068-2-30.
> 2 IEC 60947 Standard.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-77**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.2
## Space-Savings Series
## **Space-Savings Contactors—NEMA Sizes 3, 4, continued**
|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|**pcevgs ocos zes , , coue**<br>**Description**<br>**Size 3**<br>**CN13KN000_**|**pcevgs ocos zes , , coue**<br>**Description**<br>**Size 3**<br>**CN13KN000_**|**Size 4**<br>**CN13MN000_**|**Size 4**<br>**CN13MN000_**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
||**General, continued**||||
||Terminal capacity control circuit cable—screw terminals||||
||Solid (mm2)<br>1 x (0.75–4)<br>1 x (0.75–4)||1 x (0.75–4)<br>1 x (0.75–4)||
||Flexible with ferrule (mm2)<br>1 x (0.75–2.5)<br>2 x (0.75–2.5)||1 x (0.75–2.5)<br>2 x (0.75–2.5)||
||Solid or stranded (AWG)<br>18–14||18–14||
||Control circuit cable connection screw/bolt<br>M3.5||M3.5||
||Tightening torque||||
||Nm<br>1.2||1.2||
||Lb-in<br>10.6||10.6||
||Tools||||
||Main circuit cable—screw terminals||||
||Hexagon socket-head spanner (mm)<br>5||5||
||Control circuit cable—screw terminals<br>Size 2||Size 2||
||Pozidriv screwdriver<br>0.8 x 5.5||0.8 x 5.5||
||Standard screwdriver<br>1 x 6||1 x 6||
||Terminal capacity control circuit cable—spring cage terminals<br>Solid (mm2)<br>1 x (0.75–2.5)<br>2 x (0.75–2.5)||1 x (0.75–2.5)<br>2 x (0.75–2.5)||
||Flexible (mm2)<br>1 x (0.75–2.5)<br>2 x (0.75–2.5)||1 x (0.75–2.5)<br>2 x (0.75–2.5)||
||Flexible with ferrule (mm2)<br>1 x (0.75–2.5)<br>2 x (0.75–2.5)||1 x (0.75–2.5)<br>2 x (0.75–2.5)||
||Solid or stranded (AWG)<br>18–14||18–14||
||Tools<br>Control circuit cable—spring cage terminals<br>Stripping length (mm)<br>10||10||
||Screwdriver blade width (mm)<br>3.5||3.5||
||Mounting position, AC and DC operated<br>180°||90°<br>30°|30°|
|||90°|90°||
||||||
||||||
||Ambient temperature<br>Open<br>–25 to 60°C<br>[–13 to 140°F]||–25 to 60°C<br>[–13 to 140°F]||
||Enclosed<br>–25 to 40°C<br>[–13 to 104°F]||–25 to 40°C<br>[–13 to 104°F]||
||Ambient storage temperature<br>–40 to 80°C<br>[–40 to 176°F]||–40 to 80°C<br>[–40 to 176°F]||
||**Environmental**||||
||Mechanical shock resistance<br>(IEC/EN 60068-2-27)<br>Half-sinusoidal shock 10 ms<br>Main contact—NO contact<br>10g||10g||
||Auxiliary contact—NO contact<br>7g||7g||
||Auxiliary contact—NC contact<br>5g||5g||
||Overvoltage category/pollution degree<br>III/3||III/3||
||||||
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-78**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.2
Space-Savings Series
## **Space-Savings Contactors—NEMA Size 5**
|**Description**<br>**Size 5**<br>**CN13SN022_**<br>**General**<br>Standards<br>IEC/EN 60947,<br>VDE 0660, UL, CSA<br>Weights in kg [lb]<br>6.5 [14.3]<br>Mechanical life—operations<br>10,000,000<br>Mechanical operating frequency (ops/hr)<br>AC operated<br>3000<br>DC operated<br>3000<br>Climatic proofing<br>1<br>Insulation voltage (Ui) Vac<br>1000<br>Impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) Vac<br>8000<br>Operating voltage (Ue) Vac<br>1000<br>Safe isolation to VDE 0106 Part 101<br>and Part 101/A1<br>Between coil and contacts (Vac)<br>500<br>Between contacts (Vac)<br>500<br>Making capacity (amps)<br>3000<br>Breaking capacity (amps)<br>220/230V<br>2500<br>380/400V<br>2500<br>500V<br>2500<br>660/690V<br>2500<br>1000V<br>760<br>Short-circuit protection rating maximum fuse<br>Type 2 coordination2<br>400V; gG/gL 500V<br>315<br>690V; gG/gL 690V<br>315<br>1000V; gG/gL 1000V<br>160<br>Type 1 coordination2<br>400V; gG/gL 500V<br>400<br>690V; gG/gL 690V<br>400<br>1000V; gG/gL 1000V<br>200<br>Degree of protection<br>IP00<br>Protection against direct contact when actuated<br>from front (IEC 536)<br>Finger and back-of-hand proof with<br>terminal shroud or terminal block<br>Main cable cross-section<br>Flexible with cable lug (mm2)<br>50–240<br>Stranded with cable lug (mm2)<br>70–240<br>Solid or stranded (AWG)<br>1/0–250 kcmil<br>Flat conductor (mm)<br>3<br>Bus bar—width in mm<br>25<br>Main cable connection screw/bolt<br>M10<br>Tightening torque<br>Nm<br>24<br>Lb-in<br>213|**Description**<br>**Size 5**<br>**CN13SN022_**|**Description**<br>**Size 5**<br>**CN13SN022_**|**Description**<br>**Size 5**<br>**CN13SN022_**|
|---|---|---|---|
||**General, continued**|||
||Control circuit cable cross-sections<br>Solid (mm2)<br>1 x (0.75–2.5)<br>2 x (0.75–2.5)|||
||Flexible with ferrule (mm2)<br>1 x (0.75–2.5)<br>2 x (0.75–2.5)|||
||Solid or stranded (AWG)<br>2 x (18–12)|||
||Control circuit cable connection screw/bolt<br>M3.5<br>Tightening torque<br>Nm<br>1.2|||
||Lb-in<br>10.6|||
||Tools<br>Main cable wrench<br>16 mm|||
||Control circuit cable pozidriv screwdriver<br>Size 2|||
||Mounting position, AC and DC operated|||
||Ambient temperature<br>–25 to 60°C<br>[–13 to 140°F]|||
||Ambient storage temperature<br>–40 to 80°C<br>[–40 to 176°F]|||
||**Environmental**|||
||Mechanical shock<br>Resistance (IEC/EN 60068-2-27)<br>Half-sinusoidal shock 10 ms<br>Main contact—NO contact<br>10g<br>180°<br>90°|90°|90°|
|||||
||Auxiliary contact—NO contact<br>10g|||
||Auxiliary contact—NC contact<br>8g|||
||Overvoltage category/pollution degree<br>III/3|||
||Switching capacity, kVAR4<br>Individual compensation|||
||230V<br>—|||
||400/420/440V<br>—|||
||525V<br>—|||
||690V<br>—|||
||Group compensation, with choke<br>230V<br>100|||
||400/420/440V<br>190|||
||525V<br>260|||
||690V<br>340|||
||Group compensation, without choke<br>230V<br>—|||
||400/420/440V<br>—|||
||525V<br>—|||
||690V<br>—|||
**2**
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Damp heat, constant, to IEC 60068-2-78; damp heat, cyclic, to IEC 60 068-2-30.
- 2 IEC 60947 Standard.
- 3 Screw tightening with flat cable terminal or cable terminal blocks. See terminal capacity for cable terminal blocks.
- 4 When using contactors for group compensation, a minimum inductance of approx. 6 uh per capacitor must be available to limit the high inrush current peaks. This corresponds to an air-cored coil with five windings and a coil diameter of approximately 140 mm. The conductor cross-section must be selected according to the rated current per phase.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-79**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.2
Space-Savings Series
**2**
**==> picture [102 x 8] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
XTOE/ XT Electronic Overload Relay<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **Contents**
|**Contents**|**Contents**||
|---|---|---|
|**_Description_**||**_Page_**|
|XTOE/**_XT_** Electronic Overload Relay|||
|Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . .||**V5-T2-81**|
|Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .||**V5-T2-82**|
|Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .||**V5-T2-83**|
|Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .||**V5-T2-85**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .||**V5-T2-89**|
|Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .||**V5-T2-97**|
||An Eaton||
||Green Solution||
## **XTOE/** _**XT**_ **Electronic Overload Relay**
## **Product Description**
Eaton’s new electronic overload relay (EOL) is the most compact, high-featured, economical product in its class. Designed on a global platform, the new EOL covers the entire power control spectrum including NEMA, IEC and DP Contactors. The standard NEMA and DP versions are offered with the C440 designation while the Space-Savings NEMA and IEC versions have the XTOE designation. The electronic design provides reliable, accurate and value driven protection and communications capabilities in a single compact device. It is the flexible choice for any application requiring easy-touse, reliable protection.
Eaton has a long history of innovations and product development in motor control and protection, including both traditional NEMA, as well as IEC control. It was from this experience that the XTOE was developed, delivering new solutions to meet today’s demands.
XTOE is a self-powered electronic overload relay available up to 175A as a self contained unit. With external CTs, XTOE can protect motor up to 1500 FLA. Available add-on accessories include remote reset capability and communication modules with I/O for DeviceNet, PROFIBUS, Modbus, EtherNet/IP, and Modbus TCP.
## **Features and Benefits**
## _**Features**_
- Reliable, accurate, electronic motor protection
- Easy to select, install and maintain
- Compact size
- Flexible, intelligent design
- Global product offering—available with NEMA, IEC and DP power control
## **User Interface**
## **Size/Range**
- Broad FLA range (0.33–1500A)
- Large FLA selection dial
- Trip status indicator
- Selectable trip class (10A, 10, 20, 30)
- Operating mode LED
- DIP switch selectable trip class, phase unbalance and ground fault
- Direct mounting to NEMA, IEC and DP contactors
- Most compact electronic overload in its class
- Selectable Auto/Manual reset
## **Motor Control**
## **Feature Options**
- Two B600 alarm (NO) and fault (NC) contacts
- Remote reset
- 120 Vac
- Test/Trip button
- 24 Vac
## **Motor Protection**
- 24 Vdc
- Thermal overload
- Tamper-proof cover
- Phase loss
- Communications modules
- Selectable (ON/OFF) phase unbalance
- Modbus RTU RS-485
- DeviceNet with I/O
- Selectable (ON/OFF) ground fault
- PROFIBUS with I/O
- Modbus RTU with I/O
- Ethernet IP with I/O
- Modbus TCP with I/O
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-80**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.2
Space-Savings Series
## **Standards and Certifications**
## _**Benefits**_
- UL
## **Reliability and Improved Uptime Flexibility**
- **Uptime Flexibility Monitoring Capabilities** ● CSA **2** ● XTOE provides the users ● Available with NEMA, ● Individual phase ● CE with peace of mind IEC and DP contactors currents RMS ● NEMA **2** knowing that their ● Improves return on ● Average three-phase ● IEC/EN 60947 VDE 0660 assets are protected investment by reducing current RMS ● ISO 13849-1 (EN954-1) **2** with the highest level of motor protection and inventory carrying costs ● Thermal memory ● RoHS communication capability with wide FLA adjustment (5:1) and selectable ● Fault indication (overload, ● ATEX directive 94/9/EC **2** in its class trip class phase loss, phase ● Equipment Group 2,
- Fault indication (overload, ● ATEX directive 94/9/EC phase loss, phase ● Equipment Group 2, unbalance, ground fault) Category 2
- Extends the life of plant ● Design incorporates built-in
- assets with selectable ground fault protection **Safety** motor protection features thus eliminating the need ● IP 20 rated terminal blocks such as trip class, phase unbalance and ground fault for separate CTs and modules ● Available in Eaton’s
- ● Protects against ● Flexible communication industry leading FlashGard MCCs unnecessary downtime with optional I/O enables ● Tested to the highest by discovering changes easy integration into plant industry standards such
- in your system (line/load) management systems for as UL, CSA, CE and IEC with remote monitoring capabilities remote monitoring and control ● RoHS compliant
- ● Status LED provides ● Available as an open added assurance that component and in valuable assets are enclosed control and motor protected by indicating the control center assemblies overload operational status
## **Electronic Overload Education**
|**Description**|**Definition**|**Cause**|**Effect if not Protected**|**XTOE/****_XT_Protection**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Motor Protection**|||||
|Thermal overload|Overload is a condition in which|• An increase in the load or torque that is|• Increase in current draw leads to heat|• Thermal trip behavior is defined by|
||current draw exceeds 115% of<br>the full load amperage rating for<br>an inductive motor.|being driven by the motor.<br>• A low voltage supply to the motor<br>causes the current to go high to<br>maintain the power needed.|and insulation breakdown, which can<br>cause system failure.<br>• Increase in current can increase<br>power consumption and waste|UL, CSA and IEC standards.<br>• Trip class is settable from 10A,<br>10, 20, 30|
|||• A poor power factor causing above<br>normal current draw.|valuable energy.||
|Ground fault|A line to ground fault.|A current leakage path to ground.|An undetected ground fault can burn<br>through multiple insulation windings,|Fixed protective setting that takes the<br>starter offline if ground fault current|
||||ultimately leading to motor failure, not to|exceeds 50% of the FLA dial setting,|
||||mention risk to equipment or personnel|i.e., if the FLA dial is set to 12A, the<br>overload relay will trip if the ground|
|||||current exceeds 6A.|
|Unbalanced phases|Uneven voltage or current between|When a three-phase load is powered with|Unbalanced voltage causes large|Fixed protective setting that takes the|
|(voltage and current)|phases in a three-phase system.|a poor quality line, the voltage per phase|unbalanced currents and as a result this|starter offline if a phase drops below|
|||may be unbalanced.|can lead to motor stator windings being<br>overloaded, causing excessive heating,|50% of the other two phases.|
||||reduced motor efficiency and reduced||
||||insulation life.||
|Phase loss—current|One of the three-phase voltages is|Multiple causes, loose wire, improper|Single-phasing can lead to unwanted|Fixed protective setting that takes the|
|(single-phasing)|not present.|wiring, grounded phase, open fuse, etc.|motor vibrations in addition to the results<br>of unbalanced phases as listed above.|starter offline if a phase is lost.|
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-81**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.2
Space-Savings Series
## **Catalog Number Selection**
**2**
## **XT Electronic Overload Relay—NEMA Space-Savings**
||||||**_XT_**<br> **OE**<br>|**_XT_**<br> **OE**<br>|**_XT_**<br> **OE**<br>|**1P6**<br>**C**<br>**CS**<br> **S**|**1P6**<br>**C**<br>**CS**<br> **S**|**1P6**<br>**C**<br>**CS**<br> **S**|**1P6**<br>**C**<br>**CS**<br> **S**|**1P6**<br>**C**<br>**CS**<br> **S**|**Mounting**<br>**Blank**= Direct to contactor<br>**P**= Pass-through<br>**S**= Separate mount (Frames C and G only)|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||||||||||||||
|||||||||||||||
|**Designation**|||||||||||||**Mounting**|
|**_XT_**= NEMA Space-Savings control|||||||||||||**Blank**= Direct to contactor<br>**P**= Pass-through<br>**S**= Separate mount (Frames C and G only)|
|||||||||||||||
|||||||||||||||
||**Type**|||||||||||||
|||||||||||||||
||**OE**= Electronic overload relay|||||||||||||
||||||||||||||**Trip Type**|
|||||||||||||**CS**= Selectable Class 10A, 10, 20, 30<br>**GS**= Ground fault with selectable Class 10, 20||
|||||||||||||||
||||||**Overload Range**|||||||||
||||||||||**Contactor**|||**Frame**||
||||||**1P6 **= 0.33–1.65A<br>**005 **= 1–5A<br>**020** = 4–20A||||**C**= Space-Savings Size 0|||||
||||||**1P6 **= 0.33–1.65A<br>**005 **= 1–5A<br>**020** = 4–20A<br>**045** = 9–45A||||**C**= Space-Savings Size 1C|||||
||||||**1P6 **= 0.33–1.65A<br>**005 **= 1–5A<br>**020** = 4–20A||||**D**= Space-Savings Size 1|||||
||||||**045** = 9–45A||||**D**= Space-Savings Size 2|||||
||||||**100 **= 20–100A||||**G**= Space-Savings Size 3|||||
||||||**175 **= 35–175A||||**G**= Space-Savings Size 4|||||
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-82**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.2
Space-Savings Series
## **Product Selection**
## _**XT Electronic Overload Relays**_
|**XTOE for Direct Mount**<br>**to NEMA Size 1**|**_XT_Electronic Overload Relays for Direct Mount to NEMA Space-Savings Contactors**<br>**NEMA**<br>**Auxiliary**|
|---|---|
|**NEMA**||||||**Auxiliary**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Space-Savings**|**For Use with**|**Overload**|**Contact**||**Frame**|**Contact**||
|**Size**<br>0<br>1C|**Contactor**<br>CN13BN010_<br>CN13CN010_|**Range (Amps)**<br>**Sequence**<br>0.35–1.65<br>1–5<br>4–20<br>0.35–1.65<br>1–5<br>4–20<br>2 4 6 98 96<br>97 95<br>2 4 6 98 96<br>97 95<br>~~he~~<br>~~a~~|||**Size**<br>45 mm<br>45 mm|**Configuration**<br>NO-NC<br>NO-NC|**Catalog Number**<br>**XTOE1P6CCS**<br>**XTOE005CCS**<br>**XTOE020CCS**<br>**XTOE1P6CCS**<br>**XTOE005CCS**<br>**XTOE020CCS**<br>~~—~~<br>~~ee~~|
|||9–45|||||**XTOE045CCS**|
|1|CN13DN000_|1–5|97 95||55 mm|NO-NC|**XTOE005DCS**|
|2|CN13GN000_|4–20<br>9–45<br>9–45<br>2 4 6 98 96<br>97 95<br>~~ey~~|||55 mm|NO-NC|**XTOE020DCS**<br>**XTOE045DCS**<br>**XTOE045DCS**<br>~~ee~~|
|||20–100<br>2 4 6 98 96<br>~~a~~|||||**XTOE100DCS**<br>~~—~~|
|3|CN13KN000_|20–100|2 4 6 98 96<br>97 95<br>~~bubs~~||55 mm|NO-NC|**XTOE100GCS**|
|4|CN13MN000_|35–175|97 95||110 mm|NO-NC|**XTOE175GCS**|
||||~~dais~~|||||
||||2 4 6 98 96|||||
**XTOE for Direct Mount** _**XT**_ **Electronic Overload Relays with Ground Fault for Direct Mount to NEMA Space-Savings Contactors to NEMA Size 4**
|**NEMA**<br>**Space-Savings**|**For Use with**|**Overload**|**Contact**||**Frame**|**Auxiliary**<br>**Contact**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Size**|**Contactor**|**Range (Amps)**|**Sequence**||**Size**|**Configuration**|**Catalog Number**|
|0|CN13BN010_|0.33–1.65|97 95||45 mm|NO-NC|**XTOE1P6CGS**|
|||1–5<br>4–20<br>~~——~~|2 4 6 98 96||||**XTOE005CGS**<br>**XTOE020CGS**<br>~~—~~|
|1C|CN13CN010_|0.33–1.65<br>1–5<br>4–20<br>~~———~~|2 4 6 98 96<br>97 95||45 mm|NO-NC|**XTOE1P6CGS**<br>**XTOE005CGS**<br>**XTOE020CGS**<br>~~—~~|
|||9–45|||||**XTOE045CGS**|
|1|CN13DN000_|0.33–1.65|97 95||55 mm|NO-NC|**XTOE1P6DGS**|
|||1–5<br>4–20<br>2 4 6 98 96<br>~~i~~|||||**XTOE005DGS**<br>**XTOE020DGS**<br>~~oe~~|
|||9–45|||||**XTOE045DGS**|
|2|CN13GN000_|9–45|97 95||55 mm|NO-NC|**XTOE045DGS**|
|||20–100<br>2 4 6 98 96<br>~~a~~|||||**XTOE100DGS**<br>~~—~~|
|3|CN13KN000_|20–100|97 95||55 mm|NO-NC|**XTOE100GGS**|
||||2 4 6 98 96<br>~~bait~~|||||
|4|CN13MN000_|35–175|97 95<br>~~bai~~||110 mm|NO-NC|**XTOE175GGS**|
||||2 4 6 98 96|||||
**2**
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-83**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.2
## Space-Savings Series
**2 1–5A OL with CTs** _**XT**_ Use CTs and 1-5A **Electronic Overload Relays for use with Size 5 NEMA Space-Savings Contactors** _**XT**_ overload relay. CT kit does not include overload relay (order separately). **2 Space-Savings For Use with CT Range CT Kit Terminal Overload Relay Overload Relay with Ground Fault Contactor Size Contactor (Amps) Description Catalog Number Size Catalog Number Catalog Number 2** 1 CN13SN022_ 60-300 300: 5 panel-mount CT kit **ZEB-XCT300** 750 kcmil **XTOE005CCSS XTOE005CGSS** with integrated lugs (2) 250 kcmil **2** 3/0 Cu/Al ~~=~~ & ~~—_____ —__~~ **2 45 mm** _**XT**_ **for** _**XT**_ **Electronic Overload Relays for Separate Mount Separate Mount**
|**45 mm****_XT_ for**<br>**Separate Mount**|**_XT_Electronic Overload Relays for Separate Mount**|**Electronic Overload Relays for Separate Mount**|**Electronic Overload Relays for Separate Mount**|**Electronic Overload Relays for Separate Mount**|**Electronic Overload Relays for Separate Mount**|**Electronic Overload Relays for Separate Mount**|**Electronic Overload Relays for Separate Mount**|**Electronic Overload Relays for Separate Mount**|**Electronic Overload Relays for Separate Mount**|**Electronic Overload Relays for Separate Mount**|**Electronic Overload Relays for Separate Mount**|**Electronic Overload Relays for Separate Mount**|**Electronic Overload Relays for Separate Mount**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Separate Mount**||||||||||||||**Overload Relay**|
||**Overload**|**Frame**|**Contact**||||||**Contact**||||**Overload Relay**|**with Ground Fault**|
|**Range (Amps)**<br>**Size**<br>**Sequence**<br>**Overload Relay**<br>0.33–1.65<br>45 mm<br>1–5<br>4–20<br>1 3 5 97 95<br>2 4 6 98 96<br>~~so~~||||||||||||**Type**<br>ZEB32-1,65/KK<br>ZEB32-5/KK<br>ZEB32-20/KK|**Catalog Number**<br>**XTOE1P6CCSS**<br>**XTOE005CCSS**<br>**XTOE020CCSS**|**Catalog Number**<br>**XTOE1P6CGSS**<br>**XTOE005CGSS**<br>**XTOE020CGSS**|
||9–45<br>20–100|55 mm||||||||||ZEB32-45/KK<br>ZEB150-100/KK|**XTOE045CCSS**<br>**XTOE100GCSS**|**XTOE045CGSS**<br>**XTOE100GGSS**|
||35–175|110 mm||||||||||ZEB150-175/KK|**XTOE175GCSS**|**XTOE175GGSS**|
_**XT**_ **Electronic Overload Relay for Pass-Through Design** Pass-through design does not include any lugs to land wires. Terminate motor leads directly on contactor.
|**Overload**|**Frame**||**Contact**|**Contact**||||**Overload Relay**|**Overload Relay**<br>**with Ground Fault**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Range (Amps)**<br>35–175|**Size**<br>110 mm||**Sequence**<br>1 3 5 97 95||||**Type**<br>ZEB150-175/PT|**Catalog Number**<br>**XTOE175GCSP**|**Catalog Number**<br>**XTOE175GGSP**|
|||2 4 6 98 96<br>~~caetT~~||||||||
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-84**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.2
Space-Savings Series
## **Accessories**
## _**CT Kits**_
**Accessories**
**2**
|||**Accessories**||
|---|---|---|---|
|~~i~~|~~i~~|**Description**<br>~~i~~|**Catalog Number**<br>~~i~~|
|**Safety Cover**|**Safety Cover**|**Safety Cover**||
|||Clear Lexan cover that mounts on top of the FLA dial and DIP switches when closed.|**ZEB-XSC**|
|~~y~~<br>>|~~y~~<br>Pal|~~y~~|~~y~~|
|=ey %s<br>>||7||
|—||!||
|“||.||
|=|>|||
||ty|||
|**Reset Bar**||**Reset Bar**||
|||Assembles to the top of the overload to provide a larger target area for door|**ZEB-XRB**|
|ff<br>Ss|mounted reset operators.<br>‘~<br>4<br>ty|||
|a|“~e faa<br>1;|||
|~~||||
|**Remote Reset**||**Remote Reset**<br>**Remote Reset**||
|||Remote reset module (24 Vdc)1|**C440-XCOM**|
|||Remote reset module (120 Vac)1|**ZEB-XRR-120**|
|||Remote reset module (24 Vac)1|**ZEB-XRR-24**|
_**Communication**_ The XTOE is provided with two levels of communication capability. **Basic Communication via Advanced Advanced Expansion Module— Communication— Communication— Monitoring Only Monitoring and Control Communication Module** Basic communication on XTOE also has the ability to The communication adapter the XTOE is accomplished communicate on industrial comes standard with four using an expansion module. protocols such as DeviceNet, inputs and two outputs The expansion module plugs PROFIBUS, Modbus RTU (24 Vdc or 120 Vac) while into the expansion bay on and Modbus TCP, and providing the customer with the XTOE overload relay, EtherNet/IP while providing flexible mounting options enabling communications control capability using I/O. (DIN rail or panel). See with the overload via their figure below, Modbus RTU (RS-485) An expansion module (mentioned earlier) combined network. No additional parts with a communication are required. See adapter and a communication figure below. module allows easy integration onto the eS]wie?— = al7 customer’s network. See figure below.
**==> picture [70 x 14] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Basic Communication—<br>Modbus<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**==> picture [85 x 20] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Advanced Communication—<br>Communication Adapter with<br>Communication Module<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
> 1 Customer can wire remote mounted button to reset module (i.e., 22 mm pushbutton, catalog number M22-D-B-GB14-K10).
_**Note**_
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-85**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.2
Space-Savings Series
The following information can be viewed using the communication option:
- Percent thermal capacity
- Motor status—running, Percent thermal capacity
- **2** stopped, tripped or ● Fault codes (only available
- ~~—~~ resetting prior to reset)
- Individual rms phase currents (A, B, C)
- Percent phase unbalance
- Ground fault current and
- ● Average of three-phase percent rms current
- Overload relay settings— trip class, DIP switch selections, reset selections
- Modbus address (can be set over the network)
## **Communication Accessories**
||**Communication Accessories**||
|---|---|---|
||**Description**|**Catalog Number**|
|**Expansion Module**|Expansion module (Remote Reset/Modbus RTU, RS-485 Communication)|**C440-XCOM**|
|**Communication**|Communication adapter kit (DIN C Panel mounted adapter, required for advance communication option)|**C440-COM-ADP**1|
|**Adapter**<br>$|||
||DeviceNet communication module kit—120V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441K + C440-COM-ADP)<br>DeviceNet communication module kit—24 Vdc I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441L + C440-COM-ADP)|**C440-DN-120**<br>**C440-DN-24**|
||PROFIBUS communication module kit—120V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441S + C440-COM-ADP)|**C440-DP-120**|
||PROFIBUS communication module kit—24V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441Q + C440-COM-ADP)|**C440-DP-24**|
||Modbus communication module kit—120V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441N + C440-COM-ADP)|**C440-MOD-120**|
||Modbus communication module kit—24 Vdc I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441P + C440-COM-ADP)|**C440-MOD-24**|
||Modbus TCP/Ethernet IP communication module kit—120V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441U)|**C440-ET-120**|
||Modbus TCP/Ethernet IP communication module kit—24V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441V)|**C440-ET-24**|
||**_Note_**||
||1C440-COM-ADP Din C Panel adapter not required for ModbusTCP / EtherNet/IP communication module.||
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-86**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.2
Space-Savings Series
## _**Modbus Communication Module**_
The Modbus module combined with an expansion module and a communication adapter provide Modbus communication capability to the XTOE electronic overload relay.
**Modbus Communication Module**
## **Features and Benefits**
- The Modbus
- communication module is capable of baud rates up to 115K
- The Modbus address and baud rate configuration can be easily changed using the HMi user interface
- Modbus address and baud rate are set via convenient DIP switches; LEDs are provided to display Modbus traffic
- Configuration with common Modbus configuration tools
- Terminals ● Each I/O module is **2**
- ● Unique locking optically isolated mechanism provides for between the field I/O easy removal of the and the network adapter **2** terminal block with the to protect the I/O and field wiring installed communication circuits **2**
- ● Each terminal is marked from possible damage for ease of wiring and due to transients and **2** ground loops
- Terminals
- Each terminal is marked for ease of wiring and troubleshooting
- Input Module features a
- Selectable I/O assemblies ● 4IN/2OUT user-definable input debounce, which limits
- ● Signal types include the effects of transients 24 Vdc I/O and and electrical noise 120 Vac I/O
- Selectable I/O assemblies
- Output Module supports a user-definable safe state for loss of communication; hold last state, ON or OFF
## _**DeviceNet Communication Modules**_
The DeviceNet Communication Module provides monitoring and control for the XTOE overload relay from a single DeviceNet node. These modules also offer convenient I/O in two voltage options, 24 Vdc and 120 Vac.
**DeviceNet Communication Module**
## **Features and Benefits**
- Communication to DeviceNet uses only one DeviceNet MAC ID
- Configuration
- DeviceNet MAC ID and Baud rate are set via convenient DIP switches with an option to set from the network
- Advanced configuration available using common DeviceNet tools
- Each I/O module is optically isolated between the field I/O and the network adapter to protect the I/O and communication circuits from possible damage due to transients and ground loops
- Terminals
- Unique locking mechanism provides for easy removal of the terminal block with the field wiring installed
- Each terminal is marked ground loops for ease of wiring and ● Input Module features a troubleshooting user-definable input
- Selectable I/O assemblies debounce, which limits the effects of transients
- ● 4IN/2OUT and electrical noise
- Selectable I/O assemblies
- Signal types include ● Output Module supports 24 Vdc I/O and a user-definable safe
- 120 Vac I/O state for loss of communication; hold last state, ON or OFF
- Combined status LED
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-87**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.2
## Space-Savings Series
## _**PROFIBUS Communication Modules**_
The PROFIBUS module combined with an expansion **2** module and a communication adapter provide Modbus **2** communication capability to the XTOE electronic overload relay.
**PROFIBUS Communication Module**
## **Features and Benefits**
- The PROFIBUS
- communication module is capable of baud rates up to 12 Mb
- PROFIBUS address is set via convenient DIP switches; LEDs are provided to display PROFIBUS status
- Intuitive configuration with common PROFIBUS configuration tools
- Terminals
- Unique locking mechanism provides for easy removal of the terminal block with the field wiring installed
- Each terminal is marked for ease of wiring and troubleshooting
- Selectable I/O assemblies
- 4IN/2OUT
- Signal types include 24 Vdc I/O and 120 Vac I/O
- Each I/O module is optically isolated between the field I/O and the network adapter to protect the I/O and communication circuits from possible damage due to transients and ground loops
- Input Module features a user-definable input debounce, which limits the effects of transients and electrical noise
- Output Module supports a user-definable safe state for loss of communication; hold last state, ON or OFF
## _**Modbus TCP / EtherNet/IP Communication Modules**_
The Ethernet module combines user selectable Modbus TCP and EtherNet/IP protocols in a single device. A communication adapter is not required for this module as it is designed for DIN/ Panel-Mounting. Combined with an expansion module, Modbus TCP and EtherNet/IP capability are added to the XTOE overload relay.
## **Features and Benefits**
- Supports EtherNet/IP Protocol
- Supports Modbus TCP Protocol
- Integrated web page for device monitoring and configuration
- Dual Ethernet ports with integrated switch
- Can simultaneously support data access from EtherNet/IP originators and Modbus TCP clients
**Modbus TCP / EtherNet/IP Communication Module**
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-88**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.2
Space-Savings Series
## **Technical Data and Specifications**
**Electronic Overload Relays up to 1500A**
||**Specification**|||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Description**|**45 mm**|**55 mm**|**110 mm**|
|**Electrical Ratings**|**Range**|**Range**|**Range**|
|Operating voltage (three-phase) and frequency<br>**FLA Range**|690 Vac (60/50 Hz)|690 Vac (60/50 Hz)|690 Vac (60/50 Hz)|
||0.33–1.65A<br>1–5A|20–100A|28–140A (NEMA)<br>35–175A (IEC)|
||4–20A<br>9–45A|||
|**Use with Contactors**||||
|Space-Savings NEMA Size|0, 1C|1, 2, 3|4|
|**Trip Class**|10A, 10, 20, 30|10A, 10, 20, 30|10A, 10, 20, 30|
|**Motor Protection**|Selectable|Selectable|Selectable|
|Thermal overload setting|1.05 x FLA: does not trip<br>1.15 x FLA: overload trip|1.05 x FLA: does not trip<br>1.15 x FLA: overload trip|1.05 x FLA: does not trip<br>1.15 x FLA: overload trip|
|**Feature**|**Range**|**Range**|**Range**|
|Phase loss|Fixed threshold 50%|Fixed threshold 50%|Fixed threshold 50%|
|Phase unbalance (selectable: enable/disable)|Fixed threshold 50%|Fixed threshold 50%|Fixed threshold 50%|
|Ground fault (selectable: enable/disable)|50% of FLA dial setting|50% of FLA dial setting|50% of FLA dial setting|
||>150% = 2 sec<br>>250% = 1 sec|>150% = 2 sec<br>>250% = 1 sec|>150% = 2 sec<br>>250% = 1 sec|
|Reset|Manual/automatic|Manual/automatic|Manual/automatic|
|**Indicators**||||
|Trip status|Orange flag|Orange flag|Orange flag|
|Mode LED|One flash: Overload operating properly<br>Two flashes: Current is above FLA dial|One flash: Overload operating properly<br>Two flashes: Current is above FLA dial|One flash: Overload operating properly<br>Two flashes: Current is above FLA dial|
||setting—pending trip|setting—pending trip|setting—pending trip|
|**Options**||||
|Remote reset|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Reset bar|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Communication expansion module<br>Communication adapter|Yes<br>Yes|Yes<br>Yes|Yes<br>Yes|
|**Capacity**||||
|Load terminals||||
|Terminal capacity|12–10 AWG (4–6 mm2)<br>8–6 AWG (6–16 mm2)|6–1 AWG (16–50 mm2)|8–4/0 AWG (10–95 mm2)|
|Tightening torque|20–25 lb-in (2.3–2.8 Nm)<br>25–30 lb-in (2.8–3.4 Nm)|25–30 lb-in (2.8–3.4 Nm)|124 lb-in (14 Nm)|
|Input, auxiliary contact and remote reset terminals||||
|Terminal capacity|2 x (18–12) AWG|2 x (18–12) AWG|2 x (18–12) AWG|
|Tightening torque|7–11 lb-in (0.8–1.2 Nm)|7–11 lb-in (0.8–1.2 Nm)|7–11 lb-in (0.8–1.2 Nm)|
|**Voltages**<br>Insulation voltage Ui(three-phase)|690 Vac|690 Vac|690 Vac|
|Insulation voltage Ui(control)|500 Vac|500 Vac|500 Vac|
|Rated impulse withstand voltage|6000 Vac|6000 Vac|6000 Vac|
|Overvoltage category/pollution degree|III/3|III/3|III/3|
**2**
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-89**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.2
## Space-Savings Series
## **Electronic Overload Relays up to 1500A, continued**
|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|**ecoc veo eys up o , coue**<br>**Specification**<br>**Description**<br>**45 mm**<br>**55 mm**<br>**110 mm**|
|---|---|
||**Auxiliary and Control Circuit Ratings**|
||Conventional thermal continuous current<br>5A<br>5A<br>5A|
||Rated operational current—IEC AC-15<br>Make contact (1800 VA)|
||120V<br>15A<br>15A<br>15A|
||240V<br>15A<br>15A<br>15A|
||415V<br>0.5A<br>0.5A<br>0.5A|
||500V<br>0.5A<br>0.5A<br>0.5A|
||Break contact (180 VA)|
||120V<br>1.5A<br>1.5A<br>1.5A|
||240V<br>1.5A<br>1.5A<br>1.5A|
||415V<br>0.9A<br>0.9A<br>0.9A|
||500V<br>0.8A<br>0.8A<br>0.8A|
||IEC DC-13 (L/R F 15 ms1)|
||0–250V<br>1.0A<br>1.0A<br>1.0A|
||Rated operational current—UL B600<br>Make contact (3600 VA)|
||120V<br>30A<br>30A<br>30A|
||240V<br>15A<br>15A<br>15A|
||480V<br>7.5A<br>7.5A<br>7.5A|
||600V<br>6A<br>6A<br>6A|
||Break contact (360 VA)|
||120V<br>3A<br>3A<br>3A|
||240V<br>1.5A<br>1.5A<br>1.5A|
||480V<br>0.75A<br>0.75A<br>0.75A|
||600V<br>0.6A<br>0.6A<br>0.6A|
||R300—Vdc ratings (28 VA)|
||0–120V<br>0.22A<br>0.22A<br>0.22A|
||250V<br>0.11A<br>0.11A<br>0.11A|
||**Short-Circuit Rating without Welding**|
||Maximum fuse<br>6A gG/gL<br>6A gG/gL<br>6A gG/gL|
||**Environmental Ratings**|
||Ambient temperature (operating)<br>–13° to 149°F (–25° to 65°C)<br>–13° to 149°F (–25° to 65°C)<br>–13° to 149°F (–25° to 65°C)|
||Ambient temperature (storage)<br>–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)<br>–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)<br>–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)|
||Operating humidity UL 991 (H3)<br>5% to 95% noncondensing<br>5% to 95% noncondensing<br>5% to 95% noncondensing|
||Altitude (no derating) NEMA ICS1<br>2000m<br>2000m<br>2000m|
||Shock (IEC 600068-2-27)<br>15g any direction<br>15g any direction<br>15g any direction|
||Vibration (IEC 60068-2-6)<br>3g any direction<br>3g any direction<br>3g any direction|
||Pollution degree per IEC 60947-4-1<br>3 for product (2 for pcb)<br>3 for product (2 for pcb)<br>3 for product (2 for pcb)|
||Ingress protection<br>IP20<br>IP20<br>IP20|
||Protection against direct contact when actuated from<br>front (IEC 536)<br>Finger- and back-of-hand proof<br>Finger- and back-of-hand proof<br>Finger- and back-of-hand proof|
||Mounting position<br>Any<br>Any<br>Any|
||Climatic proofing<br>Damp heat, constant to IEC 60068-2-30<br>Damp heat, constant to IEC 60068-2-30<br>Damp heat, constant to IEC 60068-2-30|
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-90**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.2
Space-Savings Series
## **Electronic Overload Relays up to 1500A, continued**
|**Description**|**Specification**<br>**45 mm**<br>**55 mm**<br>**110 mm**|
|---|---|
|**Electrical/EMC**||
|Radiated emissions<br>IEC 60947-4-1-Table 15<br>EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A, ISM|30 MHz to 1000 MHz<br>30 MHz to 1000 MHz<br>30 MHz to 1000 MHz|
|Conducted emissions<br>IEC 60947-4-1-Table 14<br>EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1; Class ISM|0.15 MHz to 30 MHz<br>0.15 MHz to 30 MHz<br>0.15 MHz to 30 MHz|
|ESD immunity<br>IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)|±8 kV air, ±6 kV contact<br>±8 kV air, ±6 kV contact<br>±8 kV air, ±6 kV contact|
|Radiated immunity<br>IEC 60947-4-1<br>IEC 61000-4-3|10 V/m 80 MHz–1000 MHz<br>3 V/m from 1.4 to 2.7 GHz<br>80% amplitude modulated<br>1 kHz sine wave<br>10 V/m 80 MHz–1000 MHz<br>3 V/m from 1.4 to 2.7 GHz<br>80% amplitude modulated<br>1 kHz sine wave<br>10 V/m 80 MHz–1000 MHz<br>3 V/m from 1.4 to 2.7 GHz<br>80% amplitude modulated<br>1 kHz sine wave|
|Conducted immunity<br>IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 61000-4-6|140 dub (10V rms)<br>150 kHz–100 MHz<br>140 dub (10V rms)<br>150 kHz–100 MHz<br>140 dub (10V rms)<br>150 kHz–100 MHz|
|Fast transient immunity<br>IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)<br>IEC 61000-4-4|±4 kV using direct method<br>with accessory installed in expansion bay<br>±2 kV using direct method<br>±4 kV using direct method<br>with accessory installed in expansion bay<br>±2 kV using direct method<br>±4 kV using direct method<br>with accessory installed in expansion bay<br>±2 kV using direct method|
|Surge immunity<br>IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)<br>IEC 61000-4-5 a Class 4|Three-phase power inputs:<br>±4 kV line-to-line (DM)<br>±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)<br>Three-phase power inputs:<br>±4 kV line-to-line (DM)<br>±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)<br>Three-phase power inputs:<br>±4 kV line-to-line (DM)<br>±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)|
||With accessory installed in expansion bay:<br>±2 kV line-to-line (DM) –>1.2/50 us;<br>2 kV line-to-earth, 1 kV line-to-line<br>±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)<br>With accessory installed in expansion bay:<br>±2 kV line-to-line (DM) –>1.2/50 us;<br>2 kV line-to-earth, 1 kV line-to-line<br>±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)<br>With accessory installed in expansion bay:<br>±2 kV line-to-line (DM) –>1.2/50 us;<br>2 kV line-to-earth, 1 kV line-to-line<br>±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)|
|Power freq. magnetic field immunity<br>IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 61000-4-8|30 A/m, 50 Hz<br>30 A/m, 50 Hz<br>30 A/m, 50 Hz|
|Electromagnetic field<br>IEC 60947-4-1 Table 13, IEC 61000-4-3|10 V/m<br>10 V/m<br>10 V/m|
|Distortion IEEE 519|5% THD max., 5th harmonic 3% max.<br>5% THD max., 5th harmonic 3% max.<br>5% THD max., 5th harmonic 3% max.|
|Electrostatic discharge (ESD)<br>IEC 61000-4-2, EN 61131-2|4 kV contact<br>8 kV air discharge<br>4 kV contact<br>8 kV air discharge<br>4 kV contact<br>8 kV air discharge|
|Electrical fast transient (EFT)<br>IEC 61000-4-4, EN 61131-2|±2 kV using direct method<br>±2 kV using direct method<br>±2 kV using direct method|
|Surge immunity<br>IEC 61000-4-5, EN 61131-2|±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)<br>±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)<br>±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)|
**2**
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-91**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.2
## Space-Savings Series
## **Communication Modules**
**2**
|**Communication Modules**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Description**|**Modbus**|**DeviceNet**|**PROFIBUS**|**Ethernet**|
|**Electrical/EMC**|||||
|Radiated emissions|30–1000 MHz|30–1000 MHz|30–1000 MHz|30–1000 MHz|
|IEC 60947-4-1—Table 15, EN 55011<br>(CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A|||||
|Conducted emissions<br>IEC 60947-4-1—Table 14, EN 55011|0.15–30 MHz|0.15–30 MHz|0.15–30 MHz|0.15–30 MHz|
|(CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A|||||
|ESD immunity|±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact|±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact|±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact|±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact|
|IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)|||||
|Radiated immunity|10 V/m 80–1000 MHz|10 V/m 80–1000 MHz|10 V/m 80–1000 MHz|10 V/m 80–1000 MHz|
|IEC 60947-4-1|80% amplitude modulated|80% amplitude modulated|80% amplitude modulated|80% amplitude modulated|
|Conducted immunity|1 kHz sine wave<br>140 dBuV (10V rms)|1 kHz sine wave<br>140 dBuV (10V rms)|1 kHz sine wave<br>140 dBuV (10V rms)|1 kHz sine wave<br>140 dBuV (10V rms)|
|IEC 60947-4-1<br>Fast transient immunity|150 kHz–80 MHz<br>±2 kV using direct method|150 kHz–80 MHz<br>±2 kV supply and control,|150 kHz–80 MHz<br>±2 kV supply and control,|150 kHz–80 MHz<br>±2 kV supply and control,|
|IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 6100-4-4<br>Surge immunity|User IO and communication lines1:|±1 kV communication<br>User IO and communication lines:|±1 kV communication<br>User IO and communication lines:|±1 kV communication<br>User IO and communication lines:|
|IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)|±1 kV line-to-line (DM)|±0.5 kV line-to-line (DM)|±0.5 kV line-to-line (DM)|±0.5 kV line-to-line (DM)|
|IEC 61000-4-5 Class 3|±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)|±1 kV line-to-ground (CM)|±1 kV line-to-ground (CM)|±1 kV line-to-ground (CM)|
|Electromagnetic field1|10 V/m|10 V/m|10 V/m|10 V/m|
|IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 61000-4-3|||||
|**Environmental Ratings**|||||
|Ambient temperature (operating)|–4° to 122°F (–20° to 50°C)|–13° to 122°F (–25° to 50°C)|–13° to 122°F (–25° to 50°C)|–13° to 122°F (–25° to 50°C)|
|Ambient temperature (storage)|–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)|–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)|–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)|–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)|
|Operating humidity|5–95% noncondensing|5–95% noncondensing|5–95% noncondensing|5–95% noncondensing|
|Altitude (no derating)<br>Shock (IEC 600068-2-27)|2000m<br>15G any direction|2000m<br>15G any direction|2000m<br>15G any direction|2000m<br>15G any direction|
|Vibration (IEC 60068-2-6)|3G any direction|3G any direction|3G any direction|3G any direction|
|Pollution degree per IEC 60947-1|3|3|3|3|
|Degree of protection|IP20|IP20|IP20|IP20|
|Overvoltage category per UL 508|III|III|III|III|
|**DeviceNet**|||||
|DeviceNet connections|—|Group 2, polling, bit strobe,<br>explicit, no UCMM|—|Group 2, polling, bit strobe,<br>explicit, no UCMM|
|DeviceNet baud rate|—|125K, 250K, 500K|—|125K, 250K, 500K|
|**Ethernet**|||||
|Ethernet connections|—|—|—|Integrated two-port switch with dual<br>RJ45 Ethernet connections|
|Ethernet type|—|—|—|Ethernet 10/100 Mbs, AutoMDX,<br>Auto Negotiation|
|**PROFIBUS**|||||
|PROFIBUS connections|—|—|Group 2, polling, bit strobe,|—|
||||explicit, no UCMM||
|PROFIBUS baud rate|—|—|9.6K, 19.2K, 45.45K, 93.75K, 187.5K,|—|
||||500K, 1.5M, 3M, 6M, 12M||
## _**Note**_
> 1 Relates to C441M only.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-92**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.2
Space-Savings Series
**2**
## **Communication Modules, continued**
|**Description**|**Modbus**|**DeviceNet**|**PROFIBUS**|**Ethernet**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**C441_ 24 Vdc Input**|||||
|Nominal input voltage|24 Vdc|24 Vdc|24 Vdc|24 Vdc|
|Operating voltage|18–30 Vdc|18–30 Vdc|18–30 Vdc|18–30 Vdc|
|Number of inputs|4|4|4|4|
|Signal delay|5 ms (programmable to 65 sec)|5 ms (programmable to 65 sec)|5 ms (programmable to 65 sec)|5 ms (programmable to 65 sec)|
|OFF-state voltage<br>ON-state voltage|<6 Vdc<br>>18 Vdc|<6 Vdc<br>>18 Vdc|<6 Vdc<br>>10 Vdc|<6 Vdc<br>>18 Vdc|
|Nominal input current<br>Isolation|5 mA<br>1500V|5 mA<br>1500V|5 mA<br>1500V|5 mA<br>1500V|
|Terminal screw torque|7–9 in-lb|7–9 in-lb|7–9 in-lb|7–9 in-lb|
|24V source current|50 mA|50 mA|50 mA|50 mA|
|**Operating Voltage Range—DC**|**Input Modules**||||
|OFF state|0–6 Vdc|0–6 Vdc|0–6 Vdc|0–6 Vdc|
|Transition region|6–18 Vdc|6–18 Vdc|6–18 Vdc|6–18 Vdc|
|ON state|18–30 Vdc|18–30 Vdc|18–30 Vdc|18–30 Vdc|
|**C441_ 120 Vac Input**|||||
|Nominal input voltage<br>Operating voltage|120 Vac<br>80–140 Vac|120 Vac<br>80–140 Vac|120 Vac<br>80–140 Vac|120 Vac<br>80–140 Vac|
|Number of inputs|4|4|4|4|
|OFF-state voltage|<30 Vac|<30 Vac|<20 Vac|<30 Vac|
|ON-state voltage|>80 Vac|>80 Vac|>70 Vac|>80 Vac|
|Nominal input current|15 mA|15 mA|15 mA|15 mA|
|Signal delay|1/2 cycle|1/2 cycle|1/2 cycle|1/2 cycle|
|Isolation|1500V|1500V|1500V|1500V|
|Terminal screw torque|7–9 in-lb|7–9 in-lb|7–9 in-lb|7–9 in-lb|
|**Operating Voltage Range—AC**<br>OFF state|**Input Modules**<br>0–30 Vac|0–30 Vac|0–30 Vac|0–30 Vac|
|Transition region<br>ON state|30–80 Vac<br>80–140 Vac|30–80 Vac<br>80–140 Vac|30–80 Vac<br>80–140 Vac|30–80 Vac<br>80–140 Vac|
|**Output Modules**|||||
|Nominal voltage|120 Vac|120 Vac|120 Vac|120 Vac|
|Number of outputs|24 Vdc<br>(2) 1NO Form A|24 Vdc<br>(2) 1NO Form A|24 Vdc<br>(2) 1NO Form A|24 Vdc<br>(2) 1NO Form A|
|Relay OFF time|1NO/NC Form C<br>3 ms|1NO/NC Form C<br>3 ms|1NO/NC Form C<br>3 ms|1NO/NC Form C<br>3 ms|
|Relay ON time<br>Max. current per point1|7 ms<br>5A (B300 rated)|7 ms<br>5A (B300 rated)|7 ms<br>5A (B300 rated)|7 ms<br>5A (B300 rated)|
|Electrical life|100,000 cycles|100,000 cycles|100,000 cycles|100,000 cycles|
|Mechanical life|1,000,000 cycles|1,000,000 cycles|1,000,000 cycles|1,000,000 cycles|
## _**Note**_
> 1 Relates to C441M only.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-93**
2.2
## NEMA Contactors and Starters
## Space-Savings Series
## _**Short Circuit Ratings (North America CSA, cUL)**_
Changes to UL 508A and NEC in recent years have brought a focus to control panel safety with regard to short-circuit current ratings (SCCR). Eaton’s XTOE electronic overload relays combined **2** with _**XT**_ Series IEC, Freedom Series NEMA and _**XT**_ NEMA contactors provide a wide variety of SCCR solutions needed for a variety of applications. The SCCR data in this document reflects **2** the latest information as of April 2010.
## **XTOE Standalone Overload Relays (XTOE)**
||**Maximum**|**Standard-Fault**|**Short Circuit**<br>**Maximum**|**Data**<br>**Maximum**|**High-Fault Short Circuit Data**<br>**Fuses (RK5, J, CC)**|**High-Fault Short Circuit Data**<br>**Fuses (RK5, J, CC)**||**Thermal-Magnetic Circuit**|**Thermal-Magnetic Circuit**|**Breakers**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Overload**|**Operating**||**Fuse Size (A)**|**Breaker**|||**Maximum**|||**Maximum**|
|**FLA Range**|**Voltage**|**600V (kA)**|**(RK5)**|**Size (A)**|**480V (kA)**|**600V (kA)**|**Fuse Size**|**480V (kA)**|**600V (kA)**|**Breaker Size**|
|0.33–1.65A|600 Vac|1|6|15|—|—|—|—|—|—|
|1–5A|600 Vac|5|20|20|100|100|30|100|35|20|
|4–20A<br>9–45A|600 Vac<br>600 Vac|5<br>5|80<br>175|80<br>175|100<br>100|100<br>100|100<br>100|100<br>100|35<br>35|80<br>100/175 (480/600)|
|20–100A|600 Vac|10|400|400|100|100|200|150|35|250/400 (480/600)|
|28–140A|600 Vac|10|450|500|100|100|400|100|65|400|
|35–175A|690 Vac|10|500 (gG)|350 (690 Vac)|100|100|500 (gG)|100 (415 Vac)|—|350 (LGC3350)|
|||||320 (415 Vac)||||||320 (NZMH3)|
## **NEMA Space-Savings Starters with XTOE Electronic Overload Relays**
|**Contactor**<br>**Frame Size**|**High-Fault Short Circuit Data**<br>**Fuses (RK5, J, CC)**<br>**Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers**<br>**Overload**<br>**FLA Range**<br>**480V**<br>**600V**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Fuse Size**<br>**480V**<br>**600V**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Breaker Size**|
|---|---|
|B|1–5A<br>100<br>100<br>30<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||4–20A<br>100<br>100<br>30<br>—<br>—<br>—|
|C|1–5A<br>100<br>100<br>60<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||4–20A<br>100<br>100<br>60<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||9–45A<br>100<br>100<br>60<br>—<br>—<br>—|
|D|9–45A<br>100<br>100<br>200<br>65<br>35<br>175|
||20–100A<br>100<br>100<br>200<br>65<br>35<br>175|
|F|20–100A<br>100<br>100<br>200<br>65<br>65<br>350|
|G|20–100A<br>100<br>100<br>200<br>65<br>65<br>350|
||35–175A<br>100<br>100<br>400<br>65<br>30<br>250 (480 Vac)<br>350 (600 Vac)|
|H|35–175A<br>100<br>100<br>400<br>65<br>30<br>400|
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-94**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.2
Space-Savings Series
## **Coil Data—Frames B–D**
|**Coil Data—Frames B–D**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
||**CN13B_**|**CN13C_**|**CN13D_**|**CN13G_**|
|**Description**|**NEMA Size 0**|**NEMA Size 1C**|**NEMA Size 1**|**NEMA Size 2**|
|**Voltage Tolerance**|||||
|Pickup (x Uc)|||||
|AC operated|0.8–1.1|0.8–1.1|0.8–1.1|0.8–1.1|
|DC operated|0.7–1.21|0.7–1.21|0.7–1.21|0.7–1.21|
|Dropout (x Uc)|||||
|AC operated|0.3–0.6|0.3–0.6|0.3–0.6|0.3–0.6|
|DC operated|0.15–0.6|0.15–0.6|0.15–0.6|0.15–0.6|
|**Power Consumption of the Coil at Cold**|**State and 1.0 x Uc**||||
|AC operated|||||
|Single-voltage coil 50 Hz|||||
|Pickup VA|52|52|149|149|
|Pickup W|40|40|80|80|
|Sealing VA|7.1|7.1|16|16|
|Sealing W|2.1|2.1|4.3|4.3|
|Single-voltage coil 60 Hz|||||
|Pickup VA|67|67|178|178|
|Pickup W|50|50|117|117|
|Sealing VA|8.7|8.7|19|19|
|Sealing W|2.6|2.6|5.3|5.3|
|50/60 Hz|||||
|Pickup VA|62|62|168|168|
||58|58|154|154|
|Pickup W|48|48|120|120|
||43|43|43|43|
|Sealing VA|9.1|9.1|22|22|
||6.5|6.5|14|14|
|Sealing W|2.5|2.5|5.3|5.3|
||2|2|4.3|4.3|
|DC operated|||||
|Pickup W|12 at 24V|12 at 24V|24 at 24V|24 at 24V|
|Sealing W|0.5 at 24V|0.5 at 24V|0.5 at 24V|0.5 at 24V|
|Duty factor (%DF)|100|100|100|100|
|**Switching Time at 100% Uc (Approximate Values)**|||||
|Main contact|||||
|AC operated|||||
|Closing delay (ms)|<22|<22|<18|<18|
|Opening delay (ms)|<14|<14|<13|<13|
|DC operated|||||
|Closing delay (ms)|<47|<47|<54|<54|
|Opening delay (ms)|<30|<30|<24|<24|
|Arcing time (ms)|10|10|10|10|
|**Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)**|||||
|Emitted interference|To EN-60947-1|To EN-60947-1|To EN-60947-1|To EN-60947-1|
|Noise immunity|To EN-60947-1|To EN-60947-1|To EN-60947-1|To EN-60947-1|
**2**
## _**Note**_
> 1 Coil Suffix TD: Umin 24 Vdc/Umax 27 Vdc. Coil Suffix WD: Umin 48 Vdc/Umax 60 Vdc. Coil Suffix AD: Umin 110 Vdc/Umax 130 Vdc. Coil Suffix BD: Umin 200 Vdc/Umax 240 Vdc. Example: Uc = 0.7 x Umin—1.2 x Umax Uc = 0.7 x 24V—1.2 x 27 Vdc
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-95**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.2
## Space-Savings Series
## **Coil Data—Frames F–G**
## **Coil Data—Frames L–R**
|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|**o es**<br>**Description**<br>**CN13K_**<br>**NEMA Size 3**<br>**CN13M_**<br>**NEMA Size 4**<br>**Voltage Tolerance**<br>Pickup (x Uc)<br>AC operated<br>0.8–1.1<br>0.8–1.1<br>DC operated<br>0.7–1.21<br>0.7–1.21<br>Dropout (x Uc)<br>AC operated<br>0.25–0.6<br>0.25–0.6<br>DC operated<br>0.15–0.6<br>0.15–0.6<br>**Power Consumption of the Coil at Cold State and 1.0 x Uc**<br>AC operated<br>Single-voltage coil 50 Hz<br>Pickup VA<br>180<br>180<br>Pickup W<br>130<br>130<br>Sealing VA<br>3.1<br>3.1<br>Sealing W<br>2.1<br>2.1<br>Single-voltage coil 60 Hz<br>Pickup VA<br>170<br>170<br>Pickup W<br>130<br>130<br>Sealing VA<br>3.1<br>3.1<br>Sealing W<br>2.1<br>2.1<br>50/60 Hz<br>Pickup VA<br>170<br>170<br>Pickup W<br>130<br>130<br>Sealing VA<br>3.1<br>3.1<br>Sealing W<br>2.1<br>2.1<br>DC operated<br>Pickup W<br>149 at 24V<br>149 at 24V<br>Sealing W<br>2.1 at 24V<br>2.1 at 24V<br>Duty factor (%DF)<br>100<br>100<br>**Switching Time at 100% Uc (Approximate Values)**<br>Main contact<br>AC operated<br>Closing delay (ms)<br><33<br><33<br>Opening delay (ms)<br><41<br><41<br>DC operated<br>Closing delay (ms)<br><35<br><35<br>Opening delay (ms)<br><30<br><30<br>Arcing time (ms)<br>15<br>15<br>Permissible residual current with actuation of<br>A1–A2 by the electronics (with 0 signal) (mA)<br><<br>~~1~~<br><<br>~~1~~<br>**Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)**<br>Emitted interference<br>To EN60947-1<br>To EN60947-1<br>Noise immunity<br>To EN60947-1<br>To EN60947-1|**o es**<br>**Description**<br>**CN13S_**<br>**NEMA Size 5**|
|---|---|---|
|||**Voltage Tolerance**|
|||Pickup (x Uc)<br>XTCE185L–XTCEC20R<br>0.7 x Ucmin–1.15 x Ucmax|
|||XTCS185L–XTCS500M<br>0.85 x Ucmin–1.1 x Ucmax|
|||Dropout (x Uc)<br>XTCE185L–XTCEC20R<br>0.2 x Ucmin–0.6 x Ucmax|
|||XTCS185L–XTCS500M<br>0.2 x Ucmin–0.4 x Ucmax|
|||**Power Consumption of the Coil at Cold State and 1.0 x Uc**|
|||XTCE185L–XTCEC20R<br>Pickup VA<br>2502|
|||Pickup W<br>200|
|||Sealing VA<br>4.3|
|||Sealing W<br>3.3|
|||XTCS185L–XTCS500M<br>Pickup VA<br>360|
|||Pickup W<br>325|
|||Sealing VA<br>4.3|
|||Sealing W<br>3.3|
|||Duty factor (%DF)<br>100|
|||**Switching Time at 100% Main Contact Uc (Approximate Values)**|
|||XTCE185L–XTCEC20R<br>Closing delay (ms)<br><100|
|||Opening delay (ms)<br><80|
|||XTCS185L–XTCS500M<br>Closing delay (ms)<br><50|
|||Opening delay (ms)<br><40|
|||**Reaction in Threshold and Sealing State Transition Range**<br>**(XTCE185L–XTCEC20R)**|
|||Voltage interruptions<br>(0–0.2 x Ucmin) <<br>~~1~~0 ms<br>Time is bridged successfully|
|||(0–0.2 x Ucmin) >10 ms<br>Dropout of the contactor|
|||Voltage dips<br>(0.2–0.6 x Ucmin) <<br>~~1~~2 ms<br>Time is bridged successfully|
|||(0.2–0.6 x Ucmin) >12 ms<br>Dropout of the contactor|
|||(0.6–0.7 x Ucmin)<br>Contactor remains switched on|
|||Excess voltage<br>(1.15–1.3 x Ucmax)<br>Contactor remains switched on|
|||(>1.3 x Ucmax) <<br>3s<br>Contactor remains switched on|
|||(>1.3 x Ucmax) >3s<br>Dropout of the contactor|
|||Pickup phase<br>(0–0.7 x Ucmin)<br>Contactor does not switch on|
|||(0.7 x Ucmin–1.15 x Ucmax)<br>Contactor switches on with certainty|
|||(>1.15 x Ucmax)<br>Contactor switches on with certainty|
||||
## _**Notes**_
- 1 At 24V: 0.7–1.3 without additional auxiliary contact modules and ambient temperature +40°C [104°F].
- 2 Control transformer with Uk < ~~6~~ %.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-96**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.2
Space-Savings Series
## **Current Heat Loss (Three-Pole) in Watts**
|**Description**|**CN13BN0_**|**CN13CN0_**|**CN13DN0_**|**CN13GN0_**|**CN13KN0_**|**CN13MN0_**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Current heat loss (three-pole) in watts|||||||
|at Ith|7.3|12.1|11.3|28.8|20.3|30.7|
|at Ieto AC-3/400V|1.9|6.1|7.2|19|15.9|27.0|
|Impedance per pole, megohms|2|2|1.5|1.5|0.4|0.4|
**2**
## **Dimensions**
Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]
## _**Contactors**_
## **Type CN13 NEMA Size 0 and 1C**
**==> picture [494 x 196] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
71<br>[2.80]<br>38<br>2 x M4 Dia.<br>[1.50] 85<br>[3.46]<br>60.4<br>[2.38]<br>75 [2.95]<br>4.5 [0.17] 4.8 [0.19] 4.5 [0.17]<br>6.4 17.7 [0.70] 6.5 [0.26]<br>[0.25] 10.6 [0.42] 97.4 [3.83]<br>35 [1.38]<br>11.6 138.7 [5.46]<br>[0.46]<br>11.6 [0.46]<br>45 [1.77] Note: Sideways distance to grounded parts: 6 mm [0.39 in]<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **Type CN13 NEMA Size 1 and 2**
**==> picture [488 x 219] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
4 x M4 Dia.<br>104<br>57 [4.09] 105 [4.13]<br>[2.24]<br>86.4<br>[3.40]<br>4.7 [0.19] 45 [1.77]<br>34.4 [1.35]<br>6.9 [0.27]<br>55 [2.17] 113.8 [4.48]<br>132.1 [5.20]<br>Note: Sideways distance to<br>146.8 [5.78] grounded parts: 6 mm [0.39 in]<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-97**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.2
Space-Savings Series
Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]
## **Type CN13 NEMA Size 3 and 4**
**==> picture [529 x 253] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
2<br>2<br>4 x M6 Dia.<br>2<br>2<br>2<br>2<br>2<br>2<br>2<br>2<br>70 [2.79]<br>90 [3.54] 82.5 [3.25]<br>2 111 [4.37] 85.5 [3.37]<br>1 42 [5.59]<br>Note: Sideways distance to<br>2 1 60 [6.30] grounded parts: 10 mm [0.39 in]<br>57 [2.24] 6.5 [3.01] 7 170 [6.69] 156 [6.14] 156 [6.14]<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **Type CN13 NEMA Size 5**
**==> picture [350 x 153] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
160 [6.30]<br>140 [5.51]<br>11 [0.43] Dia. M6 Dia.<br>189 164 180 160<br>[7.44] [6.46] [7.09] [6.30]<br>20 [0.79] 5 [0.20] 120 [4.72]<br>48 [1.89] 140 [5.51]<br>208 [8.19] 8 [0.31]<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-98**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.2
Space-Savings Series
Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]
## _**XTAE Starters with XTOE Overload Relay**_
## **Type AN13 NEMA Size 0 and 1C**
## **Type AN13 NEMA Size 3**
**2**
**==> picture [498 x 451] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
140.0 [5.50] 111.8<br>98.0 [3.80] 45.0 [1.77] [4.40]<br>35.0 [1.38]<br>Mounting 90.0<br>Holes for [3.54]<br>M4 or #8 Mtg.<br>(2 places)Screws [2.95]75.0 117.3 [0.31]7.8 [2.76]70.0 Mtg. Holes for(4) M6 or #10Screws 175.0 [6.89]160.0 [6.30]<br>161.0 [4.62]<br>[6.30]<br>2.5–3.0 Nm<br>[22–26 lb-in]<br>156.0<br>[6.14]<br>222.3 Mtg. [6.59] [167.3]<br>18.2 [0.71] [8.75] Mtg.<br>102.7 [4.04] Trip/Test To Reset<br>110.4 [4.35] 10.6 [0.42] 291.1<br>Reset<br>[11.46]<br>108.4<br>Type AN13 NEMA Size 1 and 2 [4.27]<br>Mtg.<br>45.0 [1.77] Mtg.<br>55.0 [2.17] 41.2 [1.62] Mtg. 1 32.4 [5.21]<br>5.0 [0.20] Mtg. Holes To Reset<br>Mtg. Holes for 146.1 [5.75] for (2) M4 56.0 [2.20] 140.2 [5.52]<br>5.0 [0.20] (4) #8 Screws or or #8 Screws<br>M4 Screws<br>Type AN13 NEMA Size 4<br>105.0 M6 [#10] Screws<br>[4.13]<br>Mtg. 159.7<br>[6.29] 70.0<br>213.6 To Reset [2.76] Terminal<br>[8.41] 156.0 Torque:<br>[6.14] 14 Nm<br>[124 lb-in]<br>21.3 [0.84]<br>345.0<br>[13.6]<br>38.7 [1.52] 152.0<br>To Reset 136.2 [5.36] [6.00]<br>To Reset<br>77.0<br>5.0 [3.00]<br>[0.20]<br>18.2 [0.71] Trip/Test 157.0 [6.18]<br>10.6 [0.42] Reset 161.0 [6.30]<br>36.0 [1.42]<br>89.0 110.0 [4.30]<br>[3.50]<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-99**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.2
Space-Savings Series
Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]
## _**Reversing Contactors**_
**2 Type CN53 Size 0, 1C, 1 and 2**
|H|||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||||||
||||||||
|W|||||||
|<br>**H**<br>**D**<br><br>85<br>3.34]<br>138<br>[5.43]<br> <br>[<br>||**Size 1 and 2**<br>**W**<br>**H**|||**D**<br>||
|||110<br>4.33]<br>1<br>[|15<br>4.53]||146.8<br>[5.78]||
## **Type CN53 Size 3 and 4**
**==> picture [394 x 294] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
299 314<br>[11.77] [12.36]<br>176 [6.93] M6<br>196 [7.72] 183 [7.20]<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-100**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.3
A200 Series
## **Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing**
## **Contents**
|**Contents**||**2**|
|---|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**||
|A200 Series||**2**|
|Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing<br>Starters—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . .|**V5-T2-107**|**2**|
|Relays—Thermal and Fast Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Thermal Type B, Class 20, Manual Reset . . . . .|**V5-T2-128**<br>**V5-T2-130**|**2**|
|Thermal Type A, Class 20, Auto/Manual<br>Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-133**|**2**|
|Type FT Fast Trip, Class 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Heater Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-136**<br>**V5-T2-139**|**2**|
|Relays—Current Sensing Protective . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-141**|**2**|
## **Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing**
## **Product Description**
_**Class A201 Contactors, Sizes 00–4; Three-Phase, 1-1/2–100 hp**_
A201 Magnetic Contactors from Eaton’s Electrical Sector are 600V rated devices available in NEMA Sizes 00– 4, 10A through 150A (open rating). Product features include:
- Straight-through wiring to line and load terminals located up front for ease of installation
- Moving and stationary contacts are front accessible, simplifying inspection and maintenance
- Reliable U-shaped magnet for reduced power consumption
- Coil design reduces inventory/maintenance expenses. For a given voltage, one size coil fits all contactors Sizes 00–2, and a second coil fits threepole Model J Sizes 3 and 4. Model K coils are different design
A201 contactors have normally open holding circuit interlocks which are supplied as standard.
Panel layout and drilling are simplified through the use
of common backplates, one for Sizes 00–2 and one for Sizes 3–4. In addition, panel space is reduced dramatically through the use of unique corner cavities for mounting the wide variety of modifications shown on **Page V5-T2-120.**
For reversing applications, two contactors are supplied on a common base with electrical and mechanical interlocks which prevent both contactors from being closed at the same time.
## _**Class A201 Contactors, Sizes 5–9; Three-Phase, Over 100 hp**_
These AC magnetic contactors utilize clapper design and feature straightthrough wiring.
Contacts are silver alloy for longer life. The contacts close with optimum wiping action which serves to keep the contacting surfaces clean. De-ion[®] arc quenchers draw the arc away from the contacts at opening, which reduces burning and pitting and increases contact life.
All of the contactors are complete with one unwired, normally-open (NO) auxiliary contact mounted and have
## accommodations for
additional auxiliary contacts. No control circuit wiring or terminal markings are included.
## _**Size 5, 300A, 600V, Open Size 6, 600A, 600V, Open**_
Class A201 Size 5 and 6 contactors are front clapper design, AC operated with the armature pivoting on dual needle bearings which assure accurate contact alignment.
The contactor base is molded of a high impact, nontracking, non-hygroscopic glass polyester material permitting front mounting and wiring on a steel panel.
Floating magnet assures quiet operation.
Size 5 and 6 contactors must be mounted with the line terminals directly above the load terminals.
Multi-voltage coil ratings allow selection of the voltage which closely matches the actual system voltage to assure optimum contactor operation.
Each contactor accommodates two Type J11 auxiliary contacts, providing up to four auxiliary circuits, normally-open or normallyclosed (NO and NC).
## A201 Size 5 and 6
contactors and starters are UL recognized when supplied without terminals. When supplied with terminals, the devices are UL listed.
Two special configurations of the Class A201 Size 5 and 6 contactors are available:
- **Latched Design** —
This is a mechanically held, electrically released device. It is applied where the contactor must remain closed during extreme voltage fluctuations or power failure. It is also suitable for applications requiring quiet operation since the operating coil is de-energized when the contactor is closed. The latch assembly consists of a mechanical latch mechanism, electrically operated AC trip solenoid and a clearing contact
- **DC Operated** —This device is DC operated. It is used where low dropout voltage or exceptionally quiet operation is desired. The DC assembly consists of a DC operating coil, integrally mounted rectifier and shorting contact
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-101**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.3
A200 Series
## _**Size 7, 900A, 600V, Open Size 8, 1350A, 600V, Open**_ **2** _**Size 9, 2500A, 600V, Open**_
Class A201 Size 7 and 8 contactors are DC operated side clapper design with the shaft mounted on dual needle bearings to ensure positive contact alignment and long contact life.
A steel panel base permits mounting on angle or channel without additional support, for versatile low cost installation.
Each stationary contact assembly is mounted on an individual molded insulator. Each pair of contacts is surrounded by a De-ion grid type arc quencher for rapid and confined arc interruption and long contact life.
The shunt for each pole is made of flexible, braided copper cable for freedom of movement and long life.
The rugged DC operating coils are designed to operate at high temperature and insulated to meet Class H service.
An integrally mounted avalanche type silicon rectifier supplies DC coil voltage from the AC control circuit.
Sizes 7 and 8 accommodate three Type L-63 auxiliary contacts which are easily converted from normallyopen to normally-closed, providing auxiliary circuit flexibility. Size 9 uses L-64 auxiliary contacts with a total of four circuits.
A201 Size 7, 8 and 9 contactors and starters are UL recognized when supplied without terminals. When supplied with terminals, the devices are UL listed.
## **Application Description**
Magnetic contactors are used to switch transformers and capacitors and to control electrical power circuits such as heating, lighting and motors that require no overload protection, or where overload protection is separately provided. They can be operated remotely by manual or automatic pilot devices.
## **Standards and Certifications**
A201 contactors are UL listed components and also have CSA certification.
## **Instructional Leaflets**
16960B Sizes 00–1 Magnetic Contactor, Non-reversing or Reversing
16961E Size 2 Magnetic Contactor, Non-reversing or Reversing
13238G Size 3 Magnetic Contactor, Non-reversing or Reversing
17001C Size 4 Magnetic Contactor, Non-reversing or Reversing
17049D Size 5 Magnetic Contactor, Non-reversing or Reversing
17053B Size 6 Magnetic Contactor, Non-reversing or Reversing
17048 Sizes 7–8 Magnetic Contactor, Non-reversing or Reversing
16978 Size 9 Magnetic Contactor, Non-reversing or Reversing
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-102**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.3
A200 Series
## **Product Selection**
## _**Non-Reversing, Sizes 00–9**_
**2**
## **When Ordering Specify**
Order by catalog number from the table below, plus suffix for coil voltages, verifying usage of appropriate sizes.
## **A201 Size 1 Contactor**
## **Front Connected Contactors**
|||**Max. UL Horsepower**<br>**Single-Phase**<br>**Three-Phase**|**Max. UL Horsepower**<br>**Single-Phase**<br>**Three-Phase**|**Max. UL Horsepower**<br>**Single-Phase**<br>**Three-Phase**|**Max. UL Horsepower**<br>**Single-Phase**<br>**Three-Phase**|||**Two Poles Open**<br>**Catalog**|**Three Poles Open**<br>**Catalog**|**Four Poles Open**<br>**Catalog**|**Five Poles Open**<br>**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Size**|**Amps**|**115V**|**230V**|**208V**|**240V**|**480V**|**600V**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Sizes 00–6**|**Sizes 00–6**|||||||||||
|00|9|1/3|1|1-1/2|1-1/2|2|2|**A201KAB_**|**A201KAC_**|**A201KAD_**|**A201KAE_**|
|0|18|1|2|3|3|5|5|**A201K0B_**|**A201K0C_**|**A201K0D_**|**A201K0E_**|
|1|27|2|3|7-1/2|7-1/2|10|10|**A201K1B_**|**A201K1C_**|**A201K1D_**|**A201K1E_**|
|2<br>3|45<br>90|3<br>—|7-1/2<br>—|10<br>25|15<br>30|25<br>50|25<br>50|**A201K2B_**<br>**A201K3B_**|**A201K2C_**<br>**A201K3C_**|**A201K2D_**<br>**A201K3D_**|**A201K2E_**<br>**A201K3E_**|
|4|135|—|—|40|50|100|100|**A201K4B_**|**A201K4C_**|**A201K4D_**|**A201K4E_**|
|5|270|—|—|75|100|200|200|**A201K5B_**|**A201K5C_**|**—**|**—**|
|6|540|—|—|150|200|400|400|**A201K6B_**|**A201K6C_**|**—**|**—**|
|**Sizes 7–9**|**Sizes 7–9**|||||||||||
|71|810|—|—|200|300|600|600|**A201K7B_**|**A201K7C_**|**—**|**—**|
|81<br>91|1215<br>2250|—<br>—|—<br>—|400<br>—|450<br>800|900<br>1600|900<br>—|**A201K8B_**<br>**A201K9B_**|**A201K8C_**<br>**A201K9C_Z1**23|**—**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**—**|
## **Rear Connected Contactors**
## **Coil Suffix**
|**120V Rectified Coil/Open Only**||**Coil Volts and Hz**|**Code Suffix**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Size**|**Catalog Number**|**Sizes 00–6**||
|7|**A201K7CJZ1Z4**|120/60 or 110/50|**A**|
|8|**A201K8CJZ1Z4**|200–208/60|**B**|
|9|**A201K9CJZ1Z4**|240/60<br>**Sizes 7, 8 and 9**2|**W**|
|||480/60|**X**|
|||600/60|**E**|
|||110–120/50 or 60|**J**|
|||220–240/50 or 60<br>440–480/50 or 60|**K**<br>**U**|
|||600/60|**E**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Sizes 7–9 use rectifier with DC coil.
- 2 For Size 9, only available coil voltage is 120V.
- 3 Supplied without terminal lugs.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-103**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.3
A200 Series
## _**Reversing, Sizes 00–9**_
**2**
## **When Ordering Specify**
Order by catalog number from the table below, plus suffix for coil voltages, verifying usage of appropriate sizes.
## **Size 1 Horizontal Reversing Contactor**
## **Class A211—Horizontally Mounted and Class A251—Vertically Mounted Reversing Contactors**
|||**Max. UL Horsepower**|**Max. UL Horsepower**|||||**Horizontal Design**|**Vertical Design**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**Single-Phase**||**Three-Phase**||||**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Size**|**Amps**|**115V**|**230V**|**208V**|**240V**|**480V**|**600V**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Sizes 0–6**<br>0|18|1|2|3|3|5|5|**A211K0C_**|**A251K0C_**|
|1<br>2|27<br>45|2<br>3|3<br>7-1/2|7-1/2<br>10|7-1/2<br>15|10<br>25|10<br>25|**A211K1C_**<br>**A211K2C_**|**A251K1C_**<br>**A251K2C_**|
|3|90|—|—|25|30|50|50|**A211K3C_**|**A251K3C_**|
|4|135|—|—|40|50|100|100|**A211K4C_**|**A251K4C_**|
|5|270|—|—|75|100|200|200|**A211K5C_**|**A251K5C_**|
|6|540|—|—|150|200|400|400|**A211K6C_**|**A251K6C_**|
|**Sizes 7–9**||||||||||
|71<br>81|810<br>1215|—<br>—|—<br>—|200<br>400|300<br>450|600<br>900|600<br>900|**—**<br>**—**|**A251K7C_**<br>**A251K8C_**|
|91|2250|—|—|—|800|1600|—|**—**|**A251K9C_**2|
## **Coil Suffix**
**Coil Volts and Hz Code Suffix**
|**Sizes 00–6**||
|---|---|
|120/60 or 110/50|**A**|
|200–208/60<br>240/60|**B**<br>**W**|
|480/60|**X**|
|600/60|**E**|
|**Sizes 7, 8 and 9**2||
|110–120/50 or 60|**J**|
|220 –240/50 or 60|**K**|
|440–480/50 or 60<br>600/60|**U**<br>**E**|
## _**Notes**_
1 Sizes 7–9 use rectifier with DC coil.
- 2 For Size 9, only available coil voltage is 120V.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-104**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.3
A200 Series
## **Dimensions**
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
## _**Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved.**_
**2**
## _**Non-Reversing Open Contactors**_
## **Figure A—Sizes 00–4 A210**
**==> picture [147 x 131] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
0.22 (5.6)<br>Dia. Hole<br>A C<br>F<br>D<br>B<br>E<br>2 G 0.20 (5.1) 4<br>E Mounting Slots<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **Figure C—Size 6**
**==> picture [165 x 124] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
0.38 x 0.5 (9.7 x 12.7) G<br>2 Mounting Slots<br>0.12<br>(3.0)<br>D<br>B<br>C E<br>2<br>E H<br>A<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **Figure B—Size 5**
**==> picture [175 x 127] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
0.38 x 0.5 (9.7 x 12.7) G<br>2 Mounting Slots<br>0.12<br>(3.0)<br>D<br>B<br>E<br>C<br>2<br>0.38 (9.7) Dia. Open End E H<br>Mounting Slot A<br>(2 Places)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **Figure D—Sizes 7–9**
**==> picture [182 x 121] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
C A<br>E H<br>G<br>B D<br>4 Holes for 0.38 (9.7) Dia.<br>Mounting Hardware<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **Dimensions and Shipping Weights**
|**NEMA**<br>**Size**<br>**No.**<br>**Pole**|**of**<br>**s**<br>**Fig.**<br>**Mounting Screws**<br>**A**<br>**B**<br>**C**<br>**D**<br>**E**<br>**F**<br>**G**<br>**H**<br>**Weight,**<br>**Lbs (kg)**<br>**No.**<br>**Size**|
|---|---|
|00, 0, 1<br>2–4<br>5|A<br>3<br>#10<br>3.31 (84.1)<br>4.38 (111.3)<br>4.61 (117.1)<br>3.95 (100.3)<br>1.50 (38.1)<br>1.66 (42.2)<br>0.45 (11.5)<br>—<br>2.6 (1.2)|
||A<br>3<br>#10<br>4.19 (106.4)<br>4.38 (111.3)<br>4.61 (117.1)<br>3.95 (100.3)<br>1.50 (38.1)<br>2.09 (53.1)<br>0.45 (11.5)<br>—<br>3.2 (1.5)|
|2<br>2, 3<br>4, 5|A<br>3<br>#10<br>3.31 (84.1)<br>4.38 (111.3)<br>4.94 (125.5)<br>3.95 (100.3)<br>1.50 (38.1)<br>1.66 (42.2)<br>0.45 (11.5)<br>—<br>3.3 (1.5)|
||A<br>3<br>#10<br>5.06 (128.5)<br>4.38 (111.3)<br>4.94 (125.5)<br>3.95 (100.3)<br>1.50 (38.1)<br>2.53 (64.3)<br>0.45 (11.5)<br>—<br>4.5 (2.0)|
|3, 4<br>2, 3<br>4, 5|A<br>3<br>1/4 in.<br>4.63 (117.6)<br>6.63 (168.4)<br>6.75 (171.5)<br>6.00 (152.4)<br>1.88 (47.8)<br>2.31 (58.7)<br>0.38 (9.7)<br>—<br>9.3 (4.2)|
||A<br>3<br>1/4 in.<br>7.25 (184.2)<br>6.63 (168.4)<br>6.75 (171.5)<br>6.00 (152.4)<br>1.88 (47.8)<br>3.63 (92.2)<br>0.38 (9.7)<br>—<br>13.0 (5.9)|
|5<br>2, 3|B<br>4<br>3/8 in.<br>7.22 (183.4)<br>12.00 (304.8)<br>7.75 (196.9)<br>11.00 (279.4)<br>2.75 (69.9)<br>—<br>0.59 (15.0)<br>2.22 (56.4)<br>25.0 (11.4)|
|6<br>2, 3|C<br>4<br>3/8 in.<br>7.22 (183.4)<br>13.50 (342.9)<br>9.50 (251.3)<br>11.00 (279.4)<br>2.75 (69.9)<br>—<br>0.59 (15.0)<br>2.22 (56.4)<br>42.0 (19.1)|
|7<br>3|D<br>4<br>3/8 in.<br>23.50 (596.9)<br>18.63 (473.2)<br>11.00 (279.4)<br>12.00 (304.8)<br>22.00 (558.8)<br>—<br>5.63 (143.0)<br>0.75 (19.1)<br>215.0 (97.6)|
|8<br>3|D<br>4<br>3/8 in.<br>23.50 (596.9)<br>19.25 (489.0)<br>11.00 (279.4)<br>12.00 (304.8)<br>22.00 (558.8)<br>—<br>5.63 (143.0)<br>0.75 (19.1)<br>265.0 (120.3)|
|9<br>3|D<br>4<br>1/2 in.<br>33.00 (838.2)<br>29.75 (755.7)<br>12.94 (328.7)<br>8.00 (203.2)<br>30.75 (781.1)<br>—<br>14.50 (368.3)<br>1.63 (41.4)<br>315.0 (143.0)|
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-105**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.3
A200 Series
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
## _**Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved.**_
**2**
## _**Reversing Open Contactors**_
## **Figure A—Sizes 00–4 Horizontal**
## **Figure C—Sizes 5, 6 Horizontal**
**==> picture [466 x 111] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
A G<br>G<br>F C<br>D B D<br>B<br>E<br>E 2 0.20 (5.1) Dia.3 MountingSlots C E2<br>F E H<br>A<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **Figure B—Sizes 00–4 Vertical**
## **Figure D—Sizes 5, 6 Vertical**
## **Figure E—Sizes 7–9 Vertical**
|||C||A<br>E<br>H<br>E<br>2|**E**<br>**F**<br>B<br><br><br>0.|0.|53 (13.5) Dia.—3 Holes|53 (13.5) Dia.—3 Holes|D<br>|B|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||||||||||
|||**C**||**D**|||**G**|**H**|**Weight,**<br>**Lbs (kg)**||
|, 0, 1|3 x 3 H.<br>A<br>3<br>#10<br>7.13 (181.1)<br>4.45 (113.0)<br>5.05 (128.3)<br>3.95 (1<br>3 x 3 V.<br>B<br>3<br>#10<br>3.33 (84.6)<br>9.61 (244.1)<br>5.05 (128.3)<br>9.08 (2||||00.3)<br>5.31 (134.9)<br>3.56 (90.4)<br>0.25 (6.4)<br>—||||7.8 (3.5)||
||||||30.6)<br>2.16 (54.9)<br>0.75 (19.1)<br>0.25 (6.4)<br>4.52||||(114.8)<br>8.9 (4.0)||
||3 x 3 H.<br>A<br>3<br>#10<br>7.13 (181.1)<br>4.45 (113.0)<br>5.38 (136.7)<br>3.95 (1<br>3 x 3 V.<br>B<br>3<br>#10<br>3.33 (84.6)<br>9.61 (244.1)<br>5.38 (136.7)<br>9.08 (2||||00.3)<br>5.31 (134.9)<br>3.56 (90.4)<br>0.25 (6.4)<br>—||||9.1 (4.1)||
||||||30.6)<br>2.16 (54.9)<br>0.75 (19.1)<br>0.25 (6.4)<br>4.52||||(114.8)<br>10.0 (4.5)||
|4|3 x 3 H.<br>A<br>3<br>1/4 in.<br>9.75 (247.7)<br>6.88 (174.8)<br>7.25 (184.2)<br>6.00 (1<br>3 x 3 V.<br>B<br>3<br>1/4 in.<br>4.63 (117.6)<br>16.56 (420.6)<br>7.25 (184.2)<br>15.69||||52.4)<br>7.00 (177.8)<br>4.88 (124.0)<br>0.44 (11.2)<br>—||||24.0 (10.9)||
||||||(398.5)<br>2.75 (69.9)<br>0.94 (23.9)<br>0.44 (11.2)<br>7.78||||(197.6)<br>25.0 (11.4)||
||3 x 3 H.<br>C<br>8<br>3/8 in.<br>17.22 (437.4)<br>12.00 (304.8)<br>7.75 (196.9)<br>11.00<br>3 x 3 V.<br>D<br>8<br>3/8 in.<br>8.25 (209.6)<br>30.00 (762.0)<br>7.75 (196.9)<br>18.00||||(279.4)<br>2.75 (69.9)<br>10.00 (254.0<br>0.59 (15.0)<br>1.38||||(35.1)<br>55.0 (25.0)||
||||||(457.8)<br>2.75 (69.9)<br>—<br>—<br>1.38||||(35.1)<br>55.0 (25.0)||
||3 x 3 H.<br>C<br>8<br>3/8 in.<br>17.22 (437.4)<br>13.50 (342.9)<br>8.75 (222.3)<br>11.00<br>3 x 3 V.<br>D<br>8<br>3/8 in.<br>8.25 (209.6)<br>41.50 (1054.1)<br>8.75 (222.3)<br>28.00||||(279.4)<br>2.75 (69.9)<br>10.00 (254.0)<br>0.59 (15.0)<br>1.38||||(35.1)<br>90.0 (40.9)||
||||||(711.2)<br>2.75 (69.9)<br>—<br>—<br>1.38||||(35.1)<br>90.0 (40.9)||
||3 x 3 V.<br>E<br>8<br>3/8 in.<br>23.50 (596.9)<br>38.63 (981.2)<br>11.00 (279.4)<br>20.00||||(508.0)<br>22.00 (558.8)<br>—<br>5.63 (143.0)<br>0.75 (19.1)<br>450.0 (204.3)||||||
||3 x 3 V.<br>E<br>8<br>3/8 in.<br>23.50 (596.9)<br>39.25 (997.0)<br>11.00 (279.4)<br>20.00||||(508.0)<br>22.00 (558.8)<br>—<br>5.63 (143.0)<br>0.75 (19.1)<br>550.0 (249.7)||||||
||3 x 3 V.<br>E<br>8<br>1/2 in.<br>33.00 (838.2)<br>62.75 (1593.9)<br>12.94 (328.7)<br>33.00||||(838.2)<br>30.75 (781.1)<br>—<br>14.50 (368.3)<br>1.63 (41.4)<br>650.0 (295.1)||||||
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-106**
2.3
A200 Series
## NEMA Contactors and Starters
## **Starters—Non-Reversing and Reversing**
## **Contents**
|**Contents**||**2**|
|---|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**||
|Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . .|**V5-T2-101**|**2**|
|Starters—Non-Reversing and Reversing<br>Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-108**|**2**|
|Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-108**<br>**V5-T2-108**|**2**|
|Instructional Leaflets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-108**<br>**V5-T2-109**|**2**|
|Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-112**<br>**V5-T2-115**|**2**|
|Modifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-120**<br>**V5-T2-121**|**2**|
|Mechanical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-123**|**2**|
|Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-125**||
|Relays—Thermal and Fast Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-128**|**2**|
|Thermal Type B, Class 20, Manual Reset . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-130**||
|Thermal Type A, Class 20, Auto/Manual Reset . . .|**V5-T2-133**|**2**|
|Type FT Fast Trip, Class 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Heater Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-136**<br>**V5-T2-139**|**2**|
|Relays—Current Sensing Protective. . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-141**|**2**|
## **Starters—Non-Reversing and Reversing**
## **Product Description**
## _**NEMA Sizes 00–4; Three-Phase, 1-1/2–100 hp**_
These Starters from Eaton’s Electrical Sector use Class A201 contactors as described on **Page V5-T2-101** . Contactor features are enhanced through the ability to provide positive motor protection in the form of several types of overload relays. See **Pages V5-T2-128** to **V5-T2-140** .
## **Type B Overload Relay, Manual Reset Only**
Supplied as standard on Class A200 and A900 starters (two-speed). The bi-metallic overload relay offers ambient compensation and trip-to-test feature (relay contact status check) as standard. In addition, an isolated normallyopen contact is available in kit form for customer mounting. Type B overload relays are manual reset only.
## **Type A Overload Relay, Manual or Automatic Reset**
This is an optional overload relay, offering the capability of field conversion to automatic reset. It is available as an ambient compensated or non-compensated type.
## **Non-Reversing Starters**
Non-reversing starters are supplied as open devices. All starters are supplied with a normally-open holding circuit interlock.
## **Reversing Starters**
For reversing applications (Class A210), a starter and a contactor electrically and mechanically interlocked are supplied on a common baseplate. Reversing starters are used to start, stop and reverse AC squirrel cage motors and for primary control of reversing woundrotor motors.
For plugging or inching, when operations exceed five times per minute, decreased horsepower ratings in accordance with NEMA Standard ICS 2-321 are recommended.
## _**Two-Speed Starters, A900s**_
For across-the-line starting of two-speed constant hp, constant torque and variable torque squirrel cage motors, two-speed starters (Class A900) are available. These starters consist of two starters, one for each motor speed, mechanically and electrically interlocked and wired for manual speed selection by means of pushbuttons. Auxiliary relays may be added to provide automatic acceleration or deceleration.
Starters for two-speed, two independent winding motors consist of two-, three- or fourpole starters electrically and mechanically interlocked.
Starters for two-speed, single reconnectable winding motors consist of one threepole and one five-pole starter mechanically and electrically interlocked.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-107**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
A200 Series
## 2.3
## _**NEMA Sizes 5–9; Three-Phase 75 to 1600 hp**_
Non-reversing (Class A200), **2** and reversing (Classes A210, A250) full voltage starters **2** are used for across-the-line starting of squirrel cage **2** induction motors. They are used with motors rated above 50 hp at 230V, and above **2** 100 hp at 460 through 600V.
Sizes 5 and 6 starters use Class A201 contactors as described on **Page V5-T2-101** . In addition to standard motor starters, special application devices are available: Sizes 5 and 6 starters with integrally rectified AC to DC coils for applications where low voltage problems are prevalent are available.
## **Front Removable Parts** —
All operating parts can be removed quickly and easily from the front. Straightthrough wiring and conveniently located connection points for external wires and cables minimize installation time.
## **Type B Block Type**
— **Thermal Overload Relay** Dependable overload protection is assured by these snap-action, manual reset relays. Automatic reset Type A relays are available as an option.
## _**Types of Starters**_
**Class A200, Sizes 5 and 6** — Non-reversing starters contain an AC magneticallyoperated Size 5 or Size 6 line contactor and block Type B three-pole overload relay, along with three current transformers. A control relay whose contacts handle the coil current of the starter is provided with Size 6 starters.
## **Application Description**
Magnetic starters are used for full-voltage, across-theline starting and stopping of squirrel cage motors. They can be operated locally or remotely by manual or automatic pilot devices.
## **Standards and Certifications**
## **Features and Benefits**
Class A200 starters are UL listed and recognized and also carry CSA certification.
## _**Sizes 00–4**_
- **Straight-Through Wiring, Up-Front, Out-Front Terminals** for ease in installation
- **Unique Accessory Mounting Cavities** reduce panel space requirements
- **Snap-in Accessories** for application flexibility
## **Instructional Leaflets**
> ● **Vertical and Horizontal** 16958 Sizes 00–1, 3-Pole Motor Controller **Interlocking** capability increases application 16956 Sizes 00–1, 2-Pole, flexibility Single-Phase Motor
> ● **Ambient Compensated** Controller **Overload Relays** available 16959 Size 2, 3-Pole as standard, offering Motor Controller superior motor protection in variable motor/controller 16957 Size 2, 2-Pole, environments Single-Phase
> ● **Isolated Normally Open** Motor Controller **Relay Contact** available in 15465C Sizes 3 and 4J kit mounting form on Type B Overload Relay Motor Controller 17000C Size 4, Model K _**Sizes 5–9**_ Motor Controller
> ● **Rectified AC/DC Coils** available to reduce 17054C Size 5 premature drop-out or Motor Controller “kiss” problems due to 17055C Size 6 inherent low voltage Motor Controller conditions
## _**Sizes 5–9**_
- **Clapper Design** armature assembly pivots on needle bearings resulting in quick, smooth opening and closing of the magnet
- **Stainless Steel Kick-Out Spring** assures quick, positive drop-out time
- **Front Removable Parts** all current carrying parts front removable for easy inspection and maintenance
## **Class A200, Sizes 7, 8**
**and 9** —Non-reversing starters contain a DC operated line contactor, DC power supply, block Type B three-pole overload relay with three current transformers and a control relay.
**Class A960/A970/A980 Multi-Speed Starters:** Refer to **Page V5-T2-111** .
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-108**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.3
A200 Series
## **Product Selection**
## _**Non-Reversing, Sizes 00–9**_
## **When Ordering Specify**
## **Heaters**
Enter heaters as separate item by listing catalog number from the tables on **Pages V5-T2-139** and **V5-T2-140** , as required per starter.
Order by catalog number from the tables to the right, plus suffix for coil voltages, verifying usage of appropriate sizes.
## **Non-Reversing Starters**
## **Size 3 Starter**
**2**
||||**Max. UL Horsepower**<br>**Single-Phase**|**Max. UL Horsepower**<br>**Single-Phase**|**Three-Phase**||||**Open**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Size**<br>**Amperes**<br>**115V**<br>**230V**<br>**Two-Poles**2**—Sizes 00–2**<br>00<br>9<br>1/3<br>—<br>0<br>18<br>1<br>—<br>~~|>j> ———~~<br>~~—?~~ >—@——G?D2?SA~COCs<CiSTSCS||||**208V**<br>1-1/2<br>3|**240V**<br>1-1/2<br>3|**480V**<br>2<br>5|**600V**<br>2<br>5|**Catalog Number**1<br>**A200MABR**<br>**A200M0BR**|
||1|27|2|—|7-1/2|7-1/2|10|10|**A200M1BR**|
||1-1/2<br>2|36<br>45|3<br>7-12|—<br>—|—<br>10|—<br>15|—<br>25|—<br>25|**A200MDBR**<br>**A200M2BR**|
||**Three Poles—Sizes 00–6**|||||||||
||00|9|1/3|—|1-1/2|1-1/2|2|2|**A200MAC_**|
||0|18|1|—|3|3|5|5|**A200M0C_**|
||1|27|2|—|7-1/2|7-1/2|10|10|**A200M1C_**|
|2||45|7-12|—|10|15|25|25|**A200M2C_**|
|3<br>4||90<br>135|—<br>—|—<br>—|25<br>40|30<br>50|50<br>100|50<br>100|**A200M3C_**<br>**A200M4C_**|
|5||270|—|—|75|100|200|200|**A200M5C_**|
||6|540|—|—|150|200|400|400|**A200M6C_**|
||**Three Poles—Sizes 7–9**|||||||||
||73<br>83|810<br>1215|—<br>—|—<br>—|200<br>400|300<br>450|600<br>900|600<br>900|**A200M7C_**<br>**A200M8C_**|
||93|2250|—|—|—|800|1600|—|**A200M9C_**4|
## **Coil Suffix**
|**Coil Suffix**||
|---|---|
|**Coil Volts and Hz**|**Code Suffix**|
|**Sizes 00–6**||
|120/60 or 110/50|**AC**|
|200–208/60|**B**|
|240/60|**W**|
|480/60|**X**|
|600/60|**E**|
|**Sizes 7, 8 and 9 **4<br>110–120/50 or 60|**J**|
|220–240/50 or 60|**W**|
|440–480/50 or 60|**X**|
|600/60|**E**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 For ambient compensated overload relay with auto-reset, add Suffix **D.**
- 2 Single-phase with one single-pole overload relay.
- 3 Sizes 7–9 use rectifier with DC coil.
- 4 For Size 9, only available coil voltage is 120V.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-109**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.3
A200 Series
## _**Reversing, Sizes 00–9**_
**2**
## **When Ordering Specify**
Order by catalog number **Heaters** from table below, plus suffix Enter heaters as separate for coil voltages, verifying item by listing catalog usage of appropriate sizes. number from the tables on **Pages V5-T2-139** and **V5-T2-140** , as required per starter.
## **Size 1 Horizontal Reversing Starter**
## **Reversing Starters**
||||**Max. UL Horsepower**|**Max. UL Horsepower**|||||**Horizontal Design**|**Vertical Design**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Size**|**Amps**|**Single-Phase**<br>**115V**<br>**230V**||**Three-Phase**<br>**208V**|**240V**|**480V**|**600V**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**1|**Catalog**<br>**Number**1|
||**Sizes 00–6**<br>00<br>9||1/3|1|1-1/2|1-1/2|2|2|**A210MAC_**|**A250MAC_**|
||0|18|1|2|3|3|5|5|**A210M0C_**|**A250M0C_**|
|1||27|2|3|7-1/2|7-1/2|10|10|**A210M1C_**|**A250M1C_**|
|2||45|3|7-1/2|10|15|25|25|**A210M2C_**|**A250M2C_**|
||3|90|—|—|25|30|50|50|**A210M3C_**|**A250M3C_**|
||4|135|—|—|40|50|100|100|**A210M4C_**|**A250M4C_**|
||5<br>6|270<br>540|—<br>—|—<br>—|75<br>150|100<br>200|200<br>400|200<br>400|**A210M5C_**<br>**A210M6C_**|**A250M5C_**<br>**A250M6C_**|
||**Sizes 7–9**||||||||||
||72|810|—|—|200|300|600|600|**—**|**A250M7C_**|
||82|1215|—|—|400|450|900|900|**—**|**A250M8C_**|
||92|2250|—|—|—|800|1600|—|**—**|**A250M9C_**3|
## **Coil Suffix**
|**Coil Suffix**||
|---|---|
|**Coil Volts and Hz**<br>**Sizes 00–6**|**Code Suffix**|
|120/60 or 110/50|**AC**|
|200–208/60|**B**|
|240/60|**W**|
|480/60<br>600/60|**X**<br>**E**|
|**Sizes 7, 8 and 9 **3||
|110–120/50 or 60|**J**|
|220–240/50 or 60|**W**|
|440–480/50 or 60|**X**|
|600/60|**E**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 For ambient compensated overload relay with auto-reset, add Suffix **D.**
- 2 Sizes 7–9 use rectifier with DC coil.
- 3 For Size 9, only available coil voltage is 120V.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-110**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.3
A200 Series
## _**For Separate Two-Winding Motors**_
## **Heaters**
Enter heaters as separate item by listing catalog number from the tables on **Pages V5-T2-139** and **V5-T2-140** , as required per starter.
**2**
|**Three-Phase, Non-Reversing, Reversing 60 Hz Starters—Heater Selection**|**Three-Phase, Non-Reversing, Reversing 60 Hz Starters—Heater Selection**|**Three-Phase, Non-Reversing, Reversing 60 Hz Starters—Heater Selection**|**Three-Phase, Non-Reversing, Reversing 60 Hz Starters—Heater Selection**|**Three-Phase, Non-Reversing, Reversing 60 Hz Starters—Heater Selection**|**Three-Phase, Non-Reversing, Reversing 60 Hz Starters—Heater Selection**|**Three-Phase, Non-Reversing, Reversing 60 Hz Starters—Heater Selection**|**Three-Phase, Non-Reversing, Reversing 60 Hz Starters—Heater Selection**|**Three-Phase, Non-Reversing, Reversing 60 Hz Starters—Heater Selection**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**Constant or**|**Variable**|**Torque**||**Constant**|**Horsepower**|||**Three Poles Open**|
|**NEMA**|**Amperes**|**208V**|**240V**|**480V**|**600V**|**208V**|**240V**|**480V**|**600V**|**Catalog Number**1|
|**Sizes 0–6**|||||||||||
|0|18|3|3|5|5|2|2|3|3|**A960M0C_**|
|1|27|7-1/2|7-1/2|10|10|5|5|7-1/2|7-1/2|**A960M1C_**|
|2<br>3|45<br>90|10<br>25|15<br>30|25<br>50|25<br>50|7-1/2<br>20|10<br>25|20<br>40|20<br>40|**A960M2C_**<br>**A960M3C_**|
|4|135|40|50|100|100|30|40|75|75|**A960M4C_**|
|5|270|75|100|200|200|60|75|150|150|**A960M5C_**|
|6|540|150|200|400|400|100|150|300|300|**A960M6C_**|
## _**For Single-Winding Motors**_
## **Sizes 0–6**
|||||||**Three Poles Open**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**NEMA**<br>**Constant**|**Amperes**<br>**Horsepower**|**208V**|**240V**|**480V**|**600V**|**Catalog Number**1|
|0|18|3|3|5|5|**A970M0C_**|
|1|27|7-1/2|7-1/2|10|10|**A970M1C_**|
|2|45|10|15|25|25|**A970M2C_**|
|3|90|25|30|50|50|**A970M3C_**|
|4|135|40|50|100|100|**A970M4C_**|
|5<br>6|270<br>540|75<br>150|100<br>200|200<br>400|200<br>400|**A970M5C_**<br>**A970M6C_**|
|**Constant**|**or Variable Torque**||||||
|0|18|2|2|3|3|**A980M0C_**|
|1|27|5|5|7-1/2|7-1/2|**A980M1C_**|
|2|45|7-1/2|10|20|20|**A980M2C_**|
|3|90|20|25|40|40|**A980M3C_**|
|4<br>5|135<br>270|30<br>60|40<br>75|75<br>150|75<br>150|**A980M4C_**<br>**A980M5C_**|
|6|540|100|150|300|300|**A980M6C_**|
## **Coil Suffix**
|**Coil Suffix**||
|---|---|
|**Coil Volts and Hz**|**Coil Suffix**|
|**Sizes 0–6**||
|120/60 or 110/50<br>200–208/60|**AC**<br>**B**|
|240/60|**W**|
|480/60|**X**|
|600/60|**E**|
_**Note**_
> 1 For ambient compensated overload relay with auto-reset, add Suffix **D** .
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-111**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
A200 Series
## 2.3
## **Accessories**
## _**SS-56 Surge Suppressor**_
- **2** ● ● Designed to be used with Peak input volts: 169.6, magnetic motor controllers 60 Hz, max. amplitude
- **2** through Size 4 in 120V, ● Max. ambient temperature: 60 Hz control circuit
- Max. ambient temperature: 65°C
- applications where ● Nominal limiting volts: electronic equipment 270 peak
- is used
- Nominal rate of volt rise: 0.5 per ms
- Steady state coil volts: 120, 60 Hz, rms
## **Surge Suppressor**[1]
|**SS-56 Surge**<br>**Suppressor**|**Surge Suppressor**[1]<br>**Type Mounting**|**Kit Catalog Number**|
|---|---|---|
||||
||Starter|**SS-56**|
## _**Mechanical Interlock**_
- Prevents closing of one ● Can be factory assembled member of a reversing or or field mounted on A200 multi-speed contactor until and A900 starters and the opposite member is contactors completely open
- Lever type mechanism assures positive action
## **Mechanical Interlock**
|**Mechanical Interlock**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Contactor Arrangement**<br>**(Number of Poles, Horizontal or Vertical)**|**Continuous**<br>**Size**|**Interlock**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|3 x 3 horizontal<br>4 x 4 horizontal|0, 1<br>0, 1|**M-33-1B**<br>**M-33-1B**|
|5 x 3 horizontal|0, 1|**M-33-1B**|
|All pole combination, vertical|0, 1|**M-34-1A**|
|3 x 3 horizontal reversing|2|**M-33-2B**|
|3 x 3 vertical reversing|2|**M-34-2A**|
|5 x 3 horizontal|2|**M-35-2A**|
|4 x 4 horizontal<br>All pole combination horizontal|2<br>3, 4|**M-36-2A**<br>**M-33-3B**|
|All pole combination vertical|3, 4|**M-34-3**|
## _**F-56 Fuse Block**_
- Facilitates installation of ● Mounts in same cavity as fuses (15A, 600V max.) in Type J auxiliary contact control circuits ●
- No tools or mounting
- ● Utilizes Bussman type KTK hardware needed fuses, or equivalent ● Fuse not included
- Fuse not included
## **Fuse Block**
|**Fuse Block**||
|---|---|
|**Mounting**|**Kit Catalog Number**|
|Starter|**F56**|
|Panel|**F56-P**|
## _**R-56 Interposing Relay**_
The R-56AA interposing relay applications requiring long is a low energy solid-state control wiring runs where device with a single NO solidexcessive voltage drop would state contact. It can be used prevent the contactor or relay as a 120 Vac control relay, and from energizing. Will operate a will operate on as little as 40 Size 4 contactor from 10,000 Vac input. Is useful in feet using 18 AWG wire.
## **Interposing Relay**
|**Interposing Relay**||
|---|---|
|**Type Mounting**|**Kit Catalog Number**|
|Starter or panel|**R56-AA**|
## _**B3NO Bell Alarm Contact**_
- Isolated normally open bell ● Mounts in Type B blockalarm contact type overload relay
- **Bell Alarm Contact Kit Catalog Number B3NO-2 B3NO-4**[2]
## **Control Contact Ratings (B600)**
||**Maximum Amperes**||
|---|---|---|
|**AC Volts**|**Make**|**Break**|
|24–120|30|3.00|
|121–600|3600 VA|360 VA|
|Continuous current rating: 5A|||
## _**Overload Relay Reset Extension**_
- Used to adjust overload When replacing obsolete reset rod depth of Class B200 device with Class A200 A200 Model J starters starter and Type B overload, and current design order Style 6710C11H03. overload relays to same No charge. dimensions as obsolete B200 starters and overloads When replacing obsolete B200 device with Class A200
- identified by suffix **B** , for example, BA13 **B** starter and Type A overload, order Style 1490C15H10. No charge.
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Can be used on Sizes 5 and 6 with 120V coil. Mounting bracket required—order separately. Mounting bracket 177C043G04.
- 2 For Size 3 and 4.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-112**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.3
A200 Series
## _**Power Pole Kit**_
- Adds 1NO or 1NC power pole to Size 00–1 A201 Class contactors
- 600 Vac
- Continuous current rating
- Class contactors of 18A for Size 0, 27A for
- ● Factory installed or field Size 1 mountable in load side auxiliary cavities
## _**DC Coil Conversion Kits**_
Kits listed below include all necessary parts to convert from AC to DC control including the DC coil with
built-in diode, rectifier, auxiliary interlock and all mounting hardware.
**2**
## **DC Coil Conversion Kits**
## **Power Pole Kit**[1]
|**Power Pole Kit**1|||
|---|---|---|
|**Continuous Current Rating**|**Kit Size**|**Kit Catalog Number**|
|**Normally Open**|||
|18|0|**PNO-0**|
|27|1|**PNO-1**|
|**Normally Closed**|||
|18|0|**PNC-0**|
|27|1|**PNC-1**|
|**Size**|**Voltage**<br>**Kit Style Number**|
|---|---|
|5|110-120<br>**7864A28G01**|
||220-240<br>**7864A28G02**|
||440-480<br>**7864A28G03**|
|6|110-120<br>**7864A29G01**|
||220-240<br>**7864A29G02**|
||440-480<br>**7864A29G03**|
## **Mechanical Interlocks**
## **Replacement Auxiliary Contacts**
|**Replacement**|**Auxiliary Contacts**|
|---|---|
|**Contactor**<br>**Size**|**Contact**<br>**Arrangement**<br>**Auxiliary Elect. Contact**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Style**<br>**Number**|
|5, 6|1NO + 1NC<br>**J11**<br>**9084A17G01**|
||2NO<br>**J20**<br>**9084A17G02**|
||2NC<br>**J02**<br>**9084A17G03**|
|7, 8|1NO<br>**—**<br>**578D461G01**|
||1NC<br>**—**<br>**578D461G03**|
|9|1NO + 1NC<br>**—**<br>**843D943G04**|
||2NO<br>**—**<br>**843D943G05**|
||2NC<br>**—**<br>**843D943G06**|
||**Style Numbers**||
|---|---|---|
|**Contactor Sizes**<br>3, 4 and 5|**Horizontal**<br>**2050A11G75**|**Vertical**<br>**2050A11G65**|
|5 and 5|**2050A11G27**|**2050A11G17**|
|5 and 6|**2050A11G26**|**2050A11G16**|
|6 and 7, 8|**—**|**2050A11G55**|
|7, 8 and 7, 8<br>7, 8 and 9|No (rear conn.)<br>No (rear conn.)|**567D624G01**<br>**9944D56G06**|
|9 and 9|No (rear conn.)|**9944D56G01**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Do not use with DC operated contactors.
- 2 Size 7 and larger use DC coils as standard.
## _**Extra Auxiliary Contact Kits**_
All starters include an auxiliary contact with 1NO and 1NC contact. These kits include an auxiliary contact with contacts
as shown, plus operating arm and mounting bracket when required.
## **Extra Auxiliary Contact Kits**
|**Contactor Size**|**Contact Arrangement**<br>**Style Number**|
|---|---|
|5, 6|1NO + 1NC<br>**3463D94G18**|
||2NO<br>**3463D94G04**|
||2NC<br>**3463D94G19**|
|7, 82|2NO<br>**818D498G06**|
||1NO<br>**818D498G04**|
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-113**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.3
A200 Series
## _**Overload Protection**_
## **Overload Protection Size 5 Starters**
**2** Type B overload relay is a three-pole, block type, thermal **2** ambient compensated device with manual reset mounted **2** integrally. Current transformers are enclosed in a **2** protective case and integrally mounted to save panel space. Standard ratio is 300:5.
## **Overload Protection Size 6 Starters**
Overload protection assembly consists of three current transformers, Type B threepole block overload relay and an optional interposing relay. These parts are mounted on a
panel which connects directly to the load terminal of the contactor. Current transformers are 600:5 ratio as standard.
If automatic reset is required, the Type A, three-pole block, ambient compensated relay is available upon request.
## _**Overload Relay Kits**_
Each kit includes three current transformers (standard ratio) and one Type B, three-pole block overload relay, ambient compensated with manual reset.
## **Overload Relay Kits**
|**Kit Size**|**Kit Part Number**|
|---|---|
|5<br>6|**2057A34G01**<br>**6379D80G10**|
**Replacement Terminal Lugs**[1]
|||**Terminals**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Contactor**<br>**Size**|**Cable**<br>**Size**|**Quantity**<br>**in Kit**|**Quantity Required**<br>**per Pole**|**Kit Style**<br>**Number**|
|5|1-500 MCM|6|2|**2119A76G01**|
|6|2-500 MCM|6|2|**7858A96G01**|
|7|4-500 MCM|12|4|**7858A96G02**|
|8|4-500 MCM|12|4|**7858A96G03**|
_**Note**_
> 1 All mounting hardware is included in kit.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-114**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.3
A200 Series
## **Renewal Parts**
## _**When Ordering Specify**_
Use this renewal parts data to identify device by style number, catalog number and/or description.
Select style number of replacement part from the following pages.
For clarification of ordering procedure, pricing and discounts, contact the Customer Support Center.
## _**General Information**_
This renewal parts data will provide the proper identification of standard parts which may be required for maintenance of Eaton’s components.
It is the intent of this catalog section to make it possible to quickly select the parts needed.
An investment in renewal parts and regular maintenance program will
protect against downtime and ensure a proper duty cycle for your equipment.
To maintain maximum operating efficiency and dependability of your equipment, only genuine Eaton replacement parts should be used.
This section identifies the replacements parts which are available. Order by style number.
**2**
## _**JF Autostarters**_
## **JF Autostarter Kits**[1]
|**JF Autosta**|**rter Kits**1||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Start Contacts**||**Run Contacts**||**Grid Stack Kit**||
|**Frame Size**|**Required**|**Style Number**|**Required**|**Style Number**|**Required**|**Style Number**|
|2–3|1|**38A7018G12**|1|**38A7018G13**|1|**3354D90G10**|
|4–5 5L|1|**550D409G18**|1|**550D409G19**|1|**3354D90G10**|
|5M–5MM|1|**3354D90G08**|1|**3354D90G09**|2|**3354D90G10**|
## **Solenoid Assembly with Coil (All Sizes)**[2]
|**Volt**|**Hz**|**Style Number**3|
|---|---|---|
|115|60|**5264C05H01**|
|230|60|**5264C05H02**|
|460|60|**5264C05H03**|
|575|60|**5264C05H04**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Kits contain a complete set of moving contacts, stationary contacts and springs.
- 2 When replacing solenoid assembly series 416C160 use adapter plate style 9917D02H01— one required.
- 3 These styles replace coil style 296B892G__. When ordering new style as replacement, customer must order adapter plate 9917D02H01, one required.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-115**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.3
A200 Series
## _**AC Starters, Contactors A200, A201**_
**2**
**AC Contactors Model J Sizes 00, 0, 1, 2 Kits**[1]
|**AC Contactors Model J Sizes 00, 0, 1,**|**2 Kits**1|
|---|---|
|**Part**|**Poles**<br>**Size 00**<br>**Size 0**<br>**Size 1**<br>**Size 2**<br>**Style Number**<br>**Style Number**<br>**Style Number**<br>**Style Number**|
|Contact kit|2<br>**373B331G17**<br>**373B331G02**<br>**373B331G07**<br>**373B331G11**|
||3<br>**373B331G18**<br>**373B331G04**<br>**373B331G09**<br>**373B331G12**|
||4<br>**373B331G18**<br>**373B331G04**<br>**373B331G09**<br>**373B331G13**3|
||5<br>**373B331G19**<br>**373B331G05**<br>**373B331G10**<br>**—**|
|Arc box2|2, 3, 4<br>**6714C74G01**<br>**6714C74G02**<br>**6714C74G03**<br>**6714C74G07**4|
||5<br>**6714C74G04**<br>**6714C74G05**<br>**6714C74G06**<br>**6714C74G08**5|
|Cross bar|2, 3<br>**N/A**<br>**N/A**<br>**N/A**<br>**672B788G32**|
||4, 5<br>**N/A**<br>**N/A**<br>**N/A**<br>**672B788G34**|
|Upper base (for single rated coils only)|2, 3<br>**N/A**<br>**N/A**<br>**N/A**<br>**672B788G33**|
||4, 5<br>**N/A**<br>**N/A**<br>**N/A**<br>**672B788G35**|
|Lower base|2, 3<br>**N/A**<br>**N/A**<br>**N/A**<br>**1250C33G09**|
||4, 5<br>**N/A**<br>**N/A**<br>**N/A**<br>**1250C33G05**|
|KO spring (package of 10)|All<br>**N/A**<br>**N/A**<br>**N/A**<br>**503C796G01**|
|Terminal line/load (package of 3)|All<br>**N/A**<br>**N/A**<br>**N/A**<br>**371B870G03**|
## **AC Coils**
||||**Size 00, 0, 1**||**Size 2**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**Two-, Three-, Four-Pole**|**Five-Pole**|**Two-, Three-Pole**|**Four-, Five-Pole**|
|**Voltage**||**Hz**|**Style Number**|**Style Number**|**Style Number**|**Style Number**|
|120/110||60/50|**505C806G01**|**505C808G01**|**505C806G01**|**505C818G01**|
|208<br>600/550||60<br>60/50|**505C806G02**<br>**505C806G05**|**505C808G02**<br>**505C808G05**|**505C806G02**<br>**505C806G05**|**505C818G02**<br>**505C818G05**|
|380||50|**505C806G07**|**505C808G07**|**505C806G07**|**505C818G07**|
|240/220||60/50|**505C806G12**|**505C808G12**|**505C806G12**|**505C818G12**|
|480/440||60/50|**505C806G13**|**505C808G13**|**505C806G13**|**505C818G13**|
|24||60|**505C806G16**|**N/A**|**505C806G16**|**505C818G15**|
|277||60|**505C806G18**|**505C808G16**|**505C806G18**|**505C818G16**|
|240/480<br>120/240|6<br> 7|60/60<br>60/60|**505C806G03**<br>**505C806G10**|**505C808G03**<br>**505C808G10**|**505C806G03**<br>**505C806G10**|**505C818G03**<br>**505C818G10**|
## **DC Coil**[7]
|||**Size 0, 1**<br>**Single-, Two-, Three-, Four-Pole**|**Size 2**<br>**Single-, Two-, Three-Pole**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**<br>12||**Style Number**<br>**1268C86G07**|**Style Number**<br>**1268C86G07**|
|24||**1268C86G04**|**1268C86G04**|
|48||**1268C86G05**|**1268C86G05**|
|125||**1268C86G02**|**1268C86G02**|
|250||**1268C86G01**|**1268C86G01**|
|125/250|6|**1268C86G03**|**1268C86G03**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Model C contact tips and coils 00-4, two-, three-, four- and five-pole contactors are same as Model J. All other parts are unavailable.
- 2 Mounting hardware included.
- 3 Use one each of 373B331G11 and 373B331G12.
- 4 Two-, three-pole.
- 5 Four-, five-pole.
- 6 Dual voltage coils. Use only on contactors or starters originally supplied with a dual voltage coil.
- 7 Use only on contactors originally supplied with a DC coil.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-116**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.3
A200 Series
## _**Accessories for Size 5–9 AC Contactors**_
A rectifier circuit converts the AC supply to DC supply. This conversion provides pick up and drop out characteristics. All necessary parts are included in the kit.
## **AC-DC Coil Conversion Kits**
|**AC-DC Coil**|**Conversion Kits**||
|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|**Size 5**<br>**Style Number**|**Size 6**<br>**Style Number**|
|120 Vac|**7864A28G01**|**7864A29G01**|
|240 Vac|**7864A28G02**|**7864A29G02**|
|480 Vac|**7864A28G03**|**7864A29G03**|
## **Replacement Coils for AC-DC Coil Conversion Kit**
||**Size 5**|**Size 6**|
|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**<br>120 Vac|**Style Number**<br>**7856A15G05**|**Style Number**<br>**7856A16G05**|
|240 Vac<br>480 Vac|**7856A15G10**<br>**7856A15G15**|**7856A16G10**<br>**7856A16G15**|
## **Auxiliary Electrical Interlocks Size 7–9 AC and All DC Units**
## _**Accessories for Size 00–6 AC Contactors**_
## **Auxiliary Electrical Interlocks**
|**Catalog**|**Style**||**Catalog**|**Style**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Number**|**Number**||**Number**|**Number**|
|**(Obsolete)**|**(Obsolete)**|**Circuits**|**Current**|**Current**|
|(L-56)<br>(L-56D)|(2609D01G01)<br>(2609D01G02)|1NO and 1NC<br>2NO|**J11**<br>**J20**|**9084A17G01**<br>**9084A17G02**|
|(L-56E)|(2609D01G03)|1NO and 1NC|**J11**|**9084A17G01**|
|(L-56B)|(2609D01G04)|2NO|**J20**|**9084A17G02**|
|(L-56H)|(2609D01G05)|2NO|**J20**|**9084A17G02**|
|(L-56J)|(2609D01G06)|1NO and1NC DB|**J1C**|**9084A17G04**|
|(L-56A)<br>(L-56B)<br>(L-56F)|(2609D01G07)<br>(2609D01G08)<br>(2609D01G09)|N/A<br>N/A<br>N/A|**N/A**<br>**N/A**<br>**N/A**|**N/A**<br>**N/A**<br>**N/A**|
|(L-56G)|(2609D01G10)|1NO and 1NC DB|**J1C**|**9084A17G04**|
|(L-56C)|(2609D01G11)|2NC|**J02**|**9084A17G03**|
|(L-56M)|(2609D01G12)|N/A|**N/A**|**N/A**|
|(L-56P)|(2609D01G17)|1NO and 1NC|**J11**|**9084A17G01**|
|(L-56R)|(2609D01G18)|2NC|**J02**|**9084A17G03**|
|(L-56S)|(2609D01G19)|1NO and 1NC|**J11**|**9084A17G01**|
**2**
|**Type**|**Circuits**|**Application**|**Style Number**|
|---|---|---|---|
|L63|NO|Size 7–8|**578D461G01**|
|L63|NC|Size 7–8|**578D461G03**|
|L64|NO-NC|Size 9|**843D943G04**|
|L64|2NO|Size 9|**843D943G05**|
|L64|2NC|Size 9|**843D943G06**|
## _**Model J–K, Sizes 3 and 4**_
**Sizes 3 and 4 Kits**[1]
|**Sizes 3 and 4 Kits**1||
|---|---|
|**Part**|**Poles**<br>**Size 3–Model J**<br>**Style Number**<br>**Size 4–Model J**2<br>**Style Number**<br>**Size 4–Model K**3<br>**Style Number**|
|Contact kit|2<br>**626B187G12**<br>**626B187G16**<br>**5250C81G16**|
||3<br>**626B187G13**<br>**626B187G17**<br>**5250C81G17**|
||4<br>4<br>6<br>**5250C81G18**|
||5<br>5<br>7<br>**5250C81G19**|
|Arc box|2, 3<br>**6714C74G09**<br>**6714C74G11**<br>**6714C74G11**|
||4, 5<br>**6714C74G10**<br>**6714C74G12**<br>**6714C74G12**|
|Cross bar|2, 3<br>**672B788G36**<br>**672B788G36**<br>**672B788G40**|
||4, 5<br>**672B788G38**<br>**672B788G38**<br>**—**|
|Upper base|2, 3<br>**672B788G37**<br>**672B788G37**<br>**672B788G52**|
||4, 5<br>**672B788G39**<br>**672B788G39**<br>**—**|
|Lower base|2, 3<br>**1250C33G03**<br>**1250C33G03**<br>**1250C33G10**|
||4, 5<br>**1250C33G06**<br>**1250C33G06**<br>**—**|
|KO spring (package of 10)|All<br>**503C796G02**<br>**503C796G02**<br>**672B788G50**|
|Terminal line/load (package of 3)|All<br>**372B357G12**<br>**372B357G18**<br>**372B357G18**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Model C contact tips and coils 00-4, two-, three-, four- and five-pole contactors are same as Model J. All other parts are unavailable.
- 2 For 200A A202 magnetically latched lighting contactors order three-pole contact kit style 672B788G07.
> 3 Model K replaces Model J, offering superior design life characteristics. Renewal parts are different. Use parts for proper model only.
- 4 Use quantity two of 626B187G12.
- 5 Use quantity one each of 626B187G12 and 626B187G13.
- 6 Use quantity two of 626B187G16.
- 7 Use quantity one each of 626B187G16 and 626B187G17.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-117**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.3
A200 Series
## _**Accessories for Model J–K, Series 3, 4**_
**2**
## **DC Coils**[1]
|||**Model J Size 3, 4**|
|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**||**Two-, Three-Pole**<br>**Style Number**|
|24||**1255C68G04**|
|48||**1255C68G05**|
|125||**1255C68G01**|
|250||**1255C68G02**|
|125/250|2|**1255C68G03**|
## **AC Coils**
||||**Model J Size 3, 4**<br>**Two-, Three-Pole**|**Four-, Five-Pole**|**Model K Size 4**3<br>**Two-, Three-Pole**|**Four-, Five-Pole**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**<br>120/110||**Hz**<br>60/50|**Style Number**<br>**505C633G01**|**Style Number**<br>**505C635G01**|**Style Number**<br>**5250C79G01**|**Style Number**<br>**5250C80G01**|
|208||60|**505C633G02**|**505C635G02**|**5250C79G02**|**5250C80G02**|
|600/550||60/50|**505C633G05**|**505C635G05**|**5250C79G05**|**5250C80G05**|
|380||50|**505C633G07**|**505C635G07**|**5250C79G07**|**5250C80G07**|
|240/220||60/50|**505C633G12**|**505C635G12**|**5250C79G12**|**5250C80G12**|
|480/440||60/50|**505C633G13**|**505C635G13**|**5250C79G13**|**5250C80G13**|
|24||60|**505C633G34**|**N/A**|**5250C79G34**|**N/A**|
|277||60|**505C633G14**|**N/A**|**5250C79G14**|**N/A**|
|240/480<br>120/244|2<br> 2|60/60<br>60/60|**505C633G03**<br>**505C633G10**|**505C635G03**<br>**505C635G10**|**5250C79G03**<br>**5250C79G10**|**5250C80G03**<br>**5250C80G10**|
## _**A201 Contactors—Size 5–9**_
**GCA 530/630—GPD 7, 8, 9 Kits**[4]
|**GCA 530/630—GPD 7, 8, 9 Kits**4||
|---|---|
|**Part**<br>**Size 5**<br>**Size 6**<br>**Size 7**<br>**Size 8**<br>**Style Number**<br>**Style Number**<br>**Style Number**<br>**Style Number**|**Size 9**<br>**Style Number**|
|Contact kit (one per pole)<br>**477B477G05**5<br>**2066A10G11**<br>**461A757G17**<br>**646C829G05**|**5264C42G01**6|
||**5264C42G02**7|
|Arc box<br>**2050A15G45**<br>**2066A10G45**<br>**831D580G01**<br>**831D580G01**|**9917D69G02**|
|Magnet assembly<br>**2050A15G46**<br>**2050A15G46**<br>**N/A**<br>**N/A**|**N/A**|
|Mag. spg. kit<br>**2050A15G47**<br>**2050A15G47**<br>**N/A**<br>**N/A**|**N/A**|
|Acr cup kit<br>**2050A15G48**<br>**N/A**<br>**N/A**<br>**N/A**|**N/A**|
|Load conversion kit<br>**2050A15G49**<br>**2066A10G49**<br>**N/A**<br>**N/A**|**N/A**|
|Line conversion kit<br>**2050A15G50**<br>**2066A10G50**<br>**N/A**<br>**N/A**|**N/A**|
|K.O. spring–6<br>**2050A15G51**<br>**2066A10G46**<br>**N/A**<br>**N/A**|**N/A**|
|C.T. 300/5<br>**655C285H03**<br>**N/A**<br>**N/A**<br>**N/A**|**N/A**|
|C.T. 400/5<br>**655C285H04**<br>**N/A**<br>**N/A**<br>**N/A**|**N/A**|
|C.T. 600/58<br>**N/A**<br>**2066A10G18**<br>**N/A**<br>**N/A**|**N/A**|
|C.T. 800/58<br>**N/A**<br>**2066A10G19**<br>**N/A**<br>**N/A**|**N/A**|
|Phase barrier<br>**N/A**<br>**N/A**<br>**640C441G01**<br>**640C441G01**|**5264C35G03** 6|
|Cross bar<br>**2050A15G12**<br>**2066A10G15**<br>**N/A**<br>**N/A**|**N/A**|
|Shunt<br>**N/A**<br>**2066A10G48**<br>**650C129G01**<br>**646C831G02**9|**5264C39G02**j|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Use only on units originally supplied with DC coil.
- 2 Dual voltage coils. Use only on contactors or starters originally supplied with dual voltage coil.
- 3 Model K replaces Model J, offering superior design life characteristics. Renewal parts are different. Use parts for proper model only.
- 4 Catalog Number A201/A200 Series replaces GCA/GPD series. Renewal parts are the same.
- 5 Use 477B477G06 for silver tungsten applications.
- 7 F.C.
- 8 C.T. kit which replaces the single molded 1 C.T. assembly used on the old size 6 airbreak. The kit includes a single molded 3 C.T. assembly, 2 bus bar and hardware. This C.T. kit also replaces the single molded 3 C.T. assembly used on the present size 6 airbreak and size vacuum.
- 9 Set of three.
- j Set of four.
- 6 R.C.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-118**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.3
A200 Series
## _**Accessories for A201 Contactors—Size 5–9**_
## **Coils (Sizes 5 and 6)**
|||**Size 5**|**Size 6**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|**Hz**|**Style Number**|**Style Number**|
|**Sizes 5 and 6**||||
|110/120|60|**2050A14G05**|**2050A12G05**|
|110/120|50|**2050A14G06**|**2050A12G06**|
|200/208|50|**2050A14G07**|**2050A12G07**|
|220/240|50|**2050A14G08**|**2050A12G08**|
|200/208|60|**2050A14G09**|**2050A12G09**|
|220/240|60|**2050A14G10**|**2050A12G10**|
|277/303|60|**2050A14G12**|**2050A12G12**|
|380/415|50|**2050A14G14**|**2050A12G14**|
|440/480|60|**2050A14G15**|**2050A12G15**|
|440/480|50|**2050A14G16**|**2050A12G16**|
|550/600|60|**2050A14G17**|**2050A12G17**|
|550/600|50|**2050A14G18**|**2050A12G18**|
|380/415|60|**2050A14G19**|**2050A12G19**|
|120/240|60|**2050A14G20**|**2050A12G20**|
|24 DC|—|**2050A14G21**|**2050A12G21**|
|48 DC|—|**2050A14G22**|**2050A12G22**|
|125 DC|—|**2050A14G25**|**2050A12G25**|
|250 DC|—|**2050A14G27**|**2050A12G27**|
|**Coils (Sizes 7–9)**||||
|**Line Voltage**||**Style Number**|**Required**|
|**Sizes 7 and 8**||||
|125 Vdc||**438C805G04**|2|
|230 Vdc||**438C805G02**|2|
|250 Vdc||**438C805G03**|2|
|110/120 Vac14||**438C805G12**|2|
|220/240 Vac24||**438C805G11**|2|
|380 Vac34||**438C805G15**|2|
|440/480 Vac34||**438C805G10**|2|
|550/575 Vac34||**438C805G13**|2|
|**Size 9**||||
|110 Vdc||**5264C34G01**5|—|
**2**
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Rectifier 125V 2018A40G01 (one required).
- 2 Rectifier 250V 2018A40G02 (one required).
- 3 Rectifier 600V 2018A40G03 (one required).
- 4 These coils require an external rectifier. If the rectifier needs replacement, order by the appropriate style number.
- 5 Contains coil and resistor.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-119**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
A200 Series
## 2.3
## **Modifications**
**2**
## **Factory Modifications**
|||**Catalog**|**NEMA Size**|**NEMA Size**|||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Modification**|**Description**|**Number**<br>**Suffix**|**00–1**|**2**<br>**3**|**4**|**5**|**6**|**7**|**8**|**9**|
|Control circuit|1 Extra auxiliary contact (1NO-1NC) non-reversing,<br>reversing, 2-speed unwired|**J1**|Consult sales office for pricing adders.|Consult sales office for pricing adders.|Consult sales office for pricing adders.||||||
||2 Extra auxiliary contact non-reversing, reversing,<br>2-speed unwired|**J2**|Consult sales office for pricing adders.|Consult sales office for pricing adders.|Consult sales office for pricing adders.||||||
||3 Extra auxiliary contact non-reversing, unwired<br>4 Extra auxiliary contact non-reversing, unwired|**J3**<br>**J4**|Consult sales office for pricing adders.<br>Consult sales office for pricing adders.|Consult sales office for pricing adders.<br>Consult sales office for pricing adders.|Consult sales office for pricing adders.<br>Consult sales office for pricing adders.||||||
||Wired for separate control (NC)|**C**|Consult sales office for pricing adders.|Consult sales office for pricing adders.|Consult sales office for pricing adders.||||||
||Omit control wiring (NC)|**X**|Consult sales office for pricing adders.|Consult sales office for pricing adders.|Consult sales office for pricing adders.||||||
|Overload relays<br>(substitutions)|Ambient compensated with auto reset (NC)<br>Fast trip—ambient compensated (specify motor FLA)|**D**<br>**D7**|Consult sales office for pricing adders.<br>Consult sales office for pricing adders.|Consult sales office for pricing adders.<br>Consult sales office for pricing adders.|Consult sales office for pricing adders.<br>Consult sales office for pricing adders.||||||
||Overload relay alarm contact (NO) per overload|**E**|Consult sales office for pricing adders.|Consult sales office for pricing adders.|Consult sales office for pricing adders.||||||
## _**Accessories and Field Modification Kits**_
- **Type J Auxiliary Contact** ● Capable of being field mounted in a contactor or starter (Classes A200, A900 Sizes 00–6, V200, V201 vacuum and definite purpose controllers)
- note that the vertical wiring is contrary to the horizontal wiring of the L-56 auxiliary contacts
- Designed to fit within dimensions of starter; no additional panel space is required
- Provides two separate additional panel space is electrical contact sets required which wire vertically and ● Provides circuit isolation are color coded; black (no polarity restrictions) designates NC and silver and single break bifurcated designates NO. Please contacts
## **Auxiliary Contact Ratings**
|**Voltage**|**Make**|**Break**|
|---|---|---|
|**NEMA A600**|||
|120–600 Vac|7200 VA|720 VA|
|72–120 Vac|60A|720 VA|
|28–72 Vac|60 VA|10A|
|**NEMA R300**|||
|28–300 Vdc|28 VA|28 VA|
## **Auxiliary Contact Types**
|**Contact Type**|**Max.**|**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|---|
|1NO and 1NC|4|**J11**|
|2NC|4|**J02**|
|2NO|4|**J20**|
|1 coil clearing NC and 1NO|4|**J1C**|
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-120**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.3
A200 Series
## **Technical Data and Specifications**
## _**Electrical Characteristics**_
**2**
## **Sizes 00–4**
## **Sizes 5–9**
|**Size 00**<br>**Size 0**<br>**Size 1**<br>**Size 2**<br>**Size 3**<br>**Size 4**<br>Max. voltage rating<br>600V<br>600V<br>600V<br>600V<br>600V<br>600V<br>Ampere rating<br>(Open)<br>10A<br>20A<br>30A<br>50A<br>100A<br>150A<br>(Enclosed)<br>9A<br>18A<br>27A<br>45A<br>90A<br>135A<br>**Squirrel Cage Motor**<br>Maximum horsepower at:<br>200V/60 Hz<br>1-1/2 hp<br>3 hp<br>7-1/2 hp<br>10 hp<br>25 hp<br>40 hp<br>230V/ 60 Hz<br>1-1/2 hp<br>3 hp<br>7-1/2 hp<br>15 hp<br>30 hp<br>50 hp<br>380V/50 Hz<br>1-1/2 hp<br>5 hp<br>10 hp<br>25 hp<br>50 hp<br>75 hp<br>460V–575V/60 Hz<br>2 hp<br>5 hp<br>10 hp<br>25 hp<br>50 hp<br>100 hp<br>**Resistive Heating kW**1<br>Single-phase, two-pole<br>120V<br>—<br>—<br>3 kW<br>5 kW<br>10 kW<br>15 kW<br>240V<br>—<br>—<br>6 kW<br>10 kW<br>20 kW<br>30 kW<br>480V<br>—<br>—<br>12 kW<br>20 kW<br>40 kW<br>60 kW<br>600V<br>—<br>—<br>15 kW<br>25 kW<br>50 kW<br>75 kW<br>Three-phase, three-pole<br>120V<br>—<br>—<br>5 kW<br>8.5 kW<br>17 kW<br>26 kW<br>240V<br>—<br>—<br>10 kW<br>17 kW<br>34 kW<br>68 kW<br>480V<br>—<br>—<br>20 kW<br>34 kW<br>68 kW<br>105 kW<br>600V<br>—<br>—<br>25 kW<br>43 kW<br>86 kW<br>130 kW<br>**Capacitor Switching kVAR, Three-Phase**<br>240V<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>12 kVAR<br>27 kVAR<br>40 kVAR<br>480V<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>25 kVAR<br>53 kVAR<br>80 kVAR<br>600V<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>31 kVAR<br>67 kVAR<br>100 kVAR<br>**Transformer Switching kVA**2<br>Single-phase, two-pole<br>120V<br>—<br>0.6 kVA<br>1.2 kVA<br>2.1 kVA<br>4.1 kVA<br>6.8 kVA<br>240V<br>—<br>1.2 kVA<br>2.4 kVA<br>4.1 kVA<br>8.1 kVA<br>14 kVA<br>480V<br>—<br>2.4 kVA<br>4.9 kVA<br>8.3 kVA<br>16 kVA<br>27 kVA<br>600V<br>—<br>3 kVA<br>6.2 kVA<br>10 kVA<br>20 kVA<br>34 kVA<br>Three-phase, three-pole<br>120V<br>—<br>1.8 kVA<br>3.6 kVA<br>6.3 kVA<br>12 kVA<br>20 kVA<br>240V<br>—<br>2.1 kVA<br>4.3 kVA<br>7.2 kVA<br>14 kVA<br>23 kVA<br>480V<br>—<br>4.2 kVA<br>8.5 kVA<br>14 kVA<br>28 kVA<br>47 kVA<br>600V<br>—<br>5.2 kVA<br>11 kVA<br>18 kVA<br>35 kVA<br>59 kVA|**Size 5**<br>**Size 6**<br>**Size 7**<br>**Size 8**<br>**Size 9**|
|---|---|
||Max. voltage rating<br>600V<br>600V<br>600V<br>600V<br>600V|
||Ampere rating<br>(Open)<br>300A<br>600A<br>900A<br>1350A<br>2500A|
||(Enclosed)<br>270A<br>540A<br>810A<br>1215A<br>2250A|
||**Squirrel Cage Motor**|
||Maximum horsepower at:<br>200V/60 Hz<br>75 hp<br>150 hp<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||230V/60 Hz<br>100 hp<br>200 hp<br>300 hp<br>450 hp<br>800 hp|
||380V/50 Hz<br>150 hp<br>300 hp<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||460V–575V/60 Hz<br>200 hp<br>400 hp<br>600 hp<br>900 hp<br>1600 hp|
||**Resistive Heating kW**1|
||Single-phase, two-pole<br>120V<br>30 kW<br>60 kW<br>90 kW<br>3<br>3|
||240V<br>60 kW<br>120 kW<br>180 kW<br>3<br>3|
||480V<br>120 kW<br>240 kW<br>360 kW<br>3<br>3|
||600V<br>150 kW<br>300 kW<br>450 kW<br>3<br>3|
||Three-phase, three-pole<br>120V<br>52 kW<br>105 kW<br>155 kW<br>3<br>3|
||240V<br>105 kW<br>210 kW<br>315 kW<br>3<br>3|
||480V<br>210 kW<br>415 kW<br>625 kW<br>3<br>3|
||600V<br>260 kW<br>515 kW<br>775 kW<br>3<br>3|
||**Capacitor Switching kVAR, Three-Phase**|
||240V<br>80 kVAR<br>160 kVAR<br>240 kVAR<br>360 kVAR<br>665 kVAR|
||480V<br>160 kVAR<br>320 kVAR<br>480 kVAR<br>720 kVAR<br>1325 kVAR|
||600V<br>200 kVAR<br>400 kVAR<br>600 kVAR<br>900 kVAR<br>1670 kVAR|
||**Transformer Switching kVA**2|
||Single-phase, two-pole<br>120V<br>14 kVA<br>27 kVA<br>41 kVA<br>61 kVA<br>112 kVA|
||240V<br>27 kVA<br>54 kVA<br>81 kVA<br>122 kVA<br>225 kVA|
||480V<br>54 kVA<br>108 kVA<br>162 kVA<br>244 kVA<br>450 kVA|
||600V<br>68 kVA<br>135 kVA<br>203 kVA<br>304 kVA<br>562 kVA|
||Three-phase, three-pole<br>120V<br>41 kVA<br>81 kVA<br>122 kVA<br>182 kVA<br>337 kVA|
||240V<br>47 kVA<br>94 kVA<br>140 kVA<br>210 kVA<br>342 kVA|
||480V<br>94 kVA<br>188 kVA<br>280 kVA<br>420 kVA<br>783 kVA|
||600V<br>117 kVA<br>234 kVA<br>351 kVA<br>526 kVA<br>975 kVA|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Resistive loads having inrush currents not exceeding 1.5 times continuous rating.
- 2 These ratings are for transformers having inrush currents not more than 20 times peak of continuous current ratings. For inrush currents greater than 20 times, refer to factory.
- 3 For ratings refer to factory.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-121**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.3
A200 Series
## _**DC Power Pole Ratings**_
**2**
The following represent typical production test values and should not be interpreted as a guarantee of actual performance.
## **DC Operated 120 and 240V Coils**
||**DC Contact Ampere Rating**||
|---|---|---|
|**Contactor Size**|**Two Poles in Series**1<br>**120V**|**240V**|
|0|—|—|
|1|20|10|
|2|45|30|
|3|75|40|
|4|90|70|
## _**380V, 50 Hz Starter Maximum Horsepower Ratings**_
## **Horsepower Ratings**
|**NEMA Size**|**00**|**0**|**1**|**2**|**3**|**4**|**5**|**6**|**7**|**8**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Maximum<br>horsepower|1-1/2|5|10|25|50|75|150|300|450|700|
## _**Operating Coil Characteristics at Rated Coil Volts, Sizes 00–9**_
The following represent typical production test values and should not be interpreted as a guarantee of actual performance.
## **Operating Coil Characteristics**
|**AC Coil**|**Sizes 00, 0, 1**|**Size 2**|**Size 3**|**Size 4**2|**Size 5**|**Size 6**|**Size 7**|**Size 8**|**Size 9**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Burden||||||||||
|(Open VA)|160 VA|160 VA|625 VA|700 VA|1700 VA|2900 VA|3|3|3|
|(Closed VA)|25 VA|25 VA|50 VA|64 VA|180 VA|220 VA|3|3|3|
|(Closed Watts)<br>Pick-up volts4|7.8 W<br>85%|7.8 W<br>85%|18 W<br>85%|21 W<br>85%|32 W<br>78%|42 W<br>70%|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|
|Drop-out volts4|40–60%|40–60%|40–60%|40–60%|65 to 75%|60 to 70%|—|—|—|
|Pick-up time Hz56|1–1-1/2|1-1/2–2|2–2-1/2|1–1-1/2|1.5|4.0|—|—|—|
|Drop-out time Hz5|3/4–1|3/4–1|3/4–1|3/4–1|0.75|0.75|—|—|—|
|**DC Coil**||||||||||
|Burden||||||||||
|(Open VA)<br>(Closed VA)|17 VA<br>17 VA|17 VA<br>17 VA|35 VA<br>35 VA|35 VA<br>35 VA|600 VA<br>22 VA|2120 VA<br>21 VA|400 VA<br>400 VA|400 VA<br>400 VA|2100 VA<br>350 VA|
|(Closed Watts)|18 W|18 W|35 W|35 W|20 W|20 W|400 W|400 W|350 W|
|Pick-Up Volts4|80%|80%|80%|80%|64%|73%|45%–65%7|45%–65%7|50%–65%7|
|Drop-Out Volts4|5–10%|5–10%|5–10%|5–10%|18%|13%|30%–45%7|30%–45%7|40%–50%7|
|Pick-Up Time Hz6|—|25–75 ms|25–75 ms|25–75 ms|2.7 Hz5|3 Hz5|21–41 Hz75|17–29 Hz75|16–1875|
|Drop-Out Time Hz5|—|16–25 ms|16–25 ms|16–25 ms|9.3 Hz5|17.5 Hz5|7–12 Hz85|7–12 Hz85|18–20 Hz75|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Non-inductive load.
> 2 AC coil data pertains to Model K, DC coil data pertains to Model J.
> 3 DC operated only.
> 4 Percent of rated coil voltage.
- 5 At 60 Hz base.
> 6 To contact touch.
> 7 Lower figure when coil is cold. Higher figure when coil is hot.
> 8 Drop-out time to clear arc. Time varies with type of load and contact wear.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-122**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.3
A200 Series
## **Mechanical Characteristics**
## _**NEMA Standard ICS 2-110**_
Direct-current operated contactors shall withstand 110% of their rated voltage continuously without injury to the operating coils and shall close successfully at 80% of their rated voltage.
Alternating-current operated contactors shall withstand 110% of their rated voltage continuously without injury to the operating coils and shall close successfully at 85% of their rated voltage.
**2**
## **Mechanical Characteristics, Sizes 00–9**
||**Sizes 00, 0, 1**|**Size 2**|**Size 3**|**Size 4**|**Size 5**|**Size 6**|**Size 7**|**Size 8**|**Size 9**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Dimensions in inches (mm)||||||||||
|Height|6.45 (163.8)|7.16 (181.9)|9.93 (252.2)|9.93 (252.2)|12.00 (304.8)1|13.50 (342.9)1|18.62 (472.9)1|19.25 (489)1|25.00 (635)1|
|Width|3.31 (84.1)|3.31 (84.1)|4.62 (117.3)|4.62 (117.3)|7.00 (177.8)1|7.00 (177.8)1|23.50 (596.9)1|23.50 (596.9)1|32.00 (812.8)1|
|Depth<br>Panel area—square inches|4.61 (117.1)<br>21.35|4.96 (126)<br>23.7|6.75 (171.5)<br>46.0|6.75 (171.5)<br>46.0|7.75 (196.9)1<br>84.0|8.75 (222.3)1<br>94.5|11.00 (279.4)1<br>437.5|11.00 (279.4)1<br>452.4|13.00 (330.2)1<br>800|
|Weight—pounds|3.5|3.5|11.5|11.5|25|42|215|265|315|
|Cable connection|—|—|—|—|Front|Front|Front/rear|Front/rear|Front/rear|
|Maximum cable size/phase|<br>6 AWG|3 AWG|1/0|4/0|1–500 MCM|2–500 MCM|3–500 MCM|4–500 MCM|8–500 MCM|
|copper (AWG/MCM)||||||||||
|Auxiliary electrical circuits|8|6|6|6|4|4|3|3|4|
|available||||||||||
|Latched version available|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|No|No|
|**Mechanical interlock**|**combinations available**|||||||||
|Sizes||||||||||
|00, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4<br>5|Vert., Horiz.<br>—|Vert., Horiz.<br>—|Vert., Horiz.<br>—|Vert., Horiz.<br>—|Vert., Horiz.<br>Vert., Horiz.|—<br>Vert., Horiz.|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|
|6|—|—|—|—|Vert., Horiz.|Vert., Horiz.|Vertical|Vertical|—|
|7, 8|—|—|—|—|—|Vertical|Vertical|Vertical|Vertical|
|9|—|—|—|—|—|—|Vertical|Vertical|Vertical|
## **Data from Tables 430—147 Through 150 of 1996 NEC: Motor Amperes at Full Load**[2] **, Three-Phase AC**
|**hp**<br>**Single-Phase**<br>**AC**<br>**Induction Type Squirrel Cage**<br>**and Wound-Rotor Amperes**<br>**DC**<br>**115V**<br>**230V**<br>**200V**<br>**230V**<br>**460V**<br>**575V**<br>**120V**<br>**240V**<br>1/6<br>4.4<br>2.2<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>1/4<br>5.8<br>2.9<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>3.1<br>1.6<br>1/3<br>7.2<br>3.6<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>4.1<br>2.0<br>1/2<br>9.8<br>4.9<br>2.5<br>2.2<br>1.1<br>0.9<br>5.4<br>2.7<br>3/4<br>13.8<br>6.9<br>3.7<br>3.2<br>1.6<br>1.3<br>7.6<br>3.8<br>1<br>16<br>8<br>4.8<br>4.2<br>2.1<br>1.7<br>9.5<br>4.7<br>1-1/2<br>20<br>10<br>6.9<br>6.0<br>3.0<br>2.4<br>13.2<br>6.6<br>2<br>24<br>12<br>7.8<br>6.8<br>3.4<br>2.7<br>17<br>8.5<br>3<br>34<br>17<br>11.0<br>9.6<br>4.8<br>3.9<br>25<br>12.2<br>5<br>56<br>28<br>17.5<br>15.2<br>7.6<br>6.1<br>40<br>20<br>7-1/2<br>80<br>40<br>25.3<br>22<br>11<br>9<br>58<br>29<br>10<br>100<br>50<br>32.2<br>28<br>14<br>11<br>76<br>38<br>15<br>—<br>—<br>48.3<br>42<br>21<br>17<br>—<br>55<br>20<br>—<br>—<br>62.1<br>54<br>27<br>22<br>—<br>72<br>25<br>—<br>—<br>78.2<br>68<br>34<br>27<br>—<br>89|**hp**<br>**Single-Phase**<br>**AC**<br>**Induction Type Squirrel Cage**<br>**and Wound-Rotor Amperes**<br>**DC**<br>**115V**<br>**230V**<br>**200V**<br>**230V**<br>**460V**<br>**575V**<br>**120V**<br>**240V**|
|---|---|
||30<br>—<br>—<br>92<br>80<br>40<br>32<br>—<br>106|
||40<br>—<br>—<br>120<br>104<br>52<br>41<br>—<br>140|
||50<br>—<br>—<br>150<br>130<br>65<br>52<br>—<br>173|
||60<br>—<br>—<br>177<br>154<br>77<br>62<br>—<br>206|
||75<br>—<br>—<br>221<br>192<br>96<br>77<br>—<br>255|
||100<br>—<br>—<br>285<br>248<br>124<br>99<br>—<br>341|
||125<br>—<br>—<br>359<br>312<br>156<br>125<br>—<br>425|
||150<br>—<br>—<br>414<br>360<br>180<br>144<br>—<br>506|
||200<br>—<br>—<br>552<br>480<br>240<br>192<br>—<br>675|
||250<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>302<br>242<br>—<br>—|
||300<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>361<br>289<br>—<br>—|
||350<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>414<br>336<br>—<br>—|
||400<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>477<br>382<br>—<br>—|
||450<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>515<br>412<br>—<br>—|
||500<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>590<br>472<br>—<br>—|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 For Sizes 5–9 contactors only; for starter Sizes 5–9, refer to factory.
- 2 These current values are for motors running at usual speeds and with normal torque characteristics. Motors for special low speed or high torque may require higher current. In all cases, heaters should be selected on basis of information on motor nameplate or motor card data.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-123**
2.3
A200 Series
## NEMA Contactors and Starters
## _**Combination Ratings**_
**2**
## **Sizes 3 and 4**
## **Sizes 00–2**
|**Short-Circuit**<br>**Protective Device**<br>**(SCPD)**<br>**Max.**<br>**Rating**<br>**SCPD**|**Circuit Breaker**<br>**Interrupting**<br>**Rating**|**Short-Circuit**<br>**Withstand Capability**<br>**Current**<br>**Voltage**<br>5000A<br>600V<br>100,000A<br>600V<br>100,000A<br>600V<br>100,000A<br>600V<br>100,000A<br>480V<br>50,000A<br>600V<br>65,000A<br>480V<br>25,000A<br>600V<br>100,000A<br>480V<br>35,000A<br>600V<br>100,000A<br>600V<br>100,000A<br>480V<br>5000A<br>600V<br>100,000A<br>600V<br>100,000A<br>600V<br>100,000A<br>600V<br>100,000A<br>480V<br>50,000A<br>600V<br>65,000A<br>480V<br>25,000A<br>600V<br>100,000A<br>480V<br>35,000A<br>600V<br>100,000A<br>600V<br>100,000A<br>480V|**Short-Circuit**<br>**Protective Device**<br>**(SCPD)**<br>**Max.**<br>**Rating**<br>**SCPD**|**Circuit Breaker**<br>**Interrupting**<br>**Rating**|**Short-Circuit**<br>**Withstand Capability**<br>**Current**<br>**Voltage**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Sizes 00, 0, 1**|||**Size 3**|||
|Class H fuse<br>60A|—||Class H fuse<br>60A|—|5000A<br>600V|
|Class J fuse<br>60A|—||Class J fuse<br>60A|—|100,000A<br>600V|
|Class R fuse<br>60A|—||Class R fuse<br>60A|—|100,000A<br>600V|
|Class T fuse<br>60A|—||Class T fuse<br>60A|—|100,000A<br>600V|
|Magnetic only1<br>Type CB2<br>30A|Marked HMCP||Magnetic only1<br>Type CB2<br>100A|Marked HMCP|100,000A<br>480V|
||||||50,000A<br>600V|
|Thermal/magnetic<br>Type CB3<br>50A|65,000A||Thermal/magnetic<br>Type CB3<br>150A|65,000A|65,000A<br>480V|
||25,000A|||25,000A|25,000A<br>600V|
||100,000A|||100,000A|100,000A<br>480V|
||35,000A|||35,000A|35,000A<br>600V|
|Magnetic only<br>Type CB + CL4<br>30A|HMCP + current<br>limiter||Magnetic only<br>Type CB + CL4<br>100A|HMCP + current<br>limiter|100,000A<br>600V|
|Thermal/magnetic<br>Type CLB5<br>50A|150,000A||Thermal/magnetic<br>Type CLB5<br>150A|50,000A|100,000A<br>480V|
|**Size 2**|||**Size 4**|||
|Class H fuse<br>100A|—||Class H fuse<br>400A|—|10,000A<br>600V|
|Class J fuse<br>100A|—||Class J fuse<br>400A|—|100,000A<br>600V|
|Class R fuse<br>100A|—||Class R fuse<br>400A|—|100,000A<br>600V|
|Class T fuse<br>100A|—||Class T fuse<br>400A|—|100,000A<br>600V|
|Magnetic only1<br>Type CB2<br>50A|Marked HMCP||Magnetic only1<br>Type CB2<br>150A|Marked HMCP|100,000A<br>480V|
||||||50,000A<br>600V|
|Thermal/magnetic<br>Type CB3<br>90A|65,000A||Thermal/magnetic<br>Type CB3<br>250A|65,000A|65,000A<br>480V|
||25,000A|||25,000A|25,000A<br>600V|
||100,000A|||100,000A|100,000A<br>480V|
||35,000A|||35,000A|35,000A<br>600V|
|Magnetic only<br>Type CB + CL4<br>50A|HMCP + current<br>limiter||Magnetic only<br>Type CB + CL4<br>150A|HMCP + current<br>limiter|100,000A<br>600V|
|Thermal/magnetic<br>Type CLB5<br>50A|150,000A||Thermal/magnetic<br>Type CB + CL5<br>250A|200,000A|100,000A<br>600V|
||||Thermal/magnetic<br>Type CLB6<br>250A|150,000A|100,000A<br>480V|
## _**Coil Suffix**_
**Other Available Coil Voltages—AC and DC Coils**[7]
|**Other A**|**vailable Coil Voltages—AC and DC Coils**7|
|---|---|
|**Coils**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Coil Rating**<br>**(Volts/Hertz)**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Coil Rating**<br>**(Volts/Hertz)**|
|**AC**|**A**<br>120/60, 110/50<br>**N**<br>110/50|
||**B**<br>200-208/60<br>**P**<br>48/60|
||**C**<br>240/60 and 480/60<br>**R**<br>120/60 and 240/60|
||**D**<br>440/50<br>**U**<br>440-480/50 or 60 Rect. to DC|
||**E**<br>600/60 Hz<br>**V**<br>110/60|
||**G**<br>220/50<br>**W**<br>240/60|
||**H**<br>380/50<br>**X**<br>480/60|
||**I**<br>24/60<br>**Y**<br>415/50|
||**J**<br>110-120/50 or 60 Rect. to DC **Z**<br>277/60|
||**K**<br>220-240/50 or 60 Rect. to DC —<br>—|
|**DC** 89|**L**<br>24 Vdc<br>**S**<br>125 Vdc|
||**M**<br>48 Vdc<br>**T**<br>250 Vdc|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Instantaneous adjustable trip.
- 2 Circuit breaker.
- 3 Inverse time circuit breaker.
- 4 Instantaneous adjustable trip with current limiting attachment.
- 5 Inverse time with built-in current limiting attachment.
- 6 Inverse time current limiting breaker.
- 7 Availability may be limited.
- 8 DC coils for Size 5 and 6 contactors and starters are intermittent duty rated only. A mechanical latch is required.
- 9 DC coils. Use only on contactors originally supplied with a DC coil.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-124**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.3
A200 Series
## **Dimensions**
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
## _**Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved.**_
**2**
## _**Open Non-Reversing Starters**_
## **Figure A—Sizes 00–4**
**==> picture [141 x 122] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
A C<br>B D<br>K<br>G<br>F<br>M Reset Travel<br>E J<br>2 L<br>E<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **Figure B—Size 5**
**==> picture [222 x 130] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
0.38 x .5 (9.7 x 12.7)<br>(2 Mtg. Slots) G<br>B<br>D<br>Term. LugSupplied L M E2 E FH C LReset RodCont’r Mtg.Holes<br>When C A K J<br>Ordered C L of Cont’r<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **Figure C—Size 6**
**==> picture [125 x 142] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
E<br>0.38 (9.7) Wide E<br>4 Mtg. Slots 2 H<br>G<br>Reset<br>Rod D<br>B<br>K<br>M<br>L F<br>C A<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **Dimensions and Shipping Weights**
|**NEMA**|**No. of**||**Mounting**<br>**Screws**|**Mounting**<br>**Screws**|||||||||||||**Weight,**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Size**|**Poles**|**Fig.**|**No.**|**Size**|**A**|**B**|**C**|**D**|**E**|**F**|**G**|**H**|**J**|**K**|**L**|**M**|**Lbs (kg)**|
|00, 0, 1|2, 3|A|3|#10|3.31|6.42|4.61|6.00|1.88|1.66|0.23|—|0.39|0.59|4.48|0.27|35.0|
||||||(84.1)|(163.1)|(117.1)|(152.4)|(47.8)|(42.2)|(5.8)||(9.9)|(15.0)|(113.8)|(6.9)|(15.9)|
|2|2, 3|A|3|#10|3.31|7.17|4.94|6.75|1.88|1.66|0.23|—|0.41|0.77|4.53|0.27|43.0|
||||||(84.1)|(182.1)|(125.5)|(171.5)|(47.8)|(42.2)|(5.8)||(10.4)|(19.6)|(115.1)|(6.9)|(19.5)|
|3, 4|2, 3|A|3|1/4 in.|4.63|9.94|6.75|9.25|2.88|.94|0.38|—|0.55|0.80|6.36|0.27|115.0|
||||||(117.6)|(252.5)|(171.5)|(235.0)|(73.2)|(23.9)|(9.7)||(14.0)|(20.3)|(161.5)|(6.9)|(52.2)|
|5|3|B|4|3/8 in.|7.59<br>(192.8)|16.22<br>(412.0)|7.75<br>(196.9)|11.00<br>(279.4)|2.75<br>(69.9)|3.81<br>(96.8)|2.69<br>(68.3)|2.42<br>(61.5)|0.33<br>(8.4)|0.33<br>(8.4)|7.00<br>(177.8)|0.27<br>(6.9)|29.0<br>(13.2)|
|6|3|C|4|3/8 in.|9.25<br>(235.0)|23.50<br>(596.9)|9.50<br>(241.3)|11.00<br>(279.4)|2.75<br>(69.9)|4.81<br>(122.2)|2.75<br>(69.9)|3.06<br>(77.7)|—|6.50<br>(165.1)|8.44<br>(214.4)|0.27<br>(6.9)|55.0<br>(25.0)|
|7|3|1|1|1|37.88<br>(962.2)|21.50<br>(546.1)|11.75<br>(298.5)|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|
|8|3|1|1|1|37.88<br>(962.2)|21.50<br>(546.1)|11.75<br>(298.5)|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|
|9|3|1|1|1|1|1|1|1|1|1|1|1|1|1|1|1|1|
## _**Note**_
> 1 Refer to factory.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-125**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.3
## A200 Series
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
## _**Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved.**_
**2**
## _**Open Reversing Starters**_
**Figure A—Sizes 00–4 Horizontal**
## **Figure B—Sizes 00–4 Vertical**
|||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||F<br>N<br>G|L<br>E<br>M<br>A<br>C<br>K<br>0.28 (7.1) Dia.<br>3 Mtg. Holes<br>Reset Travel|C|||
|||B<br>|D|||||
|||||||||
||||J|||L<br>M||
||||**F**<br>**G**|||||
|00, 0, 1|3 x 3 Horiz.<br>A<br>3<br>#10<br>7.13<br>(181.1)<br>6.50<br>(165.1)<br>5.05<br>(128.3)<br>6.00<br>(152.4)<br>5.69<br>(144.5)||3.56<br>(90.4)<br>0.2<br>(6.|5<br>4)<br>2.3<br>(58.4)<br>0.59<br>(15.0)<br>4.92<br>(125.0<br>0.27<br>(6.9)<br>—<br>9.0<br>(4.0)||||
||3 x 3 Vert.<br>B<br>3<br>#10<br>3.33<br>(84.6)<br>11.63<br>(295.4)<br>5.05<br>(128.3)<br>11.13<br>(282.7)<br>1.88<br>(47.8)||1.66<br>(42.2)<br>0.2<br>(6.|5<br>4)<br>0.39<br>(9.9)<br>0.59<br>(15.0)<br>4.92<br>(125.0)<br>0.27<br>(6.9)<br>4.52<br>(114.8)<br>9.8<br>(4.4)||||
|2|3 x 3 Horiz.<br>A<br>3<br>#10<br>7.13<br>(181.1)<br>þ7.25<br>(184.2)<br>5.38<br>(136.7)<br>6.75<br>(171.5)<br>5.69<br>(144.5)||3.56<br>(90.4)<br>0.2<br>(6.|5<br>4)<br>2.31<br>(58.7)<br>0.77<br>(19.6)<br>4.97<br>(126.2)<br>0.27<br>(6.9)<br>—<br>10.8<br>4.9)||||
||3 x 3 Vert.<br>B<br>3<br>#10<br>3.33<br>(84.6)<br>12.38<br>(314.5)<br>5.38<br>(136.7)<br>11.88<br>(301.8)<br>1.88<br>(47.8)||1.66<br>(42.2)<br>0.2<br>(6.|5<br>4)<br>0.39<br>(9.9)<br>0.77<br>(19.6)<br>4.97<br>(126.2)<br>0.27<br>(6.9)<br>4.52<br>(114.8)<br>12.2<br>(5.5)||||
|3, 4|3 x 3 Horiz.<br>A<br>3<br>1/4 in.<br>9.75<br>(247.7)<br>10.13<br>(257.3)<br>7.25<br>(184.2)<br>9.25<br>(235.0)<br>8.00<br>(203.2)||4.88<br>(124.0)<br>0.4<br>(11|4<br>.2)<br>3.11<br>(79.0)<br>0.80<br>(20.3)<br>6.86<br>(174.2)<br>0.27<br>(6.9)<br>—<br>26.0<br>(11.8)||||
||3 x 3 Vert.<br>B<br>3<br>1/4 in.<br>4.63<br>(117.6)<br>19.81<br>(503.2)<br>7.25<br>(184.2)<br>18.94<br>(481.1)<br>2.88<br>(73.2)||2.94<br>(74.7)<br>0.4<br>(11|4<br>.2)<br>0.55<br>(14.0)<br>0.80<br>(20.3)<br>6.86<br>(174.2)<br>0.27<br>(6.9)<br>7.91<br>(200.9)<br>28.0<br>(12.7)||||
|5|3 x 3 Horiz.<br>—<br>4<br>3/8 in.<br>35.25<br>(895.4)<br>25.50<br>(647.7)<br>8.75<br>(222.3)<br>—<br>—||—<br>—|—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>73.0<br>(33.1)||||
|6|3 x 3 Horiz.<br>—<br>4<br>3/8 in.<br>35.25<br>(895.4)<br>25.50<br>(647.7)<br>10.50<br>(266.7)<br>—<br>—||—<br>—|—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>127.0<br>(57.7)||||
|7|1<br>1<br>1<br>1<br>1<br>1<br>1<br>1<br>1||1<br>1|1<br>1<br>1<br>1<br>1<br>1||||
|8|1<br>1<br>1<br>1<br>1<br>1<br>1<br>1<br>1||1<br>1|1<br>1<br>1<br>1<br>1<br>1||||
|9|1<br>1<br>1<br>1<br>1<br>1<br>1<br>1<br>1||1<br>1|1<br>1<br>1<br>1<br>1<br>1||||
## _**Note**_
> 1 Refer to factory.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-126**
NEMA Contactors and Starters A200 Series
2.3
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
## _**Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved.**_
## _**Open Multi-Speed Starters**_
**2**
## **Figure A—Sizes 00–4**
**==> picture [277 x 160] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
A G<br>F C<br>D B<br>K<br>N M Reset Travel<br>J 0.2 (5.1) Dia. L<br>R 3 Mounting Slots<br>E<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **Figure B—Sizes 2**
**==> picture [303 x 144] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
G<br>A C<br>D B<br>K<br>J 0.2 (5.1) Dia. M Reset Travel<br>E 3 Mounting Slots L<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **Dimensions and Shipping Weights**
|**NEMA**<br>**Size**|**Number**<br>**of**<br>**Poles**|**Fig.**|**Mounting**<br>**Screws**<br>**No.**<br>**Size**|**Mounting**<br>**Screws**<br>**No.**<br>**Size**|**A**|**B**|**C**|**D**|**E**|**F**|**G**|**J**|**K**|**L**|**M**|**N**|**P**|**R**|**Weight,**<br>**Lbs (kg)**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|00, 0, 1|3 x 3 Horiz.|A|3|#10|7.13<br>(181.1)|6.50<br>(165.1)|5.05<br>(128.3)|6.00<br>(152.4)|5.69<br>(144.5)|3.56<br>(90.4)|0.25<br>(6.4)|2.30<br>(58.4)|0.33<br>(8.4)|4.92<br>(125.0)|0.27<br>(6.9)|3.81<br>(96.8)|—|2.91<br>(73.9)|10.0<br>(4.5)|
||5 x 3 Horiz.|B|3|#10|8.00<br>(203.2)|6.50<br>(165.1)|5.05<br>(128.3)|6.00<br>(152.4)|6.53<br>(165.9)|3.56<br>(90.4)|0.25<br>(6.4)|2.30<br>(58.4)|0.48<br>(12.2)|4.92<br>(125.0)|0.27<br>(6.9)|4.66<br>(118.4)|—|2.91<br>(73.9)|11.0<br>(5.0)|
|2|3 x 3 Horiz.|A|3|#10|7.13<br>(181.1)|7.25<br>(184.2)|5.38<br>(136.7)|6.75<br>(171.5)|5.69<br>(144.5)|3.56<br>(90.4)|0.25<br>(6.4)|2.69<br>(68.3)|0.69<br>(17.5)|4.97<br>(126.2)|0.27<br>(6.9)|3.81<br>(96.8)|—|2.91<br>(73.9)|11.0<br>(5.0)|
||5 x 3 Horiz.|B|3|#10|8.88<br>(225.6)|7.25<br>(184.2)|5.38<br>(136.7)|6.75<br>(171.5)|6.56<br>(166.6)|3.56<br>(90.4)|0.25<br>(6.4)|2.69<br>(68.3)|0.69<br>(17.5)|4.97<br>(126.2)|0.27<br>(6.9)|4.66<br>(118.4)|—|2.84<br>(72.1)|13.0<br>(5.9)|
|3, 4|3 x 3 Horiz.|A|3|1/4 in.|9.75<br>(247.7)|10.13<br>(257.3)|7.25<br>(184.2)|9.25<br>(235.0)|8.00<br>(203.2)|4.88<br>(124.0)|0.44<br>(11.2)|3.11<br>(79.0)|0.80<br>(20.3)|6.86<br>(174.2)|0.27<br>(6.9)|5.13<br>(130.3)|—|4.00<br>(101.6)|28.0<br>(12.7)|
||5 x 3 Horiz.|B|3|1/4 in.|12.38<br>(314.5)|10.13<br>(257.3)|7.25<br>(184.2)|9.25<br>(235.0)|9.31<br>(236.5)|4.88<br>(124.0)|0.44<br>(11.2)|3.11<br>(79.0)|0.80<br>(20.3)|6.86<br>(174.2)|0.27<br>(6.9)|6.44<br>(163.6)|—|4.00<br>(101.6)|33.5<br>(15.2)|
|5|1|1|1|1|1|1|1|1|1|1|1|1|1|1|1|1|1|1|1|
|6|1|1|1|1|1|1|1|1|1|1|1|1|1|1|1|1|1|1|1|
## _**Notes**_
Three-pole x three-pole devices are for Wye-Wye two-winding motors only. 1 Refer to factory.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-127**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.3
A200 Series
**2**
## **Relays—Thermal and Fast Trip**
## **Contents**
|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing. . . . . .|**V5-T2-101**|
|Starters—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-107**|
|Relays—Thermal and Fast Trip||
|Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-129**|
|Instruction Leaflets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-129**|
|Thermal Type B, Class 20, Manual Reset. . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-130**|
|Thermal Type A, Class 20, Auto/Manual Reset . . .|**V5-T2-133**|
|Type FT Fast Trip, Class 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-136**|
|Heater Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-139**|
|Relays—Current Sensing Protective . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-141**|
## **Relays—Thermal and Fast Trip**
## **Product Overview**
Type B and Type A, Class 20 Thermal Overload Relays from Eaton’s Electrical Sector will protect the motor against abnormal overload conditions. Bimetallic actuated, they are available as either ambient compensated or noncompensated in either singlepole or block type three-pole design. Type B use one pole of the three-pole block for single-phase.
Single-pole relays are also available as Fast Trip Class 10 ambient compensated type, which provides approximately 125% motor protection with a tripping time of less than 10 seconds, at 600% of heater current rating.
Fast trip relays can be identified by the green reset rods. They are available for panel or starter mounting. The three-pole fast trip design is composed of three single-pole relays on a common baseplate, with a common reset bar.
The bimetal element is actuated by precisely calibrated heater elements which are connected directly in the circuit to be protected. Thermal actuation of this device opens the contacts in the coil circuit of a contactor or relay which results in the disconnection of power to the overloaded circuit.
Interchangeable thermal heater elements for singlepole standard trip and block type overload relays are available to cover motor full load currents from 0.29 to 133A in approximately 10% steps (see Heater Application Table). Fast trip overload relays do not have interchangeable heater elements but are available in a series of ratings to cover motor full load currents from 1.6 to 150A in approximately 50% steps.
## **Features**
## _**Manual or Automatic Reset**_
Type B is furnished with a manual reset. Type A is normally furnished set for manual reset operation and may be quickly adjusted for automatic reset when required. Automatic reset should not be used with two-wire control or where automatic restarting would endanger either personnel or equipment.
## _**Trip Indication**_
An immediate visible indication of trip is provided on the overload relay. When an overload occurs, which causes the relay to operate, a trip indicator projects out and thus shows positive visual indication of trip. Type B has a mechanical trip bar to manually check the NC contact operation on the overload relay.
## _**Adjustable Trip**_
On Type A, the trip rating of a specific heater element can be adjusted over a range of approximately 85% to 115% of its respective rating to permit the desired close protection.
This is accomplished by turning the adjusting knob on the relay to the respective stop position.
## _**Positive Contact Break**_
A follow-through contact, provided on the stationary terminal of the snap action control switch, provides reliable electrical continuity during toggling, thus eliminating false trip sometimes prevalent with thermally operated switches. This contact also allows contact wipe for further reliability.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-128**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.3
A200 Series
## _**Ambient Compensation**_
Motor overload protection can be provided with the same trip characteristics in ambient temperature from –40° to 77°C (–40° to 167°F). A compensating bimetal maintains a constant “travel to trip” distance independent of ambient conditions. The compensating feature is fully automatic and no adjustments are required over wide fluctuations in ambient temperatures. Compensated relays are identified by black reset rods on Type A and light gray reset rods on Type B, while noncompensated relays use red reset rods. AA three-pole units have gray reset rods. AA one-pole units have black reset rods.
## _**Control Contact**_
Single-pole and block type relays are supplied as standard with a SPST NC control contact. A SPDT NO-NC with common is available as a factory modification on Type A. An isolated NO contact can be supplied on Type B as either a factory modification or as a field kit.
## **Standards and Certifications**
- UL 508
- CSA
- ANSI/NEMA ICS 2-222
## **Instruction Leaflets**
14885B Fast Trip A Sizes 0–4, 3-Pole **2** OL Relay
14567E Type A Sizes 1–2, 1-Pole OL Relay Mod A 14568 Type A Sizes 1–2, 3-Pole OL Relay Mod J
14570D Type A Sizes 3–4, 3-Pole OL Relay Mod J
14569C Type A Sizes 3–4, 1-Pole OL Relay Mod A
17093A Type B OLR for Sizes 7, 8 and 9 Contactors
16955A Type B Sizes 1–2, 1-Pole OL Relay
16954A Type B Sizes 1–2, 3-Pole OL Relay
15392B Type B Sizes 3–4, 3-Pole OL Relay 13676F Fast Trip Sizes 0–4, 1-Pole OL Relay
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-129**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.3
## A200 Series
**2**
## **Thermal Type B, Class 20, Manual Reset**
## **Contents**
|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing. . . . . .|**V5-T2-101**|
|Starters—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-107**|
|Relays—Thermal and Fast Trip. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-128**|
|Thermal Type B, Class 20, Manual Reset||
|Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-131**|
|Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-131**|
|Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-132**|
|Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-132**|
|Thermal Type A, Class 20, Auto/Manual Reset . . .|**V5-T2-133**|
|Type FT Fast Trip, Class 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-136**|
|Heater Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-139**|
|Relays—Current Sensing Protective . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-141**|
## **Thermal Type B, Class 20, Manual Reset**
## **Application Description**
The Type B overload relay is designed to protect industrial motors against overload conditions. Using modern block type, bimetallic design, this relay will provide Class 20 operation in either single-phase or three-phase applications.
## **Operation**
The Type B overload relay is a bimetallic actuated device. The bimetal elements are operated by precisely calibrated heaters. The heater elements are connected either directly in the circuit to be measured, or through current transformers on applications NEMA Size 5 and larger.
As the bimetals are heated by motor current flow, a deflection force is produced. Upon a sustained level of abnormal current flow, the deflection becomes great enough to open the snapaction output contact.
## _**Ambient Compensation**_
The Type B ambient compensated design is supplied as standard on all A200 starters. This design uses a second compensating bimetal responsive to ambient air temperature in the surrounding enclosure. This feature reduces nuisance tripping in applications using compact control panels and motor control centers where internal temperature rise is significant compared to motor ambient temperature. The compensating characteristic is maintained in ambient temperatures from 40° to 77°C.
## **Features**
- Ambient compensation standard
- Alarm contact field mountable
- Class 20—600V design
- Inverse time delay trip
- Test trip device for weld check
- Hi-visibility up-front trip indication
- Trip-free reset mechanism
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-130**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.3
A200 Series
## **Product Selection**
## _**Heaters**_
Enter heaters as separate item by listing catalog number from tables, **Pages V5-T2-139** and **V5-T2-140** , as required per starter.
**2**
## _**Relays**_
## **Thermal Type B Overload Relay**
|**Type B Overload Relay**<br>**Panel Mounting**|**Thermal Type B Overload Relay**|**Thermal Type B Overload Relay**|**Thermal Type B Overload Relay**|**Starter Mounted**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**Panel Mounted**||**Replacement for**<br>**Type B Overload Relays**|**Replacement for**<br>**Type B Overload Relays**|**Replacement for Type A Overload Relays in**<br>**Manual Reset Mode (Three-Pole Only)**1||
||**Motor Full**|**Ambient Comp.**|**Non-Comp.**|**Ambient Comp.**|**Non-Comp.**|**Ambient Comp.**|**Non-Comp.**|
||**Load Amps**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
||**Single-Pole (One NC Contact)**|||||||
||0.25–26.2|**BA11JP**|**BN11JP**|**BA11A**|**BN11A**|—|—|
||26.3–45<br>19–90|**BA21JP**<br>Use three-pole|**BN21JP**<br>Use three-pole|**BA21A**<br>Use three-pole|**BN21A**<br>Use three-pole|—<br>Use three-pole|—<br>Use three-pole|
|||design, wire three<br>poles in series|design, wire three<br>poles in series|design, wire three<br>poles in series|design, wire three<br>design, wire three<br>poles in series|design, wire three<br>poles in series|design, wire three<br>poles in series|
||19–135|Use three-pole<br>design, wire three<br>poles in series|Use three-pole<br>design, wire three<br>poles in series|Use three-pole<br>design, wire three<br>poles in series|design, wire three<br>Use three-pole<br>design, wire three<br>poles in series|Use three-pole<br>design, wire three<br>poles in series|Use three-pole<br>design, wire three<br>poles in series|
||**Three-Pole (One NC Contact)**|||||||
||0.25–26.2|**BA13JP**|**BN13JP**|**BA13A**2|**BN13A**2|**BA13J**|**BN13J**|
||26.3–45|**BA23JP**|**BN23JP**|**BA23A**|**BN23A**|**BA23J**|**BN23J**|
||19–90<br>19–135|**BA33P**<br>**BA43P**|**BN33P**<br>**BN43P**|**BA33A**<br>**BA43A**|**BN33A**<br>**BN43A**|**BA33A**<br>**BA43A**|**BN33A**<br>**BN43A**|
## **Accessories**
## **Alarm Contact Kit Selection**[1]
**Type B Overload Relay Size**
|**Type B Overload Relay Size**|**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|
|1, 2|**B3NO-2**|
|3, 4|**B3NO-4**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Includes contactor mounting bracket, overload relay and connection straps to contactor.
- 2 For replacement on B200 size 00, 0, 1 use BA23A instead of BA13A and use BN23A instead of BN13A.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-131**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
A200 Series
## 2.3
## **Technical Data**
**2**
**Control Contact Ratings—NEMA B600 NO and NC Control Contact Rating**
|**AC Volts**|**Make**|**Break**|
|---|---|---|
|24–120|30A|3A|
|120–600|3600 VA|360 VA|
## **Dimensions**
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
## _**Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved.**_
## _**Thermal Type B Overload Relays**_
## **Sizes 1 and 2—Three-Pole, Panel Mounted**
**==> picture [187 x 221] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
0.2 (5.1) Dia.<br>6 Mtg. Slots<br>.17<br>(4.3)<br>0.8 2.81 3.14<br>(20.3) (71.4) (79.8)<br>0.94 (23.9)<br>1.98<br>(50.3)<br>0.41 (10.4) 0.53<br>(13.5)<br>4.00<br>(101.6)<br>2.22<br>(56.4)<br>3.31<br>(84.1)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **Sizes 3 and 4—Three-Pole, Panel Mounted**
**==> picture [196 x 221] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
0.28 (7.1) Dia.<br>3 Mtg. Slots<br>2.22<br>C (56.4) (6.4)0.25<br>3.38 3.88<br>A (85.9) (98.6)<br>D 1.38 (35.1)<br>1.34 (34.0 ) 1.75 (44.5)<br>0.47 0.47 (11.9)<br>(11.9)<br>5.28<br>B (134.1)<br>4.44<br>(112.8)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **Dimensions**
|**Relay Size**|**A**||**B**||**C**|**D**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|3|3.13|(79.5)|4.06|(103.1)|044 (11.2)|0.31 (7.9)|
|4|3.38|(85.9)|4.38|(111.3)|0.31 (7.9)|0.19 (4.8)|
## _**Note**_
> 1 Alarm contact available as factory modification of field mountable. For factory modification, add suffix B.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-132**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.3
A200 Series
## **Thermal Type A, Class 20, Auto/Manual Reset**
## **Contents**
_**Description Page**_ Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . **V5-T2-101 2** Starters—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . . **V5-T2-107** Relays—Thermal and Fast Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V5-T2-128 2** Thermal Type B, Class 20, Manual Reset . . . . . . . . **V5-T2-130 2** Thermal Type A, Class 20, Auto/Manual Reset Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V5-T2-134 2** Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . **V5-T2-134** Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V5-T2-135 2** Type FT Fast Trip, Class 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V5-T2-136** Heater Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V5-T2-139 2** Relays—Current Sensing Protective. . . . . . . . . . . . **V5-T2-141**
## **Thermal Type A, Class 20, Auto/Manual Reset**
## **Application Description**
The Type A overload relay is designed to protect industrial motors against overload conditions. Using modern block type, bimetallic design, this relay will provide Class 20 operation in either singleor three-phase applications.
## **Features**
- Field selectable manual/ auto reset
- Alarm contract factory available
- Class 20—600V design
- Inverse time delay trip
- Adjustable trip rating ±15%
- Color coded reset rod:
- Compensated (gray)
- Non-compensated (red)
## _**Operation**_
The Type A overload relay is a bimetallic actuated device. The bimetal elements are operated by precisely calibrated heaters. The heater elements are connected either directly in the circuit to be measured, or through current transformers on applications NEMA Size 5 and larger.
## _**Automatic Reset**_
The Type A overload relay can be supplied as an option on all A200 starters to provide automatic reset operation. The overload relay is always shipped in the non-automatic mode. To set up auto operation, reposition the reset rod by loosening and retightening a hold-down clamp at the base of overload relay.
As the bimetals are heated by motor current flow, a deflection force is produced. Upon a sustained level of abnormal current flow, the deflection becomes great enough to open the snapaction output contact.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-133**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.3
A200 Series
**2** ~~—~~
## **Product Selection**
## _**Heaters**_
Enter heaters as separate item by listing catalog number from tables, **Pages V5-T2-139** and **V5-T2-140** , as required per starter.
## _**Relays**_
## **Thermal Type A Overload Relay**[1]
||**Thermal Type A Overload Relay**|**Thermal Type A Overload Relay**[1]|||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Type A Overload Relay**<br>**Single-Pole Panel**<br>**Mounting**|**Thermal Type A Overload Relay**<br>**Motor Full**<br>**Load Amps**<br>**Panel Mounted**<br>**Ambient Comp.**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Thermal Type A Overload Relay**[1]<br>**Non-Comp.**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Starter Replacement**<br>**Ambient Comp.**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Non-Comp.**<br>**Catalog Number**|
||**Single-Pole (One NC Contact)**<br>0.25–26.2<br>**AA11P**|**AN11P**|**AA11A**|**AN11A**|
|26.3–45<br>**AA21P**<br>**AN21P**<br>**AA21A**<br>**AN21A**<br>19–90<br>**AA31P**<br>**AN31P**<br>**AA31A**<br>**AN31A**<br>19–135<br>**AA41P**<br>**AN41P**<br>**AA41A**<br>**AN41A**<br>4~~ee~~|||||
||**Three-Pole (One NC Contact)**||||
||0.25–26.2<br>**AA13P**2|**AN13P**2|**AA13A**2|**AN13A**2|
||26.3–45<br>**AA23P**2<br>19–90<br>**AA33P**2|**AN23P**2<br>**AN33P**2|**AA23A**2<br>**AA33A**2|**AN23A**2<br>**AN33A**2|
||19–135<br>**AA43P**2|**AN43P**2|**AA43A**2|**AN43A**2|
## **Technical Data and Specifications**
## **Control Contact Ratings**
|**Control Contact Ratings**|**Control Contact Ratings**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**AC**|**Normally Closed**||**Normally Open**||
|**Volts**<br>**Make**<br>**Three-Pole Control Contact Ratings**||**Break**|**Make**|**Break**|
|24–120|20A|2A|0.5A|0.5A|
|120–600|2400 VA|240 VA|600 VA|60 VA|
|**Single-Pole Control Contact Ratings**|**Single-Pole Control Contact Ratings**||||
|24–120|30A|3A|10A|1A|
|120–600|3600 VA|360 VA|1200 VA|120 VA|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 For alarm contact (Form C), add Suffix **B** . Available only as factory modification on Type A relay.
> 2 Three-pole Type B overload relay is a suitable alternative to a three-pole Type A overload relay in manual reset mode. For example, BA13JP for AA13P, BN23J for AN23A, and so on. (See **Page V5-T2-131** .)
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-134**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.3
A200 Series
## **Dimensions**
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
## _**Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved.**_
**2**
## _**Type A**_
## **Single-Pole (Sizes 4 Shown)**
**==> picture [238 x 176] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
C N<br>Q P<br>Trip<br>Indicator<br>R<br>K Dia. A Common<br>2 Mtg. Terminal<br>Holes<br>B<br>T<br>No Terminal<br>(When<br>Supplied)<br>S F M<br>G E J NC Terminal L<br>H<br>D<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **Dimensions**
## **Three-Pole (Size 4 Shown)**
**==> picture [236 x 267] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
E<br>D<br>C<br>A G F<br>R<br>N<br>J Dia.—3 Mtg. Slots<br>Q P<br>K H<br>B L<br>M<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **Dimensions**
|**Dimension**<br>**Relay Size**<br>**1**<br>**2**<br>**3**<br>**4**<br>A<br>2.72 (69.1)<br>3.48 (88.4)<br>4.19 (106.4)<br>4.5 (114.3)<br>B<br>0.94 (23.9)<br>0.67 (17.0)<br>0.25 (6.4)<br>0.38 (9.7)<br>C<br>2.75 (69.9)<br>3.5 (88.9)<br>3.53 (89.7)<br>3.78 (96.0)<br>D<br>3.25 (82.6)<br>3.25 (82.6)<br>4.13 (104.9)<br>4.13 (104.9)<br>E<br>2.63 (66.8)<br>2.63 (66.8)<br>3.38 (85.9)<br>3.38 (85.9)<br>F<br>1.34 (34.0)<br>1.34 (34.0)<br>2.19 (55.6)<br>2.19 (55.6)<br>G<br>0.25 (6.4)<br>0.25 (6.4)<br>0.28 (7.1)<br>0.28 (7.1)<br>H<br>0.31 (7.9)<br>0.31 (7.9)<br>0.38 (9.7)<br>0.38 (9.7)<br>J<br>0.06 (1.5)<br>0.06 (1.5)<br>0.06 (1.5)<br>0.06 (1.5)<br>K<br>0.22 (5.6)<br>0.22 (5.6)<br>0.27 (6.8)<br>0.27 (6.8)<br>L<br>1.34 (34.0)<br>1.34 (34.0)<br>1.69 (42.9)<br>1.69 (42.9)<br>M<br>0.66 (16.8)<br>0.66 (16.8)<br>0.88 (22.4)<br>0.88 (22.4)<br>N<br>0.16 (4.1)<br>0.16 (4.1)<br>0.27 (6.8)<br>0.27 (6.8)<br>P<br>0.22 (5.6)<br>0.22 (5.6)<br>0.34 (8.6)<br>0.34 (8.6)<br>Q<br>0.06 (1.5)<br>0.06 (1.5)<br>0.69 (17.5)<br>0.69 (17.5)<br>R<br>4.00 (101.6)<br>4.00 (101.6)<br>5.19 (131.8)<br>5.19 (131.8)<br>S<br>0.47 (11.9)<br>0.47 (11.9)<br>0.59 (15.0)<br>0.59 (15.0)<br>T<br>1.11 (28.2)<br>1.11 (28.2)<br>0.69 (17.5)<br>0.69 (17.5)|**Dimension**<br>**Relay Size**<br>**1**<br>**2**<br>**3**<br>**4**|
|---|---|
||A<br>2.38 (60.5)<br>2.44 (62.0)<br>3.13 (79.5)<br>3.38 (85.9)|
||B<br>3.13 (79.5)<br>3.17 (80.5)<br>4.06 (103.1)<br>4.38 (111.3)|
||C<br>0.36 (9.1)<br>0.33 (8.4)<br>0.44 (11.2)<br>0.31 (7.9)|
||D<br>1.66 (42.2)<br>1.66 (42.2)<br>2.22 (56.4)<br>2.22 (56.4)|
||E<br>0.17 (4.3)<br>0.17 (4.3)<br>0.25 (6.4)<br>0.25 (6.4)|
||F<br>2.81 (71.4)<br>2.81 (71.4)<br>3.38 (85.9)<br>3.38 (85.9)|
||G<br>3.08 (78.2)<br>3.08 (78.2)<br>3.88 (98.6)<br>3.88 (98.6)|
||H<br>0.47 (11.9)<br>0.47 (11.9)<br>0.47 (11.9)<br>0.47 (11.9)|
||J<br>0.20 (5.1)<br>0.20 (5.1)<br>0.28 (7.1)<br>0.28 (7.1)|
||K<br>0.28 (7.1)<br>0.28 (7.1)<br>0.47 (11.9)<br>0.47 (11.9)|
||L<br>4.00 (101.6)<br>4.00 (101.6)<br>5.28 (134.1)<br>5.28 (134.1)|
||M<br>3.31 (84.1)<br>3.31 (84.1)<br>4.44 (112.8)<br>4.44 (112.8)|
||N<br>1.80 (45.7)<br>1.80 (45.7)<br>2.77 (70.4)<br>2.77 (70.4)|
||P<br>1.89 (48.0)<br>1.89 (48.0)<br>1.75 (44.5)<br>1.75 (44.5)|
||Q<br>1.00 (25.4)<br>1.00 (25.4)<br>1.34 (34.0)<br>1.34 (34.0)|
||R<br>—<br>—<br>1.03 (26.2)<br>1.03 (26.2)|
|||
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-135**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.3
A200 Series
**2**
## **Type FT Fast Trip, Class 10**
## **Contents**
|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing. . . . . .|**V5-T2-101**|
|Starters—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-107**|
|Relays—Thermal and Fast Trip. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-128**|
|Thermal Type B, Class 20, Manual Reset. . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-130**|
|Thermal Type A, Class 20, Auto/Manual Reset . . .|**V5-T2-133**|
|Type FT Fast Trip, Class 10||
|Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-137**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-137**|
|Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-138**|
|Heater Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-139**|
|Relays—Current Sensing Protective . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-141**|
## **Type FT Fast Trip, Class 10**
## **Application Description**
The Type FT overload relay is designed to protect special purpose motors having restricted thermal and locked rotor capabilities. Using modern block type, bimetallic design, this relay will provide Class 10 operation in singleor three-phase applications.
## **Operation**
The Type FT overload relay is a bimetallic actuated device. The bimetal elements are operated directly from line current, thus separate calibrating heater elements are not utilized. The overload relay may be wired directly in the motor circuit, or throughcurrent transformers on applications larger than 150A.
As the bimetals are heated by motor current flow, a deflection force is produced. Upon a sustained level of abnormal current flow, the deflection becomes great enough to open the snap action output contact.
## **Features**
- Class 10—600V design
- Inverse time delay trip
- Color coded reset rod— green
- Alarm contact factory available
- Field selectable manual/ auto reset
- Adjustable trip rating ±20%
- Ambient compensation included
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-136**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.3
A200 Series
## **Product Selection**
**Type FT Single-Pole Type FT Single-Pole (One NC Contact); Three-Phase (Three NC Contacts in Series)**[1]
||**Panel Mounted**||**Starter Replacement**|**Starter Replacement**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Motor Full Load**|**Single-Pole**|**Three-Pole**||**Single-Pole**|
|**Amperes**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**NEMA Size**|**Catalog Number**|
|0.76–1.1|**FT11P-1.1**|**FT13P-1.1**|—|**FT11A-1.1**|
|1.1–1.6|**FT11P-1.6**|**FT13P-1.6**|—|**FT11A-1.6**|
|1.6–2.4|**FT11P-2.4**|**FT13P-2.4**|0, 1|**FT11A-2.4**|
|2.4–3.6|**FT11P-3.6**|**FT13P-3.6**|0, 1|**FT11A-3.6**|
|3.6–5.4|**FT11P-5.4**|**FT13P-5.4**|0, 1|**FT11A-5.4**|
|5.4–8.0|**FT11P-8.0**|**FT13P-8**|0, 1|**FT11A-8**|
|8.0–12|**FT11P-12**|**FT13P-12**|0, 1|**FT11A-12**|
|12–18|**FT11P-18**|**FT13P-18**|1|**FT11A-18**|
|16–24|**—**|**FT13P-24**||**—**|
|22–32|**FT11P-32**|**FT13P-32**|0, 1|**FT11A-32**|
|24–36|**FT21P-36**|**FT23P-36**|2|**FT21A-36**|
|36–54|**FT21P-54**|**FT23P-54**|12|**FT21A-54**|
|22–32|**FT31P-32**|**FT33P-32**|3|**FT31A-32**|
|32–48|**FT31P-48**|**FT33P-48**|3|**FT31A-48**|
|48–72|**FT31P-72**|**FT33P-72**|3|**FT31A-72**|
|72–110|**FT41P-110**|**FT43P-110**|4|**FT41A-110**|
|100–150|**FT41P-150**|**FT43P-150**|4|**FT41A-150**|
**2**
## **Technical Data and Specifications**
## **Control Contact Ratings**
||**Normally Closed**||**Normally Open**||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**AC Volts**|**Make**|**Break**|**Make**|**Break**|
|24–120|30A|3A|10A|1A|
|120–600|3600 VA|360 VA|1200 VA|120 VA|
## _**Note**_
> 1 Single-pole (1NO-NC contact): add suffix **B** . Three-pole (3NO-NC contacts): add suffix **B** . Example: FT13P **B** -12.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-137**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
A200 Series
## 2.3
## **Dimensions**
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
**2** _**Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved.**_
## _**Type FT Overload Relays**_
## **Three-Pole, Size 1**
**==> picture [412 x 548] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
3.28 (83.3) 4.49 (114) Hand Reset Pos.<br>0.17 0.11 1.64 0.22 4.38 (111.3) Auto Reset Pos.<br>(4.3) (2.8) (41.7) (5.6) 2.72<br>(69.1) 0.06<br>(1.5)<br>0.69<br>(17.5) 0.06<br>3.25 (1.5)<br>2.81<br>(82.6)<br>(71.4)<br>1.30<br>(33.0)<br>0.19 0.50 0.17 (4.3)<br>(4.8) (12.7) 3 Mtg.<br>Holes 0.63 0.38<br>1.00 (25.4 ) (16.0) (9.7)<br>Three-Pole, Size 2<br>0.11 3.28 (83.3) 4.49 (114) Hand Reset Pos.<br>(2.8) 4.38 (111.3) Auto Reset Pos.<br>1.64 0.22<br>(41.7) (5.6) 3.48<br>(88.4) 0.06<br>(1.5)<br>0.06<br>0.69 (1.5)<br>3.61 (17.5)<br>(91.7) 3.25<br>(82.6) 2.81<br>(71.4)<br>1.30<br>(33.0)<br>0.19 0.06 0.17 (4.3) 3.28 (83.3)<br>(4.8) (1.5) 0.50 (12.7) 3 Mtg.<br>Holes<br>1.00 (25.4)<br>Three-Pole, Sizes 3, 4<br>5.63 (143) Hand Reset Pos.<br>0.16 (4.1) 4.41 (112) 5.52 (140.2) Auto Reset Pos.<br>2.20 0.48<br>(55.9) (12.2) A<br>D (36.1)1.42 3.31 (84.1) (1.5)0.06<br>0.06<br>(1.5)<br>3.88 2.81 (71.4) B 0.74<br>(98.6) 3.38 C (18.8)<br>(85.9)<br>1.75 0.69<br>(44.5) (17.5)<br>0.28 (7.1)<br>0.25 E 0.88 (22.4) 1.75 (44.5) 3 Mtg.Holes 0.28 (7.1)<br>(6.4)<br>Dimensions<br>Relay Size A B C D E<br>3 4.25 (108.0) 0.53 (13.5) 2.91 (73.9) 0.09 (2.3) 0.06 (1.5)<br>4 4.50 (114.3) 0.59 (15.0) 3.03 (77.0) 0.22 (5.6) 0.19 (4.8)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-138**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.3
A200 Series
## **Heater Selection**
## **General Information on Heater Coil Selection**
**motor and therefore selection on this basis always involves risk. For fully reliable motor protection, select heater coils on the basis of full load current rating as shown on the motor nameplate.**
For maximum motor protection and compliance with Article 430-32 of the National Electrical Code, select heater coils from the tables in this section on the basis of motor nameplate full load current.
When the full load current is unknown, selection may be made on the basis of average full load currents as shown on **Pages V5-T2-155** and **V5-T2-156** . **Caution—The average ratings could be high or low for a specific**
Heater coils are rated to protect 40°C rise motors, and open and drip-proof motors having a **service factor of 1.15** where the motor and the controller are at the same ambient temperature.
## **Type A and B Overload Relays, Sizes 3 and 4**
|**Size**<br>**Starter**|**Size**<br>**Starter**|**Size**<br>**Starter**|**Ambient Compensated**<br>**Enclosed Starters**<br>**Non-Compensating**<br>**Enclosed Starters**<br>**Heater (One Heater**<br>**per Catalog Number)**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**All Applications**<br>**Full Load Current of Motor Amps**|**Ambient Compensated**<br>**Enclosed Starters**<br>**Non-Compensating**<br>**Enclosed Starters**<br>**Heater (One Heater**<br>**per Catalog Number)**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**All Applications**<br>**Full Load Current of Motor Amps**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**F Si 4 S**|**or ze tarters**<br>**For Size 3 Starters**|**For Size 3 Starters**|12.8–14.1|11.9–13.0<br>**FH68**|
||||14.2–15.5|13.1–14.3<br>**FH69**|
||||15.6–17.1|14.4–15.9<br>**FH70**|
||||17.2–18.9|16.0–17.4<br>**FH71**|
||||19.0–20.8|17.5–19.1<br>**FH72**|
||||20.9–22.9|19.2–21.1<br>**FH73**|
||||23.0–25.2|21.2–23.2<br>**FH74**|
||||25.3–27.8|23.3–25.6<br>**FH75**|
||||27.9–30.6|25.7–28.1<br>**FH76**|
||||30.7–33.5|28.2–30.8<br>**FH77**|
||||33.6–37.5|30.9–34.5<br>**FH78**|
||||37.6–41.5|34.6–38.2<br>**FH79**|
||||41.6–56.3|38.3–42.6<br>**FH80**|
||||46.4–50|42.7–46<br>**FH81**|
||||51–55|47–51<br>**FH82**|
||||56–61|52–56<br>**FH83**|
||||62–66|57–61<br>**FH84**|
||||67–73|62–67<br>**FH85**|
||||74–78|68–72<br>**FH86**|
||||79–84|73–77<br>**FH87**|
||||85–92|78–84<br>**FH88**|
||||93–101|85–91<br>**FH89**|
||||102–110|92–99<br>**FH90**|
||||111–122|100–110<br>**FH91**|
||||123–129|111–122<br>**FH92**|
||||130–133|123–128<br>**FH93**|
||||—|129–133<br>**FH94**|
||||||
For other conditions:
1. For 50°C, 55°C, 75°C rise 3. Ambient temperature of motors and **enclosed** controller higher than **motors having a** motor by 26°C (47°F), **service factor of 1.0,** use one size larger coil. **select one size smaller coil.** Ultimate tripping current of heater coils is approximately
2. Ambient temperature of 1.25 times the minimum controller lower than current rating listed in the motor by 26°C (47°F), tables. use one size smaller coil.
## **Type A and B Overload Relays, Sizes 5 and 6**[1]
|**Compensated Overload Relay**<br>**Open Starter**<br>**Enclosed Starter**<br>**Full Load Current of Motor (Amps)**|**Compensated Overload Relay**<br>**Open Starter**<br>**Enclosed Starter**<br>**Full Load Current of Motor (Amps)**|**Heater (One Heater per**<br>**Catalog Number)**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|---|
|**Size 5 (with 300/5 Current Transformers)**<br>—<br>—||**FH23**|
|118–129|118–129|**FH24**|
|130–141|130–141|**FH25**|
|142–155|142–155|**FH26**|
|156–170|156–170|**FH27**|
|171–187|171–187|**FH28**|
|188–205<br>206–224|188–205<br>206–224|**FH29**<br>**FH30**|
|225–244|225–244|**FH31**|
|245–263|245–263|**FH32**|
|264–292|264–292|**FH33**|
|293–300|—|**FH34**|
|**Size 6 (with 600/5 Current Transformers)**|||
|—<br>236–259|—<br>236–259|**FH23**<br>**FH24**|
|260–283|260–283|**FH25**|
|284–310|284–310|**FH26**|
|311–340|311–340|**FH27**|
|341–374|341–374|**FH28**|
|375–411|375–411|**FH29**|
|412–448|412–448|**FH30**|
|449–489|449–489|**FH31**|
|490–527|490–527|**FH32**|
|528–585|528–540|**FH33**|
|586–600|—|**FH34**|
## _**Note**_
> 1 Size 7 and larger—advise full load current.
**2**
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-139**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.3
A200 Series
## **Type A and B Overload Relays, Sizes 0, 1 and 2**
**2**
|**Type A and B Overload Relays, Sizes 0, 1 and 2**|**Type A and B Overload Relays, Sizes 0, 1 and 2**|**Type A and B Overload Relays, Sizes 0, 1 and 2**|**Type A and B Overload Relays, Sizes 0, 1 and 2**|**Type A and B Overload Relays, Sizes 0, 1 and 2**|**Type A and B Overload Relays, Sizes 0, 1 and 2**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Size**<br>**Starter**<br>**Non-Compensated Open Starters and**<br>**Ambient Comp. Open and Enclosed Starters**<br>**Block Type Overload**<br>**sing Three Heaters**<br>**Single-Pole Type**<br>**Overload**||||||**Heater (One Heater**<br>**per Catalog Number)**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Non-Compensating**<br>**Enclosed Starters**<br>**Block Type Overload**<br>**Using Three Heaters**|**Single-Pole Type**<br>**Overload**|**Heater**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|**Full Load Current of Motor (Amps)**||||||||||
|**For Size 2 Starters**|<br>**For Size 1 Starters**<br>**F Si 0 S**|**or ze arers**<br>**F Si 0 S**|**or ze tarters**|0.25–0.27|0.29–0.31|**FH03**|0.24–0.25|0.28–0.30|**FH03**|
|||||0.28–0.31|0.32–0.35|**FH04**|0.26–0.28|0.31–0.34|**FH04**|
|||||0.32–0.34|0.36–0.39|**FH05**|0.29–0.31|0.35–0.37|**FH05**|
|||||0.35–0.38|0.40–0.43|**FH06**|0.32–0.35|0.38–0.42|**FH06**|
|||||0.39–0.42|0.44–0.48|**FH07**|0.36–0.39|0.43–0.47|**FH07**|
|||||0.43–0.46|0.49–.053|**FH08**|0.40–0.43|0.48–0.52|**FH08**|
|||||0.47–0.50|0.54–0.58|**FH09**|0.44–0.47|0.53–0.56|**FH09**|
|||||0.51–0.55|0.59–0.64|**FH10**|0.48–0.51|0.57–0.63|**FH10**|
|||||0.56–0.62|0.65–0.71|**FH11**|0.52–0.57|0.64–0.70|**FH11**|
|||||0.63–0.68|0.72–0.79|**FH12**|0.58–0.63|0.71–0.77|**FH12**|
|||||0.69–0.75|0.80–0.87|**FH13**|0.64–0.70|0.78–0.85|**FH13**|
|||||0.76–0.83|0.88–0.96|**FH14**|0.71–0.77|0.86–0.94|**FH14**|
|||||0.84–0.91|0.97–1.06|**FH15**|0.78–0.85|0.95–1.03|**FH15**|
|||||0.92–1.00|1.07–1.16|**FH16**|0.86–0.93|1.04–1.13|**FH16**|
|||||1.01–1.11|1.17–1.28|**FH17**|0.94–1.03|1.14–1.25|**FH17**|
|||||1.12–1.22|1.29–1.41|**FH18**|1.04–1.13|1.26–1.38|**FH18**|
|||||1.23–1.34|1.42–1.55|**FH19**|1.14–1.25|1.39–1.52|**FH19**|
|||||1.35–1.47|1.56–1.71|**FH20**|1.26–1.37|1.53–1.67|**FH20**|
|||||1.48–1.62|1.72–1.87|**FH21**|1.38–1.51|1.68–1.83|**FH21**|
|||||1.63–1.78|1.88–2.06|**FH22**|1.52–1.65|1.84–2.01|**FH22**|
|||||1.79–1.95|2.07–2.26|**FH23**|1.66–1.81|2.02–2.21|**FH23**|
|||||1.96–2.15|2.27–2.48|**FH24**|1.82–1.99|2.22–2.43|**FH24**|
|||||2.16–2.35|2.49–2.72|**FH25**|2.00–2.19|2.44–2.66|**FH25**|
|||||2.36–2.58|2.73–2.99|**FH26**|2.20–2.39|2.67–2.92|**FH26**|
|||||2.59–2.83|3.00–3.28|**FH27**|2.40–2.63|2.93–3.21|**FH27**|
|||||2.84–3.11|3.29–3.60|**FH28**|2.64–2.89|3.22–3.53|**FH28**|
|||||3.12–3.42|3.61–3.95|**FH29**|2.90–3.17|3.54–3.87|**FH29**|
|||||3.43–3.73|3.96–4.31|**FH30**|3.18–3.47|3.88–4.22|**FH30**|
|||||3.74–4.07|4.32–4.71|**FH31**|3.48–3.79|4.23–4.61|**FH31**|
|||||4.08–4.39|4.72–5.14|**FH32**|3.80–4.11|4.62–4.9|**FH32**|
|||||4.40–4.87|5.15–5.6|**FH33**|4.12–4.55|5.0–5.5|**FH33**|
|||||4.88–5.3|5.7–6.2|**FH34**|4.56–5.0|5.6–6.0|**FH34**|
|||||5.4–5.9|6.3–6.8|**FH35**|5.1–5.5|6.1–6.6|**FH35**|
|||||6.0–6.4|6.9–7.5|**FH36**|5.6–5.9|6.7–7.3|**FH36**|
|||||6.5–7.1|7.6–8.2|**FH37**|6.0–6.6|7.4–8.0|**FH37**|
|||||7.2–.78|8.3–9.0|**FH38**|6.7–7.2|8.1–8.7|**FH38**|
|||||7.9–8.5|9.1–9.9|**FH39**|7.3–7.9|8.8–9.7|**FH39**|
|||||8.6–9.4|10.0–10.8|**FH40**|8.0–8.7|9.8–10.5|**FH40**|
|||||9.5–10.3|10.9–11.9|**FH41**|8.8–9.5|10.6–11.7|**FH41**|
|||||10.4–11.3|12.0–13.1|**FH42**|9.6–10.5|11.8–12.7|**FH42**|
|||||11.4–12.4|13.2–14.3|**FH43**|10.6–11.5|12.8–14.0|**FH43**|
|||||12.5–13.5|14.4–15.7|**FH44**|11.6–12.6|14.1–15.3|**FH44**|
|||||13.6–14.9|15.8–17.2|**FH45**|12.7–13.8|15.4–16.6|**FH45**|
|||||15.0–16.3|17.3–18.9|**FH46**|13.9–15.1|16.7–18.3|**FH46**|
|||||16.4–18.0|19.0–20.8|**FH47**|15.2–16.7|18.4–20.0|**FH47**|
|||||18.1–19.8|20.9–22.9|**FH48**|16.8–18.3|20.1–21.9|**FH48**|
|||||19.9–21.7|23.0–25.2|**FH49**|18.4–20.2|22.0–23.9|**FH49**|
|||||21.8–23.9|25.3–27.6|**FH50**|20.3–22.2|24.0–26.2|**FH50**|
|||||24.0–26.2|27.7–30.3|**FH51**|22.3–24.3|26.3–28.8|**FH51**|
|||||26.3–28.7|30.4–33.3|**FH52**|24.4–26.6|28.9–31.4|**FH52**|
|||||28.8–31.4|33.4–36.4|**FH53**|26.7–29.1|31.5–34.5|**FH53**|
|||||31.5–34.5|36.5–39.9|**FH54**|29.2–32.0|34.6–37.9|**FH54**|
|||||34.6–37.9|40.0–43.9|**FH55**|32.1–35.2|3.80–41.9|**FH55**|
|||||38.0–41.5||**FH56**|35.3–38.5|42.0–45.0|**FH56**|
|||||41.6–45.0||**FH57**|38.6–42.3||**FH57**|
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-140**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.3
A200 Series
## **Relays—Current Sensing Protective**
## **Contents**
|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . .|**V5-T2-101**|
|Starters—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . .<br>Relays—Thermal and Fast Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-107**<br>**V5-T2-128**|
|Thermal Type B, Class 20, Manual Reset . . . . . . . .<br>Thermal Type A, Class 20, Auto/Manual Reset . . .|**V5-T2-130**<br>**V5-T2-133**|
|Type FT Fast Trip, Class 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Heater Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-136**<br>**V5-T2-139**|
|Relays—Current Sensing Protective<br>Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-142**|
|Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-142**<br>**V5-T2-142**|
|Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-143**|
**2**
## **Relays—Current Sensing Protective**
## **Product Description**
The IQ500 is a heaterless, current-sensing, solid-state motor protective relay with optional communications capabilities. Several functions are incorporated into the base relay (IQ502/IQ504) as standard:
- Overload (overcurrent) protection
- Phase unbalance and phase loss protection
- Ground current protection (Class II)
The base relay can serve as the initial building block for a motor protection system by adding the IQ500M Special Function Module. The module can address application related motor load functions with the additional features:
The IQ500 can provide a costeffective alternative to conventional protective relays such as current relays, ground fault relays and phase loss or phase unbalance relays. Used with the PowerNet system, a lowcost, local area communication network, information such as current values, status, setpoint values and cause of trip can be displayed remotely. The IQ500 relay is ideal for a variety of industrial applications such as mining, timber, material handling, air conditioning compressors, wastewater treatment plants and petrochemical industries.
- Underload protection
- Long acceleration
- Jam protection
- Load control
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-141**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
A200 Series
## 2.3
## **Features**
- Overload class is adjustable using DIP
- **2** switches for 5, 10, 20 or 30 seconds, maximum trip
- **2** times at six times rated current
- Designed for 1000V and less distribution systems
- Form C (NO/NC) contact on output relay
- Isolated alarm relay output contact
- Communications capability using IMPACC network
- Manual or automatic reset (either a true manual or remote electrical reset)— selectable
- Overload, Class II ground current, phase unbalance and single-phase protection are standard
- LED indication (bicolored—red/green) for device status, including overload, phase unbalance or ground current trip
- Special Function Module adds protection for underload and jam conditions, also provides for long acceleration
- Optional load control feature available with special function module
- Feed-through current transformer windows for contactors, NEMA Sizes 1– 4 (for Size 5 and larger, external current transformers can be used)
- Fits mounting footprint of Eaton’s MORA relay
- Panel or starter mountable
- Cause of trip is held in memory through a power loss
- Bell alarm contact available for remote status indication
- DIP switch provided for setting operating frequency—50 or 60 Hz
- Plug-in terminal block for control power, trip relay and bell alarm relay connections
- Operating temperature: –20° to 60°C (–4° to 140°F)
## _**Benefits**_
- No external current transformers are required since they are internal to the IQ500
- DIP switches used to ● The underload and jam select functions and functions also have settings on base relay are separate selectable trip clearly marked and covered levels and adjustable tripwith screw-on plastic delay and start-delay covers settings
- On the automatic reset, ● The IQ500M can be used the reset times can be as a load control module selected for long (90 that allows “shedding and second) or short (10 restoring” a particular load second) delay that contributes to the load
- ● Device can be set for being monitored
- Device can be set for different motor full load ● The PONI (Product currents without additional Operated Network parts or modules Interface) card attaches directly to the base relay or
- _**Optional Benefits**_ special function module for ● With the addition of the interfacing with the Eaton’s IQ500M Special Function PowerNet communications Module, the enhanced system
## _**Optional Benefits**_
- With the addition of the IQ500M Special Function PowerNet communications Module, the enhanced system protection includes jam ● Localized display can be (overtorque) and underload achieved with the Central and provides long Monitoring Unit acceleration time (high inertia load)
- The underload and jam protection functions each have independent Form C output relays as part of the module. In addition, the underload and jam functions each have their own LEDs for status indication
## **Standards and Certifications**
> ● UL File No. E19223
## **Product Selection**
## **Current Sensing Protective Relay**
||**Current Sensing Protective Relay**|**Current Sensing Protective Relay**|**Current Sensing Protective Relay**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**IQ502A**|**Current Sensing Protective Relay**|**Current Sensing Protective Relay**|**Current Sensing Protective Relay**|||
||**Maximum Horsepower**|||**Control Voltage**||
||||**Ampere**|**110/120V 50/60 Hz**|**220/240V 50/60 Hz**|
||**200V**<br>**230V**|**460–475V**|**Rating**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
||20<br>25|50|3.4–66A|**IQ502A**|**IQ502B**|
||60<br>75|150|10.8–207A|**IQ504A**|**IQ504B**|
||—<br>—<br>Special function module|—|0.32–5.4A|**IQ500LA**1<br>**IQ500M**|**IQ500LB**1<br>**IQ500M**|
## _**Note**_
1 Can be used with external CTs having 5A secondary.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-142**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.3
A200 Series
## **Dimensions**
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
## _**Current Sensing Protective Relays**_
**2**
## **IQ504**
**==> picture [434 x 174] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
4.88<br>(124.0)<br>2.5 3.0<br>(63.5) (76.2) 3.25<br>(82.6)<br>2.88<br>(73.2) 0.81<br>3.59 (20.6)<br>(91.2) Dia.<br>4.5 5.47<br>(114.3) (138.9)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **IQ500L and IQ502**
**==> picture [441 x 207] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
0.19 (4.8) 0.5<br>Dia. (12.7)<br>4.88<br>0.164-32 Tap (124.0)<br>2 Holes<br>0.44 (11.2)<br>Dia. 1.19<br>0.78 (30.2)<br>(19.8)<br>4.13 4.13<br>(104.9) (104.9)<br>2.75<br>(69.9)<br>0.53<br>(13.5)<br>0.5<br>1.88 (12.7)<br>(47.8) Dia.<br>3.59 5.47<br>(91.2) (138.9)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-143**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.4
Solenoids—Alternating Current
**==> picture [117 x 33] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
2 Solenoids—Alternating Current<br>2<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **Product Description**
Solenoids from Eaton’s Electrical Sector are used for a wide variety of applications where straight line motion is to be obtained automatically or at a remote point.
## **Features**
- Plunger and frame are machined to ensure quiet operation
- Push- and pull-type operation
- With and without terminal box
## **Contents**
_**Description Page**_ Solenoids—Alternating Current Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V5-T2-145** Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V5-T2-146**
- Plunger provided with connecting pin
- Size C and D solenoids are provided with special bearing to minimize wear in clevis under severe service
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-144**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.4
Solenoids—Alternating Current
## **Product Selection**
## _**When Ordering Specify**_
## ● Catalog number
## **AC Solenoids—60 Hz, Continuous Duty**
## **10370**
**2**
|||**Operating Data**1<br>**Magnetic Force in Lbs**<br>**Horizontal Position**|**Operating Data**1<br>**Magnetic Force in Lbs**<br>**Horizontal Position**|**With Gravity**|**With Gravity**|**Against Gravity**|**Against Gravity**|**Max.**|**Current**||**Without**<br>**Conduit Box**<br>**Floor Mtg.**|**Wall Mtg.**|**With**<br>**Conduit Box**<br>**Mtg.**2|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Size**|**Volt.**|**At 100%**<br>**Voltage**|**At 85%**<br>**Voltage**|**At 100%**<br>**Voltage**|**At 85%**<br>**Voltage**|**At 100%**<br>**Voltage**|**At 85%**<br>**Voltage**|**Stroke in**<br>**Inches (mm)**|**Inrush**|**Sealed**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**60 Hertz Pull Type**<br>A<br>110<br>0.72<br>0.50<br>0.90<br>0.68<br>0.55<br>0.33<br>1 (25.4)<br>1.83<br>0.34<br>**—**<br>**10370H1**<br>**10370H610**<br>220<br>0.72<br>0.50<br>0.90<br>0.68<br>0.55<br>0.33<br>1 (25.4)<br>0.92<br>0.17<br>**—**<br>**10370H2**<br>**10370H611**<br>~~el~~||||||||||||||
||440|0.72|0.50|0.90|0.68|0.55|0.33|1 (25.4)|0.45|0.08|**—**|**10370H3**|**10370H612**|
|B|110|4.2|3|4.5|3.3|3.9|2.7|1 (25.4)|5.4|0.87|**10370H57**|**10370H694**|**10370H69**|
||220|4.2|3|4.5|3.3|3.9|2.7|1 (25.4)|2.6|0.42|**10370H58**|**10370H696**|**10370H70**|
||440|4.2|3|4.5|3.3|3.9|2.7|1 (25.4)|1.29|0.20|**10370H59**|**10370H697**|**10370H71**|
|C|110<br>220|7<br>7|5.25<br>5.25|8<br>8|6.25<br>6.25|6<br>6|4.25<br>4.25|1.25 (31.8)<br>1.25 (31.8)|10.4<br>5.2|1.07<br>0.52|**10370H244**<br>**10370H245**|**—**<br>**—**|**10370H256**<br>**10370H257**|
||440|7|5.25|8|6.25|6|4.25|1.25 (31.8)|2.5|0.26|**10370H246**|**—**|**10370H258**|
|D|110|12.4|10|13.65|11.25|11.15|8.75|1.25 (31.8)|18|1.58|**10370H356**|**10370H814**|**10370H368**|
||220|12.4|10|13.65|11.25|11.15|8.75|1.25 (31.8)|9.3|0.81|**10370H357**|**10370H816**|**10370H369**|
|440<br>12.4<br>**60 Hertz Push Type**|||10|13.65|11.25|11.15|8.75|1.25 (31.8)|4.4|0.40|**10370H358**|**10370H817**|**10370H370**|
|A|110<br>220|0.72<br>0.72|0.50<br>0.50|0.90<br>0.90|0.68<br>0.68|0.55<br>0.55|0.33<br>0.33|1 (25.4)<br>1 (25.4)|1.83<br>0.92|0.34<br>0.17|**—**<br>**—**|**10370H13**<br>**10370H14**3|**10370H25**<br>**10370H26**|
||440|0.72|0.50|0.90|0.68|0.55|0.33|1 (25.4)|0.45|0.08|**—**|**10370H15**|**10370H27**|
|B|110|4.2|3|4.5|3.3|3.9|2.7|1 (25.4)|5.4|0.87|**10370H81**|**10370H708**|**10370H93**|
||220|4.2|3|4.5|3.3|3.9|2.7|1 (25.4)|2.6|0.42|**10370H82**|**10370H710**|**10370H94**|
|C|440<br>110|4.2<br>7|3<br>5.25|4.5<br>8|3.3<br>6.25|3.9<br>6|2.7<br>4.25|1 (25.4)<br>1.25 (31.8)|1.29<br>10.4|0.20<br>1.07|**10370H83**<br>**10370H268**|**10370H711**<br>**—**|**10370H95**<br>**10370H280**|
||220|7|5.25|8|6.25|6|4.25|1.25 (31.8)|5.2|0.52|**—**|**10370H774**|**10370H281**|
||440|7|5.25|8|6.25|6|4.25|1.25 (31.8)|2.5|0.26|**—**|**10370H775**|**10370H282**|
|D|110|12.4|10|13.65|11.25|11.15|8.75|1.25 (31.8)|18|1.58|**10370H380**|**10370H828**3|**10370H392**|
||220|12.4|10|13.65|11.25|11.15|8.75|1.25 (31.8)|9.3|0.81|**10370H381**|**10370H830**3|**10370H393**|
||440|12.4|10|13.65|11.25|11.15|8.75|1.25 (31.8)|4.4|0.40|**10370H382**|**10370H831**3|**10370H394**|
## _**Notes**_
1 Mounting of solenoids “with conduit box”—Size A are for wall mounting—Size B, C and D are for floor mounting.
2 Recommended selection of solenoids on basis of 85% voltage values.
- 3 Part numbers are now obsolete.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-145**
## 2.4
## NEMA Contactors and Starters
## Solenoids—Alternating Current
## **Dimensions**
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
**2**
## _**AC Solenoids**_
**==> picture [236 x 93] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Wall Mounted Floor Mounted<br>E B B<br>D E<br>D A C<br>A C<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **Dimensions and Shipping Weights**
|**Size**<br>**Push Type**<br>**Mounting**<br>**Shipping**<br>**Weight**<br>**Lbs (kg)**<br>**Wide**<br>**A**<br>**High**<br>**B**1<br>**Deep**<br>**C**<br>**D**<br>**E**<br>**Wall Mounted**<br>A<br>2.38 (60.5)<br>3.63 (92.2)<br>2.25 (57.2)<br>1.13 (28.7)<br>1.63 (41.4)<br>2.0 (0.9)<br>B<br>2.63 (66.8)<br>4.88 (124.0)<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>2.00 (50.8)<br>2.13 (54.1)<br>2.5 (1.1)<br>C<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>6.13 (155.7)<br>4.13 (104.9)<br>2.38 (60.5)<br>3.13 (79.5)<br>5.0 (2.3)<br>D<br>4.00 (101.6)<br>6.13 (155.7)<br>4.13 (104.9)<br>2.75 (69.9)<br>3.13 (79.5)<br>7.0 (3.2)<br>**Floor Mounted**<br>B<br>3.13 (79.5)<br>4.88 (124.0)<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>1.50 (38.1)<br>2.25 (57.2)<br>2.5 (1.1)<br>C<br>3.50 (88.9)<br>6.13 (155.7)<br>3.75 (95.3)<br>1.75 (44.5)<br>3.13 (79.5)<br>5.0 (2.3)<br>D<br>3.88 (98.6)<br>6.13 (155.7)<br>3.75 (95.3)<br>2.25 (57.2)<br>3.13 (79.5)<br>7.0 (3.2)|**Pull Type**<br>**Mounting**<br>**Shipping**<br>**Weight**<br>**Lbs (kg)**<br>**Wide**<br>**A**<br>**High**<br>**B**1<br>**Deep**<br>**C**<br>**D**<br>**E**|
|---|---|
|||
||2.38 (60.5)<br>2.63 (66.8)<br>2.25 (57.2)<br>1.13 (28.7)<br>1.63 (41.4)<br>2.0 (0.9)|
||2.63 (66.8)<br>3.63 (92.2)<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>2.00 (50.8)<br>2.13 (54.1)<br>2.5 (1.1)|
||3.00 (76.2)<br>4.88 (124.0)<br>4.13 (104.9)<br>2.38 (60.5)<br>3.13 (79.5)<br>5.0 (2.3)|
||4.00 (101.6)<br>4.88 (124.0)<br>4.13 (104.9)<br>2.75 (69.9)<br>3.13 (79.5)<br>7.0 (3.2)|
|||
||3.13 (79.5)<br>3.88 (98.6)<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>1.50 (38.1)<br>2.25 (57.2)<br>2.5 (1.1)|
||3.50 (88.9)<br>4.88 (124.0)<br>3.75 (95.3)<br>1.75 (44.5)<br>3.13 (79.5)<br>5.0 (2.3)|
||3.88 (98.6)<br>4.88 (124.0)<br>3.75 (95.3)<br>2.25 (57.2)<br>3.13 (79.5)<br>7.0 (3.2)|
## _**Note**_
> 1 In sealed state.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-146**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.5
Shoe Brakes—AC and DC Magnetic
## **Shoe Brakes—AC and DC, 511 Series**
## **Contents**
|**Contents**||**2**|
|---|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**||
|**Shoe Brakes—AC and DC Magnetic**||**2**|
|Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-148**||
|Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V5-T2-150**|**2**|
## **Product Description**
Type S Brakes from Eaton’s Electrical Sector are electrically released and spring applied providing “fail-safe” operation. The retarding torque developed is directly proportional to the spring pressure.
## **Application Description**
- Conveyors
- Machine tools
- Printing presses
- Small cranes
- Overhead doors
- Dumb waiters
- Vacuum molding machines
- Carnival rides
## **Features**
The brake wheel is of relatively large size in relation to the torque developed by the brake. This permits use of a larger brake shoe lining and lower shoe pressures. Low shoe pressure, equally distributed over a large lining area, results in even wear of the friction surfaces and even braking torque. The oversize wheel type construction also permits use of a smaller operating solenoid that requires less current for a given torque rating.
## **DC Brakes**
Standard DC brakes are equipped with shunt coils. The magnet coil circuit on DC brakes consists of two separate windings and a protective switch.
## **Mounting**
Type S brakes are designed and recommended for use and mounting only in the horizontal position. Side or vertical mountings are not recommended because the solenoid loading is altered, resulting in accelerated wear and premature coil failure.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-147**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.5
Shoe Brakes—AC and DC Magnetic
## **Product Selection**
**2**
## _**When Ordering Specify**_
- Brake
- Catalog number plus suffix number for coil
- Example: 511H1193- **41**
- Wheel
- Catalog number plus suffix number for bore size
- Example: 511H1150- **3**
## **Type S Brakes—Floor Mounting**
|**Size S-4 Brake**<br>**and Wheel**|**Type S Brakes—Floor Mounting**<br>**Torque—lb-ft**|**Type S Brakes—Floor Mounting**|**Type S Brakes—Floor Mounting**|**AC**|||**DC**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Brake**<br>**Size**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Intermittent**1<br>**Base**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**23<br>**For Type S4, S5-1/2, S7, S10**<br>**Base**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**23<br>**Coil Volts**<br>**and Hertz**<br>**Coil**<br>**Suffix**2<br>3<br>3<br>S-4<br>**511H1194**<br>120V 60 Hz<br>208V 60 Hz<br>240V 60 Hz<br>**-39**<br>**-45**<br>**-40**<br>**511H955**<br>10<br>10<br>S-4<br>**511H1193**<br>**511H956**<br>EG)~~ON~~||||||||**Coil**<br>**Voltage**<br>120 Vdc<br>240 Vdc|**Coil**<br>**Suffix**2<br>**-97**<br>**-98**|
||—|15|S-4|**511H1192**|480V 60 Hz|**-41**|**511H957**|||
||25|25|S-5-1/2|**511H992**|600V 60 Hz<br>110V 50 Hz|**-58**<br>**-5**|**511H994**|||
||—<br>50|35<br>50|S-5-1/2<br>S-7|**511H993**<br>**511H970**|220V 50 Hz<br>380V 50 Hz<br>440V 50 Hz|**-6**<br>**-7**<br>**-8**|**511H995**<br>**511H975**|||
||—|75|S-7|**511H971**|550V 50 Hz|**-9**|**511H976**|||
||85|85|S-7|**511H1195**|||**511H1197**|||
||—|110|S-7|**511H1196**|||**511H1198**|||
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Intermittent duty indicates that the coil can be placed across the line continuously for one hour maximum without excessive heating. It is equivalent to 1/2 time ON and 1/2 time OFF.
- 2 Add suffix number for coil voltage to base catalog number.
- 3 Does not include wheel.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-148**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.5
Shoe Brakes—AC and DC Magnetic
## **Brake Selection**
The method most generally used to determine required braking torque is to calculate the full load motor torque by the following formula:
- T = 5252 x hp rpm
- T = Full load motor torque in lb-ft
- hp = Motor horsepower
rpm = Speed of shaft on which brake wheel is mounted
## **Brake Wheels**
||**Brake**|**Wheels**||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||||||**Straight**<br>**Bore**1|**Tapered**<br>**Bore**2|
||**Wheel**<br>**Size in**<br>**Inches**|**Min.**<br>**Bore in**<br>**Inches (mm)**|**Max.**<br>**Bore in**<br>**Inches (mm)**|**Pilot**<br>**Bore in**<br>**Inches (mm)**|**WK2**|**Base**3<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Base**3<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
||4.0|0.50 (12.7)|1.38 (35.1)|0.50 (12.7)|0.06|**511H1150**|**511H1151**|
||5.5<br>7.0|0.75 (19.1)<br>1.00 (25.4)|2.00 (50.8)<br>2.25 (57.2)|0.75 (19.1)<br>0.75 (19.1)|0.26<br>0.77|**511H1160**<br>**511H1170**|**511H1161**<br>**511H1171**|
**2**
The torque rating of the brake selected should be at least equal to the full load motor torque for the duty considered.
## **Brake Wheel Suffix Numbers**
## **Bore Size Suffix Number—Add to Base Catalog Number**
|**Bore**4**in Inches (mm)**|**Keyway in Inches**|**Suffix Number**|**Bore**4**in Inches (mm)**|**Keyway in Inches (mm)**|**Suffix Number**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Standard Bore Sizes**||||||
|Pilot bore|None|**-1**|1.625 (41.28)|3/38 x 3/16|**-9**|
|0.625 (15.88)|3/16 x 3/32|**-2**|1.875 (47.63)|1/2 x 1/4|**-10**|
|0.750 (19.05)<br>0.875 (22.23)|3/16 x 3/32<br>3/16 x 3/32|**-3**<br>**-4**|2.125 (53.98)<br>2.375 (60.33)|1/2 x 1/4<br>5/8 x 5/16|**-11**<br>**-12**|
|1.000 (25.40)|1/4 x 1/8|**-5**|2.500 (63.50)|5/8 x 5/16|**-63**|
|1.125 (28.58)|1/4 x 1/8|**-6**|2.625 (66.68)|5/8 x 5/16|**-13**|
|1.250 (31.75)|1/4 x 1/8|**-7**|2.750 (69.85)|5/8 x 5/16|**-18**|
|1.375 (34.93)|5/16 x 5/32|**-8**|2.875 (73.03)|3/4 x 3/8|**-14**|
|**Non-Standard Bore Sizes**||||||
|0.500 (12.70)<br>0.750 (19.05)|1/8 x 1/16<br>1/4 x 1/8|**-50**<br>**-51**|1.687 (42.85)<br>1.750 (44.45)|3/8 x 3/16<br>3/8 x 3/16|**-58**<br>**-59**|
|0.875 (22.23)|1/4 x 1/8|**-52**|1.937 (49.20)|1/2 x 1/4|**-60**|
|1.000 (25.40)|5/16 x 5/32|**-53**|2.000 (50.80)|1/2 x 1/4|**-61**|
|1.187 (30.15)|1/4 x 1/8|**-54**|2.250 (57.15)|1/2 x 1/4|**-62**|
|1.375 (34.93)|3/8 x 3/16|**-55**|—|—|**—**|
|1.437 (36.50)|3/8 x 3/16|**-56**|—|—|**—**|
|1.500 (38.10)|3/8 x 3/16|**-57**|—|—|**—**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Bore tolerance: +0.000–0.001 in.
- 2 Taper is at rate of 1.25 in per ft on diameter. In bore size selection, use diameter of tapered shaft. Bore tolerance: +0.000–0.005 in.
- 3 Add suffix number for bore size to base catalog number.
- 4 Bore size selected must be between minimum and maximum dimensions listed in brake wheel selection table.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-149**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Shoe Brakes—AC and DC Magnetic
## 2.5
## **Dimensions**
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
**2**
## **Standard Brake Wheels**
**==> picture [90 x 129] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Z<br>A Y<br>X W<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **Standard Brake Wheel Dimensions**
||||||||**Bore**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**A**||**Z**||**W**1|**X**|**Y**|**Max.**|**Min.**|
|4.00<br>5.50|(101.6)<br>(139.7)|2.75<br>3.25|(69.9)<br>(82.6)|1.63 (41.4)<br>2.00 (50.8)|1.38 (35.1)<br>1.63 (41.4)|2.50 (63.5)<br>3.25 (82.6)|1.38 (35.1)<br>2.00 (50.8)|0.50 (12.7)<br>0.75 (19.1)|
|7.00|(177.8)|4.25|(108.0)|3.00 (76.2)|1.25 (31.8)|4.00 (101.6)|2.25 (57.2)|1.00 (25.4)|
## **Approximate Shipping Weights**
|||**Weight in Lbs (kg)**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Torque Rating**|**Net —**|**Net —**|**Boxed —**|
|**Brake Size**|**ft-lb**|**Brake with Wheel**|**Wheel Only**|**Brake with Wheel**|
|**Type “S” AC Shoe Brakes**|||||
|S-4|3|15.8 (7.2)|3.4 (1.5)|17.0 (7.7)|
|S-4|10|15.8 (7.2)|3.4 (1.5)|17.0 (7.7)|
|S-4|15|15.8 (7.2)|3.4 (1.5)|17.0 (7.7)|
|S-5-1/2<br>S-5-1/2|25<br>35|33.2 (15.1)<br>33.2 (15.1)|7.5 (3.4)<br>7.5 (3.4)|36.0 (16.3)<br>36.0 (16.3)|
|S-7|50|52.1 (23.7)|18.8 (8.5)|55.0 (25.0)|
|S-7|75|52.1 (23.7)|18.8 (8.5)|55.0 (25.0)|
|**Type “S” DC Shoe Brakes**|||||
|S-4<br>S-4|3<br>10|18.0 (8.2)<br>18.0 (8.2)|3.4 (1.5)<br>3.4 (1.5)|20.0 (9.1)<br>20.0 (9.1)|
|S-4|15|18.0 (8.2)|3.4 (1.5)|20.0 (9.1)|
|S-5-1/2|25|35.0 (15.9)|7.5 (3.4)|38.0 (17.3)|
|S-5-1/2|35|35.0 (15.9)|7.5 (3.4)|38.0 (17.3)|
|S-7|50|54.0 (24.5)|18.8 (8.5)|58.0 (26.3)|
|S-7|75|54.0 (24.5)|18.8 (8.5)|58.0 (26.3)|
|S-7<br>S-7|85<br>110|54.0 (24.5)<br>54.0 (24.5)|18.8 (8.5)<br>18.8 (8.5)|58.0 (26.3)<br>58.0 (26.3)|
## _**Note**_
> 1 Hub lengths other than standard are not available.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-150**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.5
Shoe Brakes—AC and DC Magnetic
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
## **Type S4, S5-1/2 and S7 Solenoid Operated**
**==> picture [199 x 156] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
R U E Q<br>P<br>K<br>M L<br>C<br>A<br>J B O<br>Hub<br>Length<br>N<br>D D (2) “H” Dia. Holes<br>T for Mounting<br>S F G<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**2**
## **Type “S” AC Shoe Brakes**
|**Brake**<br>**Size**|**Torque**<br>**Rating**<br>**ft-lb**|**A**|**B**1|**C**|**D**|**E**|**F**|**G**|**H**|**J**|**K**|**L**|**M**|**N**|**O**|**P**|**Q**|**R**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|S-4|3|4.00<br>(101.6)|2.88<br>(73.2)|7.50<br>(190.5)|2.63<br>(66.8)|1.25<br>(31.8)|7.50<br>(190.5)|3.13<br>(79.5)|0.38<br>(9.7)|0.63<br>(16.0)|2.88<br>(73.2)|0.25<br>(6.4)|2.75<br>(69.9)|1.63<br>(41.4)|1.63<br>(41.4)|2.88<br>(73.2)|3.00<br>(76.2)|3.13<br>(79.5)|
|S-4|10|4.00<br>(101.6)|2.88<br>(73.2)|7.50<br>(190.5)|2.63<br>(66.8)|1.25<br>(31.8)|7.50<br>(190.5)|3.13<br>(79.5)|0.38<br>(9.7)|0.63<br>(16.0)|2.88<br>(73.2)|0.25<br>(6.4)|2.75<br>(69.9)|1.63<br>(41.4)|1.63<br>(41.4)|2.88<br>(73.2)|3.00<br>(76.2)|3.13<br>(79.5)|
|S-4|15|4.00<br>(101.6)|2.88<br>(73.2)|7.50<br>(190.5)|2.63<br>(66.8))|1.25<br>(31.8)|7.50<br>(190.5)|3.13<br>(79.5)|0.38<br>(9.7)|0.63<br>(16.0)|2.88<br>(73.2)|0.25<br>(6.4)|2.75<br>(69.9)|1.63<br>(41.4)|1.63<br>(41.4)|2.88<br>(73.2)|3.00<br>(76.2)|3.13<br>(79.5))|
|S-5-1/2|25|5.50<br>(139.7)|4.00<br>(101.6)|9.50<br>(241.3)|3.50<br>(88.9)|2.00<br>(50.8)|8.38<br>(212.9)|4.13<br>(104.9)|0.44<br>(11.2)|1.00<br>(25.4)|4.88<br>(124.0)|0.38<br>(9.7)|3.25<br>(82.6)|2.00<br>(50.8)|2.00<br>(50.8)|3.13<br>(79.5)|3.75<br>(95.3)|3.13<br>(79.5)|
|S-5-1/2|35|5.50<br>(139.7)|4.00<br>(101.6)|9.50<br>(241.3)|3.50<br>(88.9)|2.00<br>(50.8)|8.38<br>(212.9)|4.13<br>(104.9)|0.44<br>(11.2)|1.00<br>(25.4)|7.88<br>(200.2)|0.38<br>(9.7)|3.25<br>(82.6)|2.00<br>(50.8)|2.00<br>(50.8)|3.13<br>(79.5)|3.75<br>(95.3)|3.13<br>(79.5)|
|S-7|50|7.00<br>(177.8)|5.00<br>(127.0)|11.50<br>(292.1)|4.38<br>(111.3)|2.50<br>(63.5)|9.50<br>(241.3)|5.00<br>(127.0)|0.56<br>(14.2)|1.00<br>(25.4)|6.00<br>(152.4)|—|4.25<br>(108.0)|2.13<br>(54.1)|3.00<br>(76.2)|3.13<br>(79.5)|4.75<br>(120.7)|3.13<br>(79.5)|
|S-7|75|7.00<br>(177.8)|5.00<br>(127.0)|11.50<br>(292.1)|4.38<br>(111.3)|2.50<br>(63.5)|9.50<br>(241.3)|5.00<br>(127.0)|0.56<br>(14.2)|1.00<br>(25.4)|6.00<br>(152.4)|—|4.25<br>(108.0)|2.13<br>(54.1)|3.00<br>(76.2)|3.13<br>(79.5)|4.75<br>(120.7)|3.13<br>(79.5)|
|**Type**|**“S” DC**|**Shoe Brakes**|||||||||||||||||
||**Torque**||||||||||||||||||
|**Brake**<br>**Size**|**Rating**<br>**ft-lb**|**A**|**B**1|**C**|**D**|**E**|**F**|**G**|**H**|**J**|**K**|**L**|**M**|**N**|**O**|**P**|**Q**|**R**|
|S-4|3|4.00<br>(101.6)|3.50<br>(88.9)|8.00<br>(203.2)|2.63<br>(66.8)|1.25<br>(31.8)|7.56<br>(192.0)|3.25<br>(82.6)|0.38<br>(9.7)|0.75<br>(19.1)|2.88<br>(73.2)|0.25<br>(6.4)|2.75<br>(69.9)|1.63<br>(41.4)|1.63<br>(41.4)|2.63<br>(66.8)|3.00<br>(76.2))|4.06<br>(103.1)|
|S-4|10|4.00<br>(101.6)|3.50<br>(88.9)|8.00<br>(203.2)|2.63<br>(66.8)|1.25<br>(31.8)|7.56<br>(192.0)|3.25<br>(82.6)|0.38<br>(9.7)|0.75<br>(19.1)|2.88<br>(73.2)|0.25<br>(6.4)|2.75<br>(69.9)|1.63<br>(41.4)|1.63<br>(41.4)|2.63<br>(66.8)|3.00<br>(76.2)|4.06<br>(103.1))|
|S-4|15|4.00<br>(101.6)|3.50<br>(88.9)|8.00<br>(203.2)|2.63<br>(66.8)|1.25<br>(31.8)|7.56<br>(192.0)|3.25<br>(82.6))|0.38<br>(9.7)|0.75<br>(19.1)|2.88<br>(73.2)|.25<br>(6.4)|2.75<br>(69.9)|1.63<br>(41.4)|1.63<br>(41.4)|2.63<br>(66.8)|3.00<br>(76.2)|4.06<br>(103.1)|
|S-5-1/2|25|5.50<br>(139.7)|4.00<br>(101.6)|9.50<br>(241.3)|3.50<br>(88.9)|2.00<br>(50.8)|8.38<br>(212.9)|4.13<br>(104.9)|0.44<br>(11.2)|0.75<br>(19.1)|4.88<br>(124.0)|0.38<br>(9.7)|3.25<br>(82.6)|2.00<br>(50.8)|2.00<br>(50.8)|2.88<br>(73.2)|3.75<br>(95.3)|4.06<br>(103.1)|
|S-5-1/2|35|5.50<br>(139.7)|4.00<br>(101.6)|9.50<br>(241.3)|3.50<br>(88.9)|2.00<br>(50.8)|8.38<br>(212.9)|4.13<br>(104.9)|0.44<br>(11.2)|0.75<br>(19.1)|4.88<br>(124.0)|0.38<br>(9.7)|3.25<br>(82.6)|2.00<br>(50.8)|2.00<br>(50.8)|2.88<br>(73.2)|3.75<br>(95.3)|4.06<br>(103.1)|
|S-7|50|7.00|5.00|11.50|4.38|2.50|9.50|5.00|0.56|0.75|6.00|—|4.25|2.13|3.00|2.88|4.88|4.06|
|||(177.8)|(127.0)|(292.1)|(111.3)|(63.5)|(241.3)|(127.0)|(14.2)|(19.1)|(152.4)||(108.0)|(54.1)|(76.2)|(73.2)|(124.0)|(103.1)|
|S-7|75|7.00|5.00|11.50|4.38|2.50|9.50|5.00|0.56|0.75|6.00|—|4.25|2.13|3.00|2.88|4.88|4.06|
|||(177.8)|(127.0)|(292.1)|(111.3)|(63.5)|(241.3)|(127.0)|(14.2)|(19.1)|(152.4)||(108.0)|(54.1)|(76.2)|(73.2)|(124.0)|(103.1)|
|S-7|85|7.00|5.00|11.50|4.38|2.50|9.50|5.00|0.56|0.75|6.00|—|4.25|2.13|3.00|2.88|4.88|4.06|
|||(177.8)|(127.0)|(292.1)|(111.3)|(63.5)|(241.3)|(127.0)|(14.2)|(19.1)|(152.4)||(108.0)|(54.1)|(76.2)|(73.2)|(124.0)|(103.1)|
|S-7|110|7.00|5.00|11.50|4.38|2.50|9.50|5.00|0.56|0.75|6.00|—|4.25|2.13|3.00|2.88|4.88|4.06|
|||(177.8)|(127.0)|(292.1)|(111.3)|(63.5)|(241.3)|(127.0)|(14.2)|(19.1)|(152.4)||(108.0)|(54.1)|(76.2)|(73.2)|(124.0)|(103.1)|
## _**Note**_
> 1 Open type brake only.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-151**
2.6
Reference Data
## NEMA Contactors and Starters
## **Reference Data**
## **IEC Utilization Categories**
**2** (See also IEC/EN 60947-1; 2.1.18/IEV 441-17-19)
A combination of specified requirements relating to the condition in which the switching device or fuse fulfills its purpose and selected to represent a characteristic group of reallife applications. The specified requirements may, for example, relate to the values of making and breaking capacity and other characteristic values, data concerning associated circuits and the applicable conditions of use and operational behavior.
**Used in Technical Data and Formulas**
||**Used**|**in Technical Data and Formulas**|
|---|---|---|
||**Code**|**Descriptions**|
||DF|Duty factory|
||IDn|Response value of earth-fault release|
||Icm|Rated short-circuit making capacity|
||Icn|Rated short-circuit breaking capacity|
||Ics|Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity|
||Icu|Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity|
||Icw|Rated short-time withstand current|
||Ie|Rated operational current|
||Ik|Transformer initial short-circuit AC current|
||IL|Load monitoring response value|
||In|Rated current|
||INT|Transformer rated current|
||IPK|Rated peak withstand current|
||Iq|Rated conditional short-circuit current|
||Ir|Overcurrent release set value|
||Irm|Response value of non-delayed short-circuit release|
||Ii|Response value of non-delayed short-circuit release|
||Irmf|Response value of fixed, non-delayed short-circuit release|
||**Code**|**Descriptions**|
|---|---|---|
||Irmv|Response value of short-time delayed short-circuit release|
||Isd|Response value of short-time delayed short-circuit release|
||IT|Response value of earth-fault release|
||Ig|Response value of earth-fault release|
||Ith|Conventional free air thermal current|
||Ithe|Conventional thermal current of enclosed devices|
||Iu|Rated uninterrupted current|
||SNT|Transformer rating|
||tr|Time delay of overload release response|
||tT|Time delay of earth-fault release response|
||tg|Time delay of earth-fault release response|
||tv|Time delay of short-circuit release response|
||Uc|Rated actuating voltage|
||Ue|Rated operational voltage|
||Ui|Rated insulation voltage|
||Uimp|Rated impulse withstand voltage|
||Uk|Transformer short-circuit voltage|
||Us|Rated control voltage|
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-152**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.6
Reference Data
## **Annex A (informative)**
**Examples of Utilization Categories for Low-Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear**[1]
|**Exampl**|**es of Utilization Categories for Low-Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear**1||
|---|---|---|
|**Category**|**Typical Applications**|**Relevant IEC Product Standard**|
|**Nature of**|**Current—AC**||
|AC-1|Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces|60947-4-1|
|AC-2|Slip-ring motors: starting, switching off|60947-4-1|
|AC-3|Squirrel-cage motors: starting, switching off motors during running|60947-4-1|
|AC-4|Squirrel-cage motors: starting, plugging2, inching3|60947-4-1|
|AC-5a<br>AC-5b|Switching of electric discharge lamp controls<br>Switching of incandescent lamps|60947-4-1<br>60947-4-1|
|AC-6a|Switching of transformers|60947-4-1|
|AC-6b|Switching of capacitor banks|60947-4-1|
|AC-7a|Slightly inductive loads for household appliances and similar applications|61095|
|AC-7b<br>AC-8a|Motor-loads for household applications<br>Hermetic refrigerant compressor motor control with manual resetting of overload releases|61095<br>60947-4-1|
|AC-8b|Hermetic refrigerant compressor motor control with automatic resetting of overload releases|60947-4-1|
|AC-12|Control of resistive loads and solid-state loads with isolation by optocouplers|60947-5-1|
|AC-12|Control of resistive loads and solid-state loads with optical isolation|60947-5-2|
|AC-13|Control of solid-state loads with transformer isolation|60947-5-1|
|AC-14|Control of small electromagnetic loads|60947-5-1|
|AC-15<br>AC-20|Control of AC electromagnetic loads<br>Connecting and disconnecting under no-load conditions|60947-5-1<br>60947-3|
|AC-21|Switching of resistive loads, including moderate overloads|60947-3|
|AC-22|Switching of mixed resistive and inductive loads, including moderate overloads|60947-3|
|AC-23|Switching of motor loads or other highly inductive loads|60947-3|
|AC-31|Non inductive or slightly inductive loads|60947-6-1|
|AC-33|Motor loads or mixed loads including motors, resistive loads and up to 30% incandescent lamp loads|60947-6-1|
|AC-35<br>AC-36|Electric discharge lamp loads<br>Incandescent lamp loads|60947-6-1<br>60947-6-1|
|AC-40|Distribution circuits comprising mixed resistive and reactive loads having a resultant inductive reactance|60947-6-2|
|AC-41|Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces|60947-6-2|
|AC-42|Slip-ring motors: starting, switching off|60947-6-2|
|AC-43<br>AC-44|Squirrel cage motors: starting, switching off motors during running<br>Squirrel cage motors: starting, plugging2, inching3|60947-6-2<br>60947-6-2|
|AC-45a|Switching of electric discharge lamp controls|60947-6-2|
|AC-45b|Switching of incandescent lamps|60947-6-2|
|AC-51|Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces|60947-4-3|
|AC-52a|Control of slip ring motor stators: 8 h duty with on-load currents for start, acceleration, run|60947-4-2|
|AC-52b|Control of slip ring motor stators: intermittent duty|60947-4-2|
|AC-53a<br>AC-53b|Control of squirrel cage motors: 8 h duty with on-load currents for start, acceleration, run<br>Control of squirrel cage motors: intermittent duty|60947-4-2<br>60947-4-2|
**2**
## _**Notes**_
- 1 60947-1 © IEC: 2004.
> 2 Plugging is understood to be stopping or reversing the motor rapidly by reversing motor primary connections while the motor is running.
- 3 Inching is understood to be energizing a motor once or repeatedly for short periods to obtain small movements of the driven mechanism.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-153**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.6
## Reference Data
**Examples of Utilization Categories for Low-Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear, continued**[1]
**2**
|**Category**|**Typical Applications**||**Relevant IEC Product Standard**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Nature of**|**Current—AC, continued**|||
|AC-55a|Switching of electric discharge lamp controls||60947-4-3|
|AC-55b|Switching of incandescent lamps||60947-4-3|
|AC-56a<br>AC-56b|Switching of transformers<br>Switching of capacitor banks||60947-4-3<br>60947-4-3|
|AC-58a|Control of hermetic refrigerant compressor motors with automatic resetting of overload releases: 8 h duty<br>with on-load currents for start, acceleration, run||60947-4-2|
|AC-58b<br>AC-140|Control of hermetic refrigerant compressor motors with automatic resetting of overload releases: intermittent duty<br>Control of small electromagnetic loads with holding (closed) current <<br>~~0~~,2 A, for example contactor relays||60947-4-2<br>60947-5-2|
|**Nature of**|**Current—AC and DC**|||
|A|Protection of circuits, with no rated short-time withstand current||60947-2|
|B|Protection of circuits, with a rated short-time withstand current||60947-2|
|**Nature of**|**Current—DC**|||
|DC-1|Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces||60947-4-1|
|DC-3|Shunt-motors: starting, plugging2, inching3, dynamic breaking of motors||60947-4-1|
|DC-5|Series-motors: starting, plugging2, inching3, dynamic breaking of motors||60947-4-1|
|DC-6|Switching of incandescent lamps||60947-4-1|
|DC-12|Control of resistive loads and solid-state loads with isolation by optocouplers||60947-5-1|
|DC-12|Control of resistive loads and solid-state loads with optical isolation||60947-5-2|
|DC-13<br>DC-13|Control of electromagnets<br>Control of electromagnets||60947-5-1<br>60947-5-2|
|DC-14|Control of electromagnetic loads having economy resistors in circuit||60947-5-1|
|DC-20|Connecting and disconnecting under no-load conditions||60947-3|
|DC-21|Switching of resistive loads, including moderate overloads||60947-3|
|DC-22|Switching of mixed resistive and inductive loads, including moderate overloads (for example shunt motors)||60947-3|
|DC-23|Switching of motor loads or other highly inductive loads (for example series motors)||60947-3|
|DC-31<br>DC-33|Resistive loads<br>Motor loads or mixed loads including motors||60947-6-1<br>60947-6-1|
|DC-36|Incandescent lamp loads||60947-6-1|
|DC-40|Distribution circuits comprising mixed resistive and reactive loads having a resultant inductive reactance||60947-6-2|
|DC-41|Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces||60947-6-2|
|DC-43<br>DC-45|Shunt-motors: starting, plugging2, inching3, dynamic breaking of DC<br>Series-motors: starting, plugging2, inching3, dynamic breaking of DC||60947-6-2<br>60947-6-2|
|DC-46|Switching of incandescent lamps||60947-6-2|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 60947-1 © IEC: 2004.
> 2 Plugging is understood to be stopping or reversing the motor rapidly by reversing motor primary connections while the motor is running.
- 3 Inching is understood to be energizing a motor once or repeatedly for short periods to obtain small movements of the driven mechanism.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-154**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.6
Reference Data
**2**
## **Motor Ratings Data**
## _**Ampere Rating of AC and DC Motors**_
Ampere ratings of motors vary somewhat, depending upon the type of motor. The values given below are for drip-proof, Class B insulated (T Frame) where available, 1.15 service factor, NEMA Design B motors. These values represent an average full load motor current which was calculated from the motor performance data published by several motor manufacturers. In the case of high torque squirrel cage motors, the ampere ratings will be at least 10% greater than the values given in the following table.
**Caution—These average ratings could be high or low for a specific motor and therefore heater coil selection on this basis always involves risk. For fully reliable motor protection, select heater coils on the basis of full load current rating as shown on the motor nameplate.**
## **Ampere Ratings of Three-Phase, 60 Hz, AC Induction Motor**
|**hp**|**Syn. Speed**<br>**RPM**<br>**Current in Amperes**<br>**200V**<br>**230V**<br>**380V**1<br>**460V**<br>**575V**<br>**2200V**|
|---|---|
|1/4|1800<br>1.09<br>.95<br>0.55<br>0.48<br>0.38<br>—|
||1200<br>1.61<br>1.40<br>0.81<br>0.70<br>0.56<br>—|
||900<br>1.84<br>1.60<br>0.93<br>0.80<br>0.64<br>—|
|1/3|1800<br>1.37<br>1.19<br>0.69<br>0.60<br>0.48<br>—|
||1200<br>1.83<br>1.59<br>0.92<br>0.80<br>0.64<br>—|
||900<br>2.07<br>1.80<br>1.04<br>0.90<br>0.72<br>—|
|1/2|1800<br>1.98<br>1.72<br>0.99<br>0.86<br>0.69<br>—|
||1200<br>2.47<br>2.15<br>1.24<br>1.08<br>0.86<br>—|
||900<br>2.74<br>2.38<br>1.38<br>1.19<br>0.95<br>—|
|3/4|1800<br>2.83<br>2.46<br>1.42<br>1.23<br>0.98<br>—|
||1200<br>3.36<br>2.92<br>1.69<br>1.46<br>1.17<br>—|
||900<br>3.75<br>3.26<br>1.88<br>1.63<br>1.30<br>—|
|1|3600<br>3.22<br>2.80<br>1.70<br>1.40<br>1.12<br>—|
||1800<br>4.09<br>3.56<br>2.06<br>1.78<br>1.42<br>—|
||1200<br>4.32<br>3.76<br>2.28<br>1.88<br>1.50<br>—|
||900<br>4.95<br>4.30<br>2.60<br>2.15<br>1.72<br>—|
|1-1/2|3600<br>5.01<br>4.36<br>2.64<br>2.18<br>1.74<br>—|
||1800<br>5.59<br>4.86<br>2.94<br>2.43<br>1.94<br>—|
||1200<br>6.07<br>5.28<br>3.20<br>2.64<br>2.11<br>—|
||900<br>6.44<br>5.60<br>3.39<br>2.80<br>2.24<br>—|
|2|3600<br>6.44<br>5.60<br>3.39<br>2.80<br>2.24<br>—|
||1800<br>7.36<br>6.40<br>3.87<br>3.20<br>2.56<br>—|
||1200<br>7.87<br>6.84<br>4.14<br>3.42<br>2.74<br>—|
||900<br>9.09<br>7.90<br>4.77<br>3.95<br>3.16<br>—|
|3|3600<br>9.59<br>8.34<br>5.02<br>4.17<br>3.34<br>—|
||1800<br>10.8<br>9.40<br>5.70<br>4.70<br>3.76<br>—|
||1200<br>11.7<br>10.2<br>6.20<br>5.12<br>4.10<br>—|
||900<br>13.1<br>11.4<br>6.90<br>5.70<br>4.55<br>—|
|5|3600<br>15.5<br>13.5<br>8.20<br>6.76<br>5.41<br>—|
||1800<br>16.6<br>14.4<br>8.74<br>7.21<br>5.78<br>—|
||1200<br>18.2<br>15.8<br>9.59<br>7.91<br>6.32<br>—|
||900<br>18.3<br>15.9<br>9.60<br>7.92<br>6.33<br>—|
|7-1/2|3600<br>22.4<br>19.5<br>11.8<br>9.79<br>7.81<br>—|
||1800<br>24.7<br>21.5<br>13.0<br>10.7<br>8.55<br>—|
||1200<br>25.1<br>21.8<br>13.2<br>10.9<br>8.70<br>—|
||900<br>26.5<br>23.0<br>13.9<br>11.5<br>9.19<br>—|
|10|3600<br>29.2<br>25.4<br>15.4<br>12.7<br>10.1<br>—|
||1800<br>30.8<br>26.8<br>16.3<br>13.4<br>10.7<br>—|
||1200<br>32.2<br>28.0<br>16.9<br>14.0<br>11.2<br>—|
||900<br>35.1<br>30.5<br>18.5<br>15.2<br>12.2<br>—|
|15|3600<br>41.9<br>36.4<br>22.0<br>18.2<br>14.5<br>—|
||1800<br>45.1<br>39.2<br>23.7<br>19.6<br>15.7<br>—|
||1200<br>47.6<br>41.4<br>25.0<br>20.7<br>16.5<br>—|
||900<br>51.2<br>44.5<br>26.9<br>22.2<br>17.8<br>—|
|20|3600<br>58.0<br>50.4<br>30.5<br>25.2<br>20.1<br>—|
||1800<br>58.9<br>51.2<br>31.0<br>25.6<br>20.5<br>—|
||1200<br>60.7<br>52.8<br>31.9<br>26.4<br>21.1<br>—|
||900<br>63.1<br>54.9<br>33.2<br>27.4<br>21.9<br>—|
## _**Note**_
> 1 380V 50 Hz.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-155**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
**2**
## 2.6
## Reference Data
**Ampere Ratings of Three-Phase, 60 Hz, AC Induction Motor, continued**
|**hp**|**Syn. Speed**<br>**RPM**<br>**Current in Amperes**<br>**200V**<br>**230V**<br>**380V**1<br>**460V**<br>**575V**<br>**2200V**|
|---|---|
|25|3600<br>69.9<br>60.8<br>36.8<br>30.4<br>24.3<br>—|
||1800<br>74.5<br>64.8<br>39.2<br>32.4<br>25.9<br>—|
||1200<br>75.4<br>65.6<br>39.6<br>32.8<br>26.2<br>—|
||900<br>77.4<br>67.3<br>40.7<br>33.7<br>27.0<br>—|
|30|3600<br>84.8<br>73.7<br>44.4<br>36.8<br>29.4<br>—|
||1800<br>86.9<br>75.6<br>45.7<br>37.8<br>30.2<br>—|
||1200<br>90.6<br>78.8<br>47.6<br>39.4<br>31.5<br>—|
||900<br>94.1<br>81.8<br>49.5<br>40.9<br>32.7<br>—|
|40|3600<br>111<br>96.4<br>58.2<br>48.2<br>38.5<br>—|
||1800<br>116<br>101<br>61.0<br>50.4<br>40.3<br>—|
||1200<br>117<br>102<br>61.2<br>50.6<br>40.4<br>—|
||900<br>121<br>105<br>63.2<br>52.2<br>41.7<br>—|
|50|3600<br>138<br>120<br>72.9<br>60.1<br>48.2<br>—|
||1800<br>143<br>124<br>75.2<br>62.2<br>49.7<br>—|
||1200<br>145<br>126<br>76.2<br>63.0<br>50.4<br>—|
||900<br>150<br>130<br>78.5<br>65.0<br>52.0<br>—|
|60|3600<br>164<br>143<br>86.8<br>71.7<br>57.3<br>—|
||1800<br>171<br>140<br>90.0<br>74.5<br>59.4<br>—|
||1200<br>173<br>150<br>91.0<br>75.0<br>60.0<br>—|
||900<br>177<br>154<br>93.1<br>77.0<br>61.5<br>—|
|75|3600<br>206<br>179<br>108<br>89.6<br>71.7<br>—|
||1800<br>210<br>183<br>111<br>91.6<br>73.2<br>—|
||1200<br>212<br>184<br>112<br>92.0<br>73.5<br>—|
||900<br>222<br>193<br>117<br>96.5<br>77.5<br>—|
|100|3600<br>266<br>231<br>140<br>115<br>92.2<br>—|
||1800<br>271<br>236<br>144<br>118<br>94.8<br>23.6|
||1200<br>275<br>239<br>145<br>120<br>95.6<br>24.2|
||900<br>290<br>252<br>153<br>126<br>101<br>24.8|
|125|3600<br>—<br>292<br>176<br>146<br>116<br>—|
||1800<br>—<br>293<br>177<br>147<br>117<br>29.2|
||1200<br>—<br>298<br>180<br>149<br>119<br>29.9|
||900<br>—<br>305<br>186<br>153<br>122<br>30.9|
|150|3600<br>—<br>343<br>208<br>171<br>137<br>—|
||1800<br>—<br>348<br>210<br>174<br>139<br>34.8|
||1200<br>—<br>350<br>210<br>174<br>139<br>35.5|
||900<br>—<br>365<br>211<br>183<br>146<br>37.0|
|200|3600<br>—<br>452<br>257<br>226<br>181<br>—|
||1800<br>—<br>458<br>265<br>229<br>184<br>46.7|
||1200<br>—<br>460<br>266<br>230<br>184<br>47.0|
||900<br>—<br>482<br>279<br>241<br>193<br>49.4|
|250|3600<br>—<br>559<br>338<br>279<br>223<br>—|
||1800<br>—<br>568<br>343<br>284<br>227<br>57.5|
||1200<br>—<br>573<br>345<br>287<br>229<br>58.5|
||900<br>—<br>600<br>347<br>300<br>240<br>60.5|
|300|1800<br>—<br>678<br>392<br>339<br>271<br>69.0|
||1200<br>—<br>684<br>395<br>342<br>274<br>70.0|
|400|1800<br>—<br>896<br>518<br>448<br>358<br>91.8|
|500|1800<br>—<br>1110<br>642<br>555<br>444<br>116|
## _**Single-Phase AC Motors**_
The following values of full- _**Table 430.248.**_ **Full-Load** load currents are for motors **Currents in Amperes,** running at usual speeds and **Single-Phase Alternating-** motors with normal torque **Current Motors** characteristics. Motors built **hp 115V 200V 208V 230V** for especially low speeds or high torques may have higher 1/6 4.4 2.5 2.4 2.2 full-load currents and 1/4 5.8 3.3 3.2 2.9 multispeed motors will have 1/3 7.2 4.1 4.0 3.6 full-load current varying with 1/2 9.8 5.6 5.4 4.9 speed, in which case the nameplate current ratings 3/4 13.8 7.9 7.6 6.9 shall be used.
||**hp**|**115V**|**200V**|**208V**|**230V**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||1/6|4.4|2.5|2.4|2.2|
||1/4|5.8|3.3|3.2|2.9|
||1/3|7.2|4.1|4.0|3.6|
||1/2|9.8|5.6|5.4|4.9|
||3/4|13.8|7.9|7.6|6.9|
||1|16|9.2|8.8|8|
||1-1/2|20|11.5|11|10|
||2|24|13.8|13.2|12|
||3|34|19.6|18.7|17|
||5|56|32.2|30.8|28|
||7-1/2|80|46|44|40|
||10|100|57.5|55|50|
The voltages listed are rated motor voltages. The currents listed shall be permitted for system voltage ranges of 110 to 120 and 220 to 240V.
_**Note**_ 1 380V 50 Hz.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-156**
NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.6
Reference Data
## _**DC Motors**_
The following values of fullload currents are for motors running at base speed.
These are average directcurrent quantities.
## _**Table 430.247.**_ **Full-Load Current in Amperes, Direct-Current Motors**
||||**Ampere Capacity of Fuses for Motors**|**Ampere Capacity of Fuses for Motors**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Armature**|**Voltage Rating**1|**Recommended Values**||
|**hp**|**120V**|**240V**|**120V**|**240V**|
|1/4|3.1|1.6|5|3|
|1/3|4.1|2.0|5|3|
|1/2|5.4|2.7|7|3|
|3/4|7.6|3.8|10|5|
|1|9.5|4.7|15|7|
|1-1/2|13.2|6.6|20|10|
|2|17|8.5|25|12|
|3|25|12.2|30|15|
|5|40|20|50|25|
|7-1/2|58|29|80|40|
|10|76|38|100|50|
|15|—|55|—|75|
|20|—|72|—|100|
|25|—|89|—|125|
|30|—|106|—|150|
|40|—|140|—|200|
|50|—|173|—|250|
|60|—|206|—|275|
|75|—|255|—|350|
|100|—|341|—|500|
|125|—|425|—|600|
|150|—|506|—|—|
|200|—|675|—|—|
## _**Three-Phase AC Motors**_
The following values of fullload currents are typical for motors running at speeds usual for belted motors and motors with normal torque characteristics.
full-load current varying with speed. In these cases the nameplate current rating shall **2** be used.
The voltages listed are rated motor voltages. The currents listed shall be permitted for system voltage ranges of 110 to 120, 220 to 240, 440 to 480 and 550 to 600V.
Motors built for low speeds (1,200 RPM or less) or high torques may require more running current and multispeed motors will have
## _**Table 430.250.**_ **Full-Load Current Three-Phase Alternating-Current Motors**
||**Induction Type Squirrel Cage and**<br>**Wound-Rotor Amperes**|**Induction Type Squirrel Cage and**<br>**Wound-Rotor Amperes**|**Induction Type Squirrel Cage and**<br>**Wound-Rotor Amperes**|**Induction Type Squirrel Cage and**<br>**Wound-Rotor Amperes**|**Induction Type Squirrel Cage and**<br>**Wound-Rotor Amperes**|||**Synchronous**<br>**Power Factor**|**Synchronous**<br>**Power Factor**|**Type Unity**<br> 2**Amperes**|**Type Unity**<br> 2**Amperes**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**hp**|**115V**|**200V**|**208V**|**230V**|**460V**|**575V**|**2300V **|**230V**|**460V**|**575V**|**2300V**|
|1/2|4.4|2.5|2.4|2.2|1.1|0.9|—|—|—|—|—|
|3/4|6.4|3.7|3.5|3.2|1.6|1.3|—|—|—|—|—|
|1|8.4|4.8|4.6|4.2|2.1|1.7|—|—|—|—|—|
|1-1/2|12.0|6.9|6.6|6.0|3.0|2.4|—|—|—|—|—|
|2<br>3|13.6<br>—|7.8<br>11.0|7.5<br>10.6|6.8<br>9.6|3.4<br>4.8|2.7<br>3.9|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|
|5|—|17.5|16.7|15.2|7.6|6.1|—|—|—|—|—|
|7-1/2|—|25.3|24.2|22|11|9|—|—|—|—|—|
|10|—|32.2|30.8|28|14|11|—|—|—|—|—|
|15|—|48.3|46.2|42|21|17|—|—|—|—|—|
|20|—|62.1|59.4|54|27|22|—|—|—|—|—|
|25|—|78.2|74.8|68|34|27|—|53|26|21|—|
|30|—|92|88|80|40|32|—|63|32|26|—|
|40|—|120|114|104|52|41|—|83|41|33|—|
|50|—|150|143|130|65|52|—|104|52|42|—|
|60|—|177|169|154|77|62|16|123|61|49|12|
|75<br>100|—<br>—|221<br>285|211<br>273|192<br>248|96<br>124|77<br>99|20<br>26|155<br>202|78<br>101|62<br>81|15<br>20|
|125|—|359|343|312|156|125|31|253|126|101|25|
|150|—|414|396|360|180|144|37|302|151|121|30|
|200|—|552|528|480|240|192|49|400|201|161|40|
|250|—|—|—|—|302|242|60|—|—|—|—|
|300|—|—|—|—|361|289|72|—|—|—|—|
|350<br>400|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|414<br>477|336<br>382|83<br>95|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|
|450|—|—|—|—|515|412|103|—|—|—|—|
|500|—|—|—|—|590|472|118|—|—|—|—|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 These are average direct-current quantities.
- 2 For 90 and 80 percent power factor, the above figures shall be multiplied by 1.1 and 1.25 respectively.
**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
**V5-T2-157**
Updated at February 9, 2023
About Novapart
Novapart is a B2B electronic component broker specialising in stock shortages and cost reduction. We source hard-to-find parts and identify compliant alternatives across a catalogue of 410,000+ components from 500+ manufacturers.
Learn more →Stock Shortage Specialist
When a component is unavailable, discontinued or has an unacceptable lead time, we tap into our network of vetted European and Asian distributors to source what you need — without compromising on quality or traceability.
Request a quote →Compliant Alternatives
We identify pin-to-pin, electrically equivalent substitutes that meet the same certifications (RoHS, AEC-Q100, REACH) as your original specification — validated against datasheets, not just part numbers. Often at a lower cost.
BOM Analysis service →